PORTLAND - solar4rschools.org · 03-40-00 Precast Concrete ... Portland Public Schools Design Standards Updated April 23, ... 33-49-00 Storm Drainage Strucures

PORTLAND Public School District

Design Standards

UPDATED April 23, 2012

Portland Public Schools Design Standards Updated April 23, 2012

2011 District Design Standards_04.23.2012.doc 1of 98

Table of Contents INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 6

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ............................... 10

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................. 10

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS ..................................................................................... 10

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 10 03-00-00 Concrete Work ..................................................................................................... 10 03-01-00 Concrete Restoration ........................................................................................... 10 03-11-00 Form Work ........................................................................................................... 10 03-20-00 Concrete Reinforcement ...................................................................................... 10 03-30-00 Cast-In-Place Concrete ....................................................................................... 10 03-35-00 Concrete Finishing ............................................................................................... 11 03-35-13 High Tolerance Concrete Floor Finishing ............................................................ 11 03-40-00 Precast Concrete ................................................................................................. 12

DIVISION O4 - MASONRY ........................................................................................................... 12 04-00-00 Masonry ............................................................................................................... 12 04-01-00 Restoration and Cleaning .................................................................................... 12 04-22-00 Water Repellant Coatings .................................................................................... 13

DIVISION 05 – METALS ............................................................................................................... 13 05-73-00 Decorative Metal Railings .................................................................................... 13

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES ............................................................. 14 06-10-00 Rough Carpentry ................................................................................................. 14 06-11-00 Wood Framing ..................................................................................................... 14 06-20-00 Finish Carpentry .................................................................................................. 14 06-40-00 Wainscot .............................................................................................................. 14 06-41-00 Architectural Wood Casework ............................................................................. 14 06-41-13 Wood Veneer Faced Architectural Cabinets ....................................................... 15

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ....................................................... 16 07-10-00 Dampproofing and Water Proofing ...................................................................... 16 07-19-00 Water Repellant Coatings (Existing Buildings) .................................................... 16 07-20-00 Thermal Protection .............................................................................................. 16 07-31-00 Shingle and Shake Roofing ................................................................................. 16 07-50-00 Membrane Roofing .............................................................................................. 17 07-60-00 Flashing and Sheet Metal .................................................................................... 19 07-61-00 Sheet Metal Roofing ............................................................................................ 19 07-61-13 Standing Seam Sheet Metal Roofing .................................................................. 20 07-62-00 Custom Rain Gutters ........................................................................................... 20 07-71-00 Manufactured Roofing Specialties ....................................................................... 20 07-72-00 Roof Accessories ................................................................................................. 20 07-72-33 Roof Hatches ....................................................................................................... 20

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS ............................................................................................................ 21 08-10-00 Door Frames ........................................................................................................ 21 08-10-00 Fire Doors ............................................................................................................ 21 08-12-13 Hollow Metal Frames ........................................................................................... 21 08-13-00 Interior Hollow Metal Doors ................................................................................. 21 08-14-00 Interior Wood Doors ............................................................................................ 22 08-31-00 Access Doors and Panels ................................................................................... 22 08-31-13 Access Doors And Frames .................................................................................. 22 08-33-00 Coiling Doors and Grilles ..................................................................................... 22



08-33-13 Coiling Counter Doors ......................................................................................... 22 08-35-00 Folding Doors and Grilles .................................................................................... 22 08-50-00 Windows .............................................................................................................. 22 08-51-00 Metal Windows .................................................................................................... 22 08-60-00 Roof Windows and Skylights ............................................................................... 23 08-70-00 Hardware ............................................................................................................. 23 08-71-00 Door Hardware .................................................................................................... 23 08-71-13 Automated Door Operators ................................................................................. 24 08-71-53 Security Door Hardware (Access Control) .......................................................... 25 08-81-00 Glass and Glazing ............................................................................................... 25 08-83-00 Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 26

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES .............................................................................................................. 26 09-20-00 Plastering and Gypsum Board ............................................................................ 26 09-21-13 Lath and Plaster .................................................................................................. 26 09-21-16 Gypsum Wallboard .............................................................................................. 26 09-22-00 Supports For Plaster and Gypsum Board ........................................................... 26 09-22-39 Veneer Plaster Base ............................................................................................ 27 09-30-00 Tiling .................................................................................................................... 27 09-51-00 Acoustical Ceilings .............................................................................................. 27 09-60-00 Flooring ................................................................................................................ 28 09-61-00 Floor Treatment - Concrete ................................................................................. 28 09-64-00 Wood Flooring ..................................................................................................... 28 09-65-00 Resilient Flooring ................................................................................................. 28 09-65-13 Stair Floor Covering ............................................................................................. 28 09-65-16 Resilient Sheet Flooring ...................................................................................... 29 09-65-19 Resilient Floor Tile ............................................................................................... 29 09 65 66 Resilient Athletic Flooring .................................................................................... 29 09-66-00 Terrazzo Flooring ................................................................................................ 29 09-68-00 Carpeting ............................................................................................................. 29 09-91-00 Painting ................................................................................................................ 30 09-91-13 Exterior Painting .................................................................................................. 31 09-91-23 Interior Painting ................................................................................................... 32 09-96-23 Graffiti Resistant Coatings ................................................................................... 32 09-96-46 Intumescent Painting ........................................................................................... 32 09-97-00 Steel Coatings ..................................................................................................... 32 09-97-13 Corridor Lockers .................................................................................................. 32 09-97-23 Concrete and Masonry Coatings ......................................................................... 32

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES ....................................................................................................... 32 10-11-00 Visual Display Surfaces ....................................................................................... 33 10-11-13 Chalk Boards ....................................................................................................... 33 10-11-16 Marker Boards ..................................................................................................... 33 10-11-23 Tack Boards ........................................................................................................ 33 10-14-00 Signage................................................................................................................ 33 10-21-13.13 Metal Toilet Partition (For Offices and Non-Student Use Only.) ......................... 33 10-21-13.19 Plastic Toilet Partitions/Student Restrooms and Shower Rooms ....................... 34 10-28-13 Toilet Accessories ............................................................................................... 34 10-44-13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets .................................................................................. 36 10-50-00 Storage Specialties .............................................................................................. 36 10-55-00 Postal Specialties ................................................................................................ 37 10-75-00 Flagpoles ............................................................................................................. 37

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................... 37 11-40-00 Food Service Equipment ..................................................................................... 37 11-41-23 Freezers............................................................................................................... 38 11-41-23 Refrigerators ........................................................................................................ 38



11-41-23 Roll-In Refrigerators ............................................................................................ 39 11-41-23 Walk-in Type Coolers, Freezers .......................................................................... 39 11-41-23 Additional Requirements for Indoor Stand-Alone Walk-in Type Coolers ............ 39 11-41-23 Food Warmer Cabinet Specifications .................................................................. 40 11-41-23 Electric Convection Ovens .................................................................................. 40 11-41-23 Gas Convection Ovens ........................................................................................ 40 11-41-23 Dish Washers ...................................................................................................... 41 11-61-43 Stage Curtains ..................................................................................................... 42 11-66-53 Gymnasium Dividers ........................................................................................... 43 11-68-13 Playground Equipment ........................................................................................ 44

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS ...................................................................................................... 45 12-00-00 Furnishings .......................................................................................................... 45 12-20-00 Window Treatment .............................................................................................. 45 12-21-13 Horizontal Roller Shades ..................................................................................... 45 12-22-00 Curtain and Drapes ............................................................................................. 45 12-48-13 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames ........................................................................ 45 12-66-13 Telescoping Bleachers ........................................................................................ 45

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................. 46 14-24-00 Hydraulic Elevators .............................................................................................. 46 14-24-00 Miscellaneous Features ....................................................................................... 46 14-28-13 Elevator Door Functions ...................................................................................... 47 14-28-16 Elevator Controls ................................................................................................. 47 14-28-16 Proximity Access Control ..................................................................................... 49 14-28-19 Elevator Equipments ........................................................................................... 51

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION .......................................................................................... 51 21-13-00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems ................................................................... 51

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING ........................................................................................................... 51 22-00-00 Demolition and Removal of Fixtures ................................................................... 51 22-00-00 Design Requirements .......................................................................................... 52 22-05-23 General Duty Valves/Domestic Water Valves / Domestic Water ........................ 52 22-05-29 Pipe Hangers and Supports ................................................................................ 52 22-05-53 Piping Identification ............................................................................................. 52 22-05-76 Cleanouts, Storm and Sanitary ........................................................................... 53 22-07-00 Pipe Insulation ..................................................................................................... 53 22-11-00 Facility Water Distribution .................................................................................... 53 22-11-16 Facility Water Distribution Piping ......................................................................... 53 22-11-19 Backflow Preventers (Rp Devices) ...................................................................... 54 22-13-16 Facility Sanitary Sewage ..................................................................................... 54 22-13-16 Sanitary and Rain Drain, Pipe and Fittings ......................................................... 54 22-13-19 Floor Drains ......................................................................................................... 54 22-14-13 Facility Storm Drainage Pipe and Fittings ........................................................... 54 22-14-26.13 Roof Drain Piping ................................................................................................ 54 22-14-13 Facility Storm Drainage Pipe and Fittings ........................................................... 54 22-14-26.16 Facility Area Drains ............................................................................................. 55 22-14-26 Roof Drains .......................................................................................................... 55 22-15-00 Compressed Air Equipment ................................................................................. 55 22-33-36 Booster Heaters ................................................................................................... 55 22-34-36 Hot Water Heaters ............................................................................................... 55 22-40-00 Plumbing Fixtures ................................................................................................ 55 22-42-00 Commercial Plumbing Fixtures ........................................................................... 56 22-42-13 Commercial Water Closets, Urinals, and Bidets ................................................. 56 22-42-16 Commercial Lavatories And Sinks ...................................................................... 56 22-42-39 Faucet Replacement ........................................................................................... 58 22-42-43 Standard Toilets and Flush Valves ...................................................................... 58



22-45-16 Emergency Eye Wash ......................................................................................... 58 22-47-13 Drinking Fountains ............................................................................................... 59 22-66-00 Chemical Waste Acid Piping ............................................................................... 59

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING ........................................ 59 23-00-00 Demolition and Removal of Fixtures ................................................................... 59 23-00-00 Heating, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning ............................................................ 59 23-05-29 Pipe Hangers and Supports ................................................................................ 60 23-05-53 Piping Identification ............................................................................................. 60 23-07-00 Pipe Insulation ..................................................................................................... 60 23-09-00 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC ................................................................ 60 23-09-13 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC .................................................. 60 23-09-43 Pneumatic Control System for HVAC .................................................................. 62 23-11-23 Facility Natural Gas Pipe and Fittings ................................................................. 62 23-20-00 Piping and Pumps ............................................................................................... 63 23-20-00 Valves/Steam and Hydronic Heating Control ...................................................... 63 23-22-00 Steam Specialties ................................................................................................ 63 23-22-13 Steam and Condensate Piping and Fittings Hydronic Included .......................... 63 23-30-00 HVAC - Air Distribution Must Comply With SMACNA Standards ........................ 63 23-31-13 Duct Work ............................................................................................................ 63 23-32-36 Air-Distribution Floor Plenums ............................................................................. 63 23-33-13 Dampers .............................................................................................................. 64 23-34-00 Fans ..................................................................................................................... 64 23-40-00 Air Cleaning Devices ........................................................................................... 64 23-51-23 Natural Gas Venting ............................................................................................ 64 23-52-00 Heat Generating Boilers ...................................................................................... 64 23-60-00 Central Cooling Equipment .................................................................................. 64 23-82-00 Convection Heating and Cooling ......................................................................... 65 23-82-36 Fin Tube Radiation .............................................................................................. 65

DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION .............................................................................. 65 25-50-00 Integrated Automation Facility Controls .............................................................. 65

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL ....................................................................................................... 66 26-01-00 Operation and Maintenance of Electrical Systems ............................................. 66 26-05-19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables ....................................... 66 26-05-33 Race Ways and Boxes for Electrical Systems .................................................... 67 26-05-53 Identification of Electrical Systems ...................................................................... 67 26-06-00 Schedules for Electrical ....................................................................................... 68 26-06-20 Schedules for Low-Voltage Electrical Distribution ............................................... 68 26-22-00 Low-Voltage Transformers .................................................................................. 68 26-23-00 Low-Voltage Switch Gear .................................................................................... 68 26-27-00 Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment ................................................................... 70 26-27-26 Wiring Devices ..................................................................................................... 70 26-29-23 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers ................................................................. 71 26-32-00 Packaged Generator Assemblies ........................................................................ 71 26-32-13.13 Emergency Motor Generator ............................................................................... 71 26-42-00 Cathodic Protection ............................................................................................. 71 26-50-00 Lighting ................................................................................................................ 71 26-52-00 Emergency Lighting ............................................................................................. 73 26-53-00 Exit Signs ............................................................................................................. 73 26-56-16 Parking Lighting and Security .............................................................................. 73 26-56-33 Walkway Lighting ................................................................................................. 73 26-56-68 Exterior Athletic Lighting ...................................................................................... 73

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................ 73

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY ............................................................ 74



28-05-28 Pathways for Electronic Safety and Security ....................................................... 74 28-13-00 Access Control .................................................................................................... 74 28-16-00 Intrusion Detection ............................................................................................... 75 28-31-00 Fire Detection and Alarm ..................................................................................... 76 28-31-00 Zoning Fire Alarm System ................................................................................... 77 28-31-13 Control Panel (FACP) .......................................................................................... 77 28-31-23 Remote Annunciator ............................................................................................ 77 28-31-43 Fire Detection Sensors ........................................................................................ 77 28-31-46 Smoke Detection Sensors ................................................................................... 79 28-31-53.13 Pull Stations ......................................................................................................... 79 28-31-63.13 Notification Appliances ........................................................................................ 80 28-31-63.14 Shop Drawings .................................................................................................... 81 28-31-63.14 As-Built Drawings ................................................................................................ 81 28-31-63.15 Documentation Cabinet ....................................................................................... 81 28-20-00 Electronic Surveillance ........................................................................................ 81

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS .............................................................................. 81 32-11-13 Paving - Subgrade Modifications ......................................................................... 82 32-12-16 Asphalt ................................................................................................................. 82 32-18-00 Athletic and Recreational Surfacing .................................................................... 82 32-30-00 Site Improvements ............................................................................................... 84 32-31-13 Chain Link Fencing and Gates ............................................................................ 84 32-80-00 Irrigation Systems ................................................................................................ 84 32-90-00 Planting ................................................................................................................ 84 32-91-00 Planting Preparation ............................................................................................ 85 32-92-00 Turf ...................................................................................................................... 85 32-93-00 Plant Materials ..................................................................................................... 85 32-93-33 Shrubs ................................................................................................................. 86 32-93-43 Trees .................................................................................................................... 86 32-94-00 Planting Accessories ........................................................................................... 89

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES ............................................................................................................. 89 33-47-26 Storm Drainage Ponds and Reservoirs ............................................................... 89 33-49-00 Storm Drainage Structures .................................................................................. 89

DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTEGRATION ................................................................................... 89 40-17-00 Oxygen and Acetylene Pipe and Fittings ............................................................ 89

DIVISION 42 - PROCESS HEATING, COOLING AND DRYING EQUIPMENT .......................... 90 42-14-33.13 Ceramics and Glass Melting Furnaces (KILNS).................................................. 90

DIVISION 44 - POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT ................................................................ 91 44-11-16 Industrial Dust Collectors ..................................................................................... 91

APPENDIX A - DETAIL DRAWINGS ........................................................................................... 92

APPENDIX B - DISTRICT LOCKSET SCHEDULE ...................................................................... 93

APPENDIX C - STANDARD ‘Q’ REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... 94

APPENDIX D - DISTRICT STANDARD FORMS ......................................................................... 95

APPENDIX E – DIVISION 00 TEMPLATE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ...................................... 96

APPENDIX F – DIVISION 01 TEMPLATE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ...................................... 97



INTRODUCTION Note: These Design Standards are a work in progress. Current sections under review include sections 02, 27 & 28. Please contact PPS FAM department for most current sections. Portland Public Schools, with the help of the design and construction community, developed the Portland Public Schools Design Standards. The document is formatted to Masterformat™ 2004 by the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). The information contained within this standard is abbreviated to be used as a check list by specifications writers. This document is a living document continuously open to change. Updates will be noted when they are made and listed on our website. The district is open to suggestions that will improve our schools educational environment while meeting established guidelines contained within these Standards. Proposed changes can be submitted for review by the District Standards Committee by submitting either a Request for change to District Standards or a Design Standard Substitution Request to the Project Manager. The current version of CSI will be the format used for all construction documentation.

1-I Portland Public Schools all volunteer Board adopted a policy for high performance facility design for 21 twenty-first-century educational programs 8.80.010-P.

http://www.pps.k12.or.us/directives-c/pol-reg/8/80/010_P.pdf 2- I Portland Public Schools with the help of a diverse cross section of Portland’s

concerned citizens developed five guiding principals for schools of the future in series of meetings titled Reshape Schools: Space + Place Summit. http://www.pps.k12.or.us/departments/schoolmodernization/1047.htm.

3-I The design team is directed to comply with the requirements of the school board

and the community. Additionally, selected building components, means and methods must be included in the contract documents as noted in the Portland Public Schools Design Standards. The district, while attempting to standardize materials, manufacturers & means is open to new means and materials that provide design solutions that are functional and cost effective over the extended life of the facility.

When applicable, the design team, Project Manager, and district facilities staff can help control construction costs by: a. Being involved in development of the Design Standards and monitoring the

cost implications of decisions made by the district's Design Standards Committee.

b. Studying the Design Standards and helping translate them into a precise program.

c. Being involved in site selection and help determine the best utilization of potential school sites.

d. Questioning the occupant design criteria looking for better and more efficient ways to allocate space within the school.

e. Seeking simple and straightforward architectural, civil, structural, mechanical, and electrical design solutions.

f. Monitoring the architectural, civil, structural, mechanical, and electrical planning and design solutions to control costs.

g. Producing complete, high quality construction documents. 4-I Portland Public Schools’ Document Control Coordinator is responsible for

verifying PPS Design Standards are achieved and contained in the construction documents. They are also responsible for coordinating review of substitution requests that vary from the Standards. The Project Manager is the owner’s



representative with the authority to direct the project and is responsible for construction project budgets and schedules.

5-I Portland Public Schools is responsible for the development of the general project

scope and description that includes a brief statement as to why each facility is being built or upgrades are being made, where it will be located, the population of students it is intended to serve, estimated cost, the method of financing, the estimated time schedule for planning and construction, and the estimated date of occupancy. Copies of the project descriptions will be made available to the public to help them better understand the needs of the district, and to help ensure that those persons responsible for delivering the project on time and on budget remain accountable.

6-I Educational planners, instructional staff, and district facilities staff will cooperate

to develop a complete program before the architect begins to design the facility. The program should include a description of activity areas that describe the type, number, size, function, special characteristics, and supporting space relationships to instructional areas, administrative areas, and service areas in sufficient detail that the architect will be fully aware of what will occur in each of these areas.

7-I New and remodeled schools should be designed to facilitate timely and

economical construction. a. The design should utilize standard sizes, types, shapes, readily available

materials and trades to avoid waste and excessive labor costs. b. Architectural details should be simple, durable, and contribute to rapid and

economical construction. Furthermore, the design should provide long-term low-cost operation, maintenance and repair.

8-I The facility should be designed with consideration given to long term ease of

operation, maintenance and repair. The facilities mechanical/electrical systems and building materials should be capable of providing a 75-year life-cycle. a. Exterior walls should be constructed with building materials that will provide

long-term moisture and thermal resistance, low maintenance and ease of repair.

b. Interior walls in corridors, cafeterias, and other high traffic unsupervised areas should be constructed with durable impact resistant materials.

9-I New school plans should accommodate siting for expansion of permanent

facilities when changes in demographics or rapid growth can be anticipated. 10-I The facility should be adaptable to changes and innovations in education and

flexible enough to accommodate a variety of program uses. Interior spaces should be simple with inherent versatility.

11-I Interior walls and partitions within and/or separating instructional areas should be

non-load bearing so the spaces can be reconfigured as instructional program needs change.

12-I The school should be designed to be compatible with its surroundings. 14-I Consideration should be given to sharing parts of a facility, and its construction,

operation and maintenance costs, with other city, county or state agencies. Also, consider developing policies that would allow leasing parts of the facility after hours to other public or private entities.



15-I The shape of buildings and rooms should be designed to help ensure the maximum and most efficient use of the space.

16-I All general purpose classrooms and instructional spaces should be a similar size

and shape so that any curriculum can be taught in any one of them. Ancillary and support spaces such as teacher planning, lounges, storage rooms, and conference rooms should be grouped, and centralized, where practicable, to help reduce the overall size of the school and its related infrastructure. Custodial closets, toilet rooms, and some other spaces may still have to be dispersed for practical reasons.

17-I Each new facility should include a minimum of 400 square feet dedicated to

overage stock, building maintenance and on site repairs. This space is to be equipped with cabinets and/or shelving applicable for the anticipated contents. This space will have an exterior door and an interior door to the corridor. It is suggested this space be adjacent to the boiler room. This space is not to be considered for educational or consumable building supplies.

18-I Consideration should be given to developing 21st century standards for media

centers in K-8, middle and high schools. 19-I Consideration should be given to maximizing passive design and "green

architecture" concepts and techniques. EXAMPLES: building orientation, shading walls and fenestrations, using light colors on exterior walls and roofs, etc. to take advantage of, or minimize the negative impact of, the prevailing environmental influences. Minimum standard for new and remodeled facilities is to be LEED gold certified. The district will consider equivalent to LEED gold when 2 or more common design projects are planned. The District may elect not to apply for LEED certification. However, this does not eliminate the minimum standard.

New building design goal of achieving a minimum of 30% energy savings compared to buildings that meet the minimum requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-1999. The energy savings target of 30% is the first step in the process toward achieving a net-zero energy building, which is defined as a building that, on an annual basis, draws from outside resources equal to or less than the energy it produces using on-site renewable energy source. http://www.ashrae.org/publications/page/1604. Design teams are directed to comply with state and local policies for green buildings on new and remodel construction. STATE LEVEL Effect January 1, 2008 House Bill 2620 requires public entities spend 1.5 percent of the total contract price of a public improvement contract for new construction or major renovation of a public building on solar energy technology. http://www.leg.state.or.us/07reg/measpdf/hb2600.dir/hb2620.intro.pdf http://www.oregon.gov/ENERGY/CONS/PublicSolar.shtml LOCAL LEVEL City of Portland "High Performance Green Building Policy" (Bureau of Planning and Sustainability) http://www.portlandonline.com/bps/index.cfm?c=45879 City of Portland’s Local Amendment to Building Code (Bureau of Development Services) http://www.portlandonline.com/bds/index.cfm?c=46751



20-I The facility should be designed to allow after school hour activities to occur while keeping these activities segregated from the rest of the school for security, maintenance and operational needs.

21-I Remodeled and new schools should be designed and built with automatic fire

sprinkler systems to a level described in the International Building Code and International Fire Code as "fully sprinkled”. Vandalism to sprinkler heads and the consequences of inadvertent discharge should also be considered in the design.

22-I Site development and landscaping, should be designed to be functional,

simplified, and easy to maintain and repair. 23-I Portland Public Schools has adopted the City of Portland Planning Standard.

Whenever possible two separate student drop off areas shall be constructed. One for parent pick up / drop off, one for school bus pick up / drop off.

24-I Parking and walks should be designed and constructed to efficiently move

vehicular and pedestrian traffic and use as little area as practical while still complying with local codes.

25-I Consideration should be given to the fact the facility is not only be a place of

learning, but also an example to be used as a teaching tool. Signage should be included that educates the students and visiting community. i.e. Displays showing solar generation of power, bio swales, rainwater harvesting.



DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS This division typically created by PPS. Division 00 template is attached as Appendix E for reference.

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This division typically created by PPS. Division 01 template is attached as Appendix F for reference.

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

03-00-00 Concrete Work

03-01-00 Concrete Restoration

A. Sampling and Testing 1. Determine concrete strength and composition used in the design of a

repair mix. 2. Testing used to determine boundaries of areas requiring removal and

replacement. 3. Sample prisms utilizing the design mix to establish color and texture

matches to the existing work. B. Cleaning

1. Cleaning shall not mar, stain, erode or otherwise damage the surface being cleaned.

2. Sandblasting of concrete or other building surfaces is acceptable for specified projects requiring aggressive cleaning techniques.

3. 500-psi minimum and 2,000-psi maximum pressure washing equipment. C. Materials

1. Structural concrete used in patching or restoration operations shall be designed as for new construction.

03-11-00 Form Work

D. Concrete surfaces equal to or better than APA B-B Grade plywood forms, exterior type, class 1 plywood with uncoated surfaces.

E. Form release agent equal to “Burke”, “Nox-Crete”, or “Symons” "Magic Kote" shall be used on all concrete formwork or District approved equal.

03-20-00 Concrete Reinforcement

F. Minimum slab and pavement reinforcing 6" x 6" - W 1.4 x W 1.4 welded wire fabric.

G. Galvanized chairs and spacers. H. Bars cut and bent cold.

03-30-00 Cast-In-Place Concrete

I. Compressive Strength 1. Concrete minimum strengths (at 28 days) to be verified by Structural

Engineer: a. 500-psi @ non-structural interior elements



b. 3,500-psi @ exterior concrete paving, retaining walls and concrete exposed to weather.

c. 4,000-psi @ all structural concrete elements. J. Cement Content

1. Five sacks per cubic yard, minimum. K. Slump

1. Slump 1 to 4 inches. L. Admixtures

1. Admixtures identified and proportioned in mix design. 2. Air entrainment in concrete exposed to weather per ACI.

M. Design Mix 1. Per ACI verified, by independent testing laboratory.

N. Testing 1. 28-day preliminary compression strength tests prior to start of

construction. O. Certification

1. Certify each load of ready-mix concrete. P. Curing Agents

1. Liquid membrane-forming compound with red fugitive dye that remains stable for 24 hours when exposed to sunlight

2. Agents completely dissipate within 30 days of application. 3. Maintain concrete wet for at least 7 days if curing agent isn't continuous.

03-35-00 Concrete Finishing

A. Concrete Slab Finishes 1. Steel trowel, hardener and dust proofing agent at slabs. 2. Exterior walks, steps, and platforms: light broom finish. 3. Cast in place abrasive or textured nose edge. 4. Patch and sack voids in exposed wall finishes.

B. Joints in Floor Slabs 1. Locate cold joints, expansion joints and control joints at walls. 2. At cold joints, provide rebar dowels. 3. Dowel new slabs to new or existing construction.

C. Tolerances 1. Max. 1/4” in 10 feet variations in plumb, level, grade or alignment. 2. Identify conditions with small tolerance requirements.

03-35-13 High Tolerance Concrete Floor Finishing

A. Resurfacing of cast-in-place concrete: The district encourages the use of materials and methods to tint, harden and polish existing floors whenever possible. 1. Permanent stain tint. 2. Concrete hardening 3. Concrete sealer – at direction of District 4. Surface coatings - at direction of District 5. Polished sheen - at direction of District 6. Approved process: Northwest Stone Restoration

(www.nwstonerestoration.com) or District approved equal.



03-40-00 Precast Concrete

A. General 1. Precast elements by manufacturers regularly engaged in precast

production. B. Sample Panels

1. Demonstrate construction practices, connection details, finishes, textures and colors.

C. Vandal Resistance 1. Exposed precast surfaces with textures and finishes to be resistant to

weather deterioration and vandalism. D. Acoustics

1. Avoid large interior concrete surfaces.

DIVISION O4 - MASONRY

04-00-00 Masonry

A. Materials and Methods 1. Additions, extensions or in fills “Toothed in” wherever possible.

B. Mortar. 1. Type N or Type S. 2. Match existing color.

C. Mason Accessories 1. Expansion Joints shall be spaced at 30 feet maximum distance. 2. Weep holes to be spaced no greater than 24” on center.

D. Mason Units 1. Moisture and frost exposure shall be Type FBX, Grade SW.

04-01-00 Restoration and Cleaning

A. Restoration 1. The Consultant and/or Contractor shall endeavor with the Owner to

develop a clear and quantifiable area of masonry to be restored. 2. Observe for veneer failure, spawling, deformation, leaning or bowing of

vertical surfaces. 3. The need for tuck-pointing can be determined by the following

guidelines: 4. Mortar erosion greater than 3/16” 5. Crumbling mortar 6. Hairline cracks in mortar 7. Cracks between brick and mortar 8. On older buildings, greater than 50 years, low to moderate pressure

washing may be required to accurately evaluate the condition of the mortar. Coordinate decision to pressure wash with Owner before proceeding with work.

9. If Tuck-pointing is required, the compressive strength of the “new” mortar should be similar or weaker than the compressive strength of the “original” mortar to avoid spawling of the brick. Testing of the existing mortar may be required if the approximate age of the mortar cannot be determined.

10. The Contractor responsible for tuckpointing shall be required to have past experience with similar size and scope projects.

11. Establish unit pricing per sq. ft. of brick removal and replacement, plus per foot linear removal and replacement of terra cotta trim. Review with the Owner unit pricing vs. lump sum pricing.



12. For brick replacement, match color, texture and pattern. 13. “Toothed in” wherever possible. 14. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs associated with protecting

adjacent surfaces near the area of work and all costs related to repairing any damaged areas resulting from the work.

B. Cleaning 1. The least invasive technique with satisfactory results is favored. 2. Pressure washing is preferred. 500-psi minimum, 2,000-psi maximum. 3. Aggressive cleaning methods, i.e. acid washing, sand or soda blasting

requires owner approval. Prosoco products or District approved equal preferred.

4. A sample area (20 SF) of cleaning technique for Owner approval is required prior to proceeding.

5. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs associated with protecting adjacent surfaces near the area of work and all costs related to repairing any damaged areas resulting from the work.

04-22-00 Water Repellant Coatings

A. Test compatibility with existing coatings. B. 2-coats of clear water repellents, low-pressure application. C. Above grade concrete and masonry surfaces, clear water-repellent finishes,

containing no silicone, wax or paraffin. D. “Chemstop Heavy Duty”, “Prosoco”, “Rainguard” and “Enviroseal Double 7”,

with at least 7% solids or District approved equal. E. Provide a sample test area (20 SF) for Owner approval before proceeding

with work.

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05-73-00 Decorative Metal Railings

A. Rail/Pipe/Handrail Specifications 1. Schedule 40 NPS standard steel pipe material with flush fittings and

welded connections. 2. Size as follows:

a. K through 5 Schools: 1” schedule 40 (1.315” OD). b. K through 8 Schools: 1 1/4” schedule 40 (1.660” OD). c. Middle School through High School: 1 1/4” schedule 40 (1.660” OD).

3. Vertical posts, horizontal rails and handrails should be the same size pipe.

B. Finish 1. Match existing when possible. 2. Exterior finish can be galvanized or galvanized and painted. Where the

rails are in public view and subject to frequent use, they should be galvanized and painted. If they are galvanized and painted, the rails need to be thoroughly cleaned before they are primed and painted.

3. Exterior handrails in inconspicuous areas (i.e. service entrances) can be left galvanized (without paint).

4. Priming and painting as a finish (without galvanizing) is not recommended.

5. Any field welds should be painted with a zinc-rich, galvanic, rust-inhibitive primer.

C. Installation 1. Core Drilling (Preferred)

a. This can be done in newly cured or existing concrete.



b. New curbs: Concrete curbs and walls are to be a minimum of 8” inches thick.

c. Set vertical posts 4’-0”maximum distance apart. d. Core-drill concrete surfaces for posts when handrail systems are

installed after the three-week concrete curing period. 2. Inserted Sleeves

a. 2” Schedule 40 NPS sleeves at a minimum of 6” long for handrail systems need to be placed in concrete prior to the completion of a three-week curing period.

b. Use a non-shrink grout or epoxy filler to set handrail posts into pipe sleeves.

3. Direct Mount a. Existing curbs: Flange and bolt railing systems are acceptable where

concrete curb walls are less than 8” thick. D. Bollards and Barriers

1. Always slope concrete to drain away from bollards. 2. Refer to PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-266 for Standard Bollard

Door Stop.

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06-10-00 Rough Carpentry

A. Wood Materials 1. Wood framing, Douglas Fir only, Standard or Better per WWPA. 2. Wall sheathing, D or better plywood, ½ inch thick, Species No. 1. 3. Sub floors, C or better plywood, 5/8 inch Species No. 1. 4. Blocking or Backing 1 inch thick AC, fire resistive, plywood 12 inches by

stud width for door hardware, toilet accessories, hand towel and soap dispensers.

5. Underlayment 3/8 inch C or Better Plywood.

06-11-00 Wood Framing

A. Stud spacing 16 inches center unless approved by owner. B. Roof Sheathing

1. Structural I, CDX (42/20, 5 ply), 5/8 inch Species #1. 2. Overhangs, (exposed face), B Exterior grade. Increase thickness to

avoid nails penetration.

06-20-00 Finish Carpentry

06-40-00 Wainscot

A. Pre-finished materials, easily cleaned, in corridor areas. B. Vinyl or metal protection at exposed columns, corners, etc.

06-41-00 Architectural Wood Casework

A. Custom Cabinets 1. Match existing cabinet construction. 2. Exposed surfaces to be hardwood. 3. Hardwood faced plywood strip core, cross banding, with face veneers. 4. Exposed edges of plywood edged with hardwood. 5. Edge band match face veneers. 6. Concealed edges sealed or banded.

B. Countertops



1. Match existing. 2. Plastic laminate on APA, B-C Grade fir plywood. 3. Integral backsplash and drip edge.

C. Countertops (science class rooms) 1. Match existing. 2. Chemical-Resistant. 3. Primary schools matte black or approved by owner. 4. Middle and high schools, natural stone or approved by owner. 5. Chemical resistant edge trim.

06-41-13 Wood Veneer Faced Architectural Cabinets

A. Manufactured Casework 1. Remodels and space modifications to match existing surrounding

cabinet’s material, finish, and style. B. New and total space reconstruction

1. Birch plywood cabinets. 2. Exposed edges solid birch. 3. Laminate tops with solid birch edge. 4. Cabinet tops with sink exterior grade plywood. 5. Cabinet tops without sink particleboard. 6. Shelving birch plywood with solid birch edge. 7. Hinges continuous piano type. 8. Drawer roller guides metal sized for load capacity of the drawer. 9. Integral roller guides with positive front and rear drawer stops.

C. Alternate Construction – Materials 1. Particle board premium industrial grade. 2. Density 45lbs. per cubic foot with moisture content 8%. 3. Exterior exposed cabinet faces. Vertical grade high pressure laminate

.030-inch thickness. 4. Interior exposed and semi exposed surfaces. Almond color high-

pressure laminate .030 inches thick. 5. Base cabinet backs, ¼” pre-finished almond tempered hardboard. 6. Upper cabinets, backs pre-finished ½” particleboard.

D. Counter top material 1. Particleboard counter tops not allowed in sink cabinets or other wet

environments. 2. .050 high-pressure laminate backed with .020 balancing sheet. 3. 3/4” thick. 4. Integral backsplash and drip edge. 5. Chemical and acid-resistant counter tops in science rooms.

E. Doors 1. ¾” premium industrial grade particleboard. 2. Front surface high-pressure laminate with edges trimmed 2mm PVC

matching color of door front. F. Hardware and Hinges

1. Institutional, “Rockford Process Control”. 2. Doors 3 feet or less in height, pair of 5-knuckle hinges. 3. Doors exceeding 3 feet high; pair and a half of hinges (i.e. 3 point

support). 4. Pulls semi-flush metal pulls. 5. Roller latch for non-locking cabinets. 6. Security; “Schlage” keyed to room entry lockset.

G. Drawers 1. Paper storage and file drawers; special attention to design and load is

required.



2. Drawer sides ½” plywood. 3. Drawer fronts and backs ¾” premium industrial grade particleboard

tongue and groove into sides. 4. Front surface high pressure laminate. 5. Visible interior surfaces overlaid with plastic laminate. 6. Bottom- ¼” tempered hardboard fitted into sides with continuous dado

joint. H. Hardware and guides

1. Metal drawer roller guides sized for load capacity of the drawer. 2. Integral roller guides with positive front and rear drawer stops. Drawer

face shall not be used as a drawer stop. 3. Pulls semi-flush metal. 4. Security; “Schlage” keyed to room entry lockset.

I. Installation 1. Layout the anchoring system based on existing field conditions

encountered. 2. Anchoring for a typical upper capable of supporting 200 lbs. per linear

foot.

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Selection of materials for new buildings exteriors should provide high quality, low long term maintenance costs, be resistant to vandalism and moisture intrusion. All products to be installed per manufacturer specifications.

07-10-00 Dampproofing and Water Proofing

A. Below grade exterior applications, asphalt emulsion B. 2 coat system fully dried between applications.

07-19-00 Water Repellant Coatings (Existing Buildings)

A. Test compatibility with existing coatings. B. 2-coats of clear water repellents, low-pressure application. C. Above grade concrete and masonry surfaces, clear water-repellent finishes,

containing no silicone, wax or paraffin. D. “Chemstop Heavy Duty”, “Rainguard” and “Enviroseal Double 7”, with at least

7% solids or District approved equal. Anti-Graffiti coatings see 23-82-16.

07-20-00 Thermal Protection

A. Insulation Batts and Blankets 1. Appropriate thermal protection for ceilings, exterior walls and floors over

unheated spaces. B. Rigid Roof Insulation

1. Vapor retardant 30 pound minimum for all roofing tear-off and replacement.

2. Rigid closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core insulation boards with glass fiber faces, mechanically fastened. Layered to achieve desired R-Value.

3. Target R-Value for roofing: Meet or exceed minimum code standards. 4. Plywood Substrate Insulation Fasteners: Standard duty roofing screw

that is pre-assembled with a 3" metal plate. Provide length as required by the roofing material manufacturer. Parafast PA Roofing Fastener or District approved equal.

07-31-00 Shingle and Shake Roofing



A. The District encourages replacing shingled roofs with pre-formed metal. See 07-61-00. No shake roofing.

B. Underlayment: Ice Protection Sheet: Grace Ice and Water Shield, or District approved alternative.

C. Asphalt saturated underlayment: #30 felt paper. Comply with the physical requirements of current ASTM standards for Type II materials. Meet or exceed the performance criteria of current ASTM D226 and D4869.

D. Asphalt shingles: 3-tab metric or standard mineral surfaced, self-sealing asphalt shingles. Provide shingles with a UL Class A fire test response classification.

E. Styles, textures, patterns and colors to closely match existing. F. Nail Fasteners: Hot dip galvanized or aluminum, 12-gage barbed shank nails

with 3/8" heads long enough to penetrate a minimum 3/4" into the roof deck, or at least 1/8" through the bottom of the deck.

G. No ridge vents on roofs with pitch less than 5 in 12. H. Valleys to be 22 gauge, shop formed, prepainted, siliconized modified

polyester to match shingle color. Lengths not to exceed 10’ with 1’ high inverted V profile at center of valley and equal flange widths of 12”.

07-50-00 Membrane Roofing

A. Warranty: 1. Provide manufacturer's 20-year unlimited penal sum material and labor

warranty from the date of Acceptance. Warrant that all surfaces exposed to the weather are water-tight and free from defective materials and workmanship and will furnish all labor and material for correction or replacing any portion of the work that fails in the performance of its purpose. Guarantee is to include base flashings, roofing materials insulation materials, and installation of the materials, and related systems. Include a 5-year installer's weather tight guarantee against leakage of sheet metal copings, roof related flashings and sealants.

B. Design Criteria: 1. The District prefers ½” per foot roof slope for all new roofs, with ¼” per

foot slope allowed in areas that do not require crickets or roof valleys to direct water to drain collectors.

C. Membrane Roofing Assembly: 1. Underlayment Sheet at Plywood Deck:

a. Rosin Paper- 6 pound minimum. 2. Underlayment Sheet at Concrete Deck:

a. Type II, non-porous fiberglass reinforced, asphalt coated sheet with a polyolefin film backing, having a minimum weight of 20 pounds per square foot.

3. Rigid Insulation: See 07 20 00- Thermal Protection 4. Rigid Cover Boards

a. Install over irregular surfaces and where moisture and fire retardant are at issue.

b. Rigid cover boards 4’ x 4’ maximum size. Hot mopped roof surface and face of the cover boards.

c. 1/4:” thick “Dens Deck” by “Georgia-Pacific or District approved alternative.

d. Silicone Treated Fiberglass-Reinforced Board: ¼”, ½” and 5/8”. e. Wood Fiberboard- coated 6 sides, ½” high density insulating panel

used as a cover board over approved polyisocyanurate insulation panels.

D. 100% SBS (Styrene Butadiene Styrene): 1. Preferred system with nominal properties listed below:



a. Membrane Properties: i. Passes cyclic fatigue resistance for new material per current

(minimum 500 cycles @ 14 deg. F). ii. Passes cyclic fatigue resistance for over aged material per

current ASTM (minimum 200 cycles @ 14 deg. F). iii. Passes current ASTM for class A fire rating.

b. Sheet Properties: i. Minimum 50% elongation at 5% maximum load @ 73 deg. F.,

per current ASTM. ii. Passes low temperature flexibility @ -13 deg. F. for new

material, and 0 deg. F. for over aged material, per current ASTM. c. Roof Membrane Materials at Structural Concrete Decks:

i. Perforated Base Sheet: 20 pounds per 100 square feet. ii. Base Ply Sheet: Random glass mat reinforced SBS modified

asphalt sheet, minimum thickness 87 mils, minimum weight 62 pounds per 100 square feet, smooth surface.

iii. Top Ply Sheet: Random glass mat reinforced, 100% SBS modified bitumen, minimum thickness 126 mils at selvage edge, minimum weight 115 pounds per 100 square feet, mineral granule surfaced, color gray, fire rated.

E. Roof Membrane Materials at Lightweight Insulating 1. Concrete Decks:

a. Base Sheet: Inverted 72 lb. granule surface cap sheet or approved. b. First Ply Sheet: Asphalt coated fiberglass base sheet. c. Base Ply Sheet; Random glass mat reinforced SBS modified asphalt

sheet, minimum thickness 87 mils, minimum weight 62 pounds per 100 square feet, smooth surface.

d. Top Ply Sheet: Random glass mat reinforced SBS modified bitumen, minimum thickness 94 mils at selvage edge, minimum weight 90 pounds per 100 square feet, mineral granule surfaced, Color gray, fire rated.

e. Reinforcing Sheet: Random glass mat reinforced SBS modified bitumen, minimum weight 60 pounds per 100 square feet.

f. Flashing Sheet: White granule surfaced, polyester mat and woven glass mat reinforced SBS modified bitumen; minimum weight 110 pounds per 100 square feet.

F. Cold Adhesive: 1. A blend of special adhesive asphalts and safe, high-flash, quick drying

solvents that meets or exceeds current ASTM D4479, Type II requirements. Siplast PA-311 M Adhesive or District approved equal.

G. Single Ply: 1. The use of single ply membranes is strongly discouraged by the District.

Exceptions may be granted under special circumstances at the District’s discretion.

H. Accessories: 1. Fasteners: Corrosion resistant and cut resistant. 2. Cant Strips: Perlite or District approved equal. 3. Cricket Tapered Edge Strip at Crickets and Drains: Polyisocyanurate, or

accepted substitute, providing for a roof slope and layout sufficient to achieve prompt and complete removal of water through the drainage system.

4. Sealant: A moisture-cured, non-slump elastomeric sealant designed for roofing applications. The sealant shall be approved by the membrane manufacturer for use in conjunction with the roof membrane materials. PS-304 Elastomeric Sealant or District approved equal.



5. Acceptable manufacturers: “Siplast”, “Soprema” and “Firestone”, or District approved equal.

I. Execution: 1. Precipitation: Do not apply roofing materials during precipitation or in the

event there is a probability of precipitation during application. Take adequate precautions to ensure materials, applied roofing, and building interiors are protected from possible moisture damage or contamination.

2. Take necessary precautions to prevent roofing material vapors and odors from entering the building air intake systems. Air intakes may receive temporary coverings.

3. Fans may be turned off to control dust and odor infiltration. 4. Kettles are not to be placed within 6 feet of a roof overhang. Kettles to

be monitored by a designated employee during all times of operation. 5. Discuss maintenance and permanent fall protection with District

Representative. 6. Transitions between roof levels to receive OSHA compliant ladders

installed per code. 7. Contractor is responsible for identifying preexisting conditions that may

impact the performance of the new roof prior to commencement of work, including but not limited to: a. Structural deflection b. Water ponding c. Overhanging trees d. Unauthorized roof access and vandalism e. Roof drains are considered to be free and clear of blockage. f. Protect drains from demo debris and liquid asphalt. g. Require daily clean up of all debris.

J. Storage and Protection 1. Protect roofing materials at all times from wetting and moisture

absorption. Store rolls on end and on pallets in a dry area, protected from ground moisture.

2. Dry felts and insulation applied as a roofing system. 3. Roof maintenance and means of extending life cycle 4. The district encourages spray on asphalt emulsions with fiberglass

rovings “Westcoat System”, or District approved equal.

07-60-00 Flashing and Sheet Metal

A. Detail drawings of scuppers, crickets, curbs, roof jacks and complex flashing during the design and development phase.

B. Exposed locations: 1. Pre-coated galvanized steel per current ASTM A525, G90; 24 gauge

core steel, shop pre-coated with “Kynar 500” or “Hylar 5000”. 2. 26 gauge dead soft flashing grade stainless steel 3. 16-ounce copper. 4. Lead: 4 lb.s per square foot minimum, Grade B.

C. Concealed locations 24 gauge galvanized steel. 1. Joints in wall and cap flashing, standing seam only.

07-61-00 Sheet Metal Roofing

A. The district requests sloped metal roofs with 4:12 or greater slope when ever feasible. 1. Pre-formed Metal Roofing 2. Standing seam. No substitutes.



3. Architect or Engineer to provide detail drawings of scuppers, crickets, curbs, roof jacks and complex flashing during the design and development phase.

4. Ridge vents preferred on metal roofs. 5. Joint Sealants 6. “Vulkem 116”, “Mameco Polyurethane” or District approved equal.

07-61-13 Standing Seam Sheet Metal Roofing

A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. “AEP SPAN Klip Rib” with integral self-locking standing seam (1-5/8

high) with 8” rib spacing and 16” panel width. 2. Site fabricated “Custom-Built CB-2410, Standing Seam Roof Panels”,

mechanically seamed with 12” rib spacing (pencil ribs between) and 1-1/2” high standing seam.

B. Material 1. Pre-finished galvanized steel sheet 2. 24-gauge, hot-dipped galvanized steel. 3. Finish, factory applied “Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon coating”. 4. Finish, minimum thickness 0.70 mil over 0.25-mil prime coat. 5. Bottom of roof panels prime coat only. 6. Coating warranty, not less than 20 years.

07-62-00 Custom Rain Gutters

A. Exposed gutters, seamless continuous (maximum 50’) x 6” K style. 1. Gutter expansion joints: allow gutter movement without disturbing roof

system. 2. Gutter hanger to be Hangtite by Raytec Manufacturing, or District

approved alternative. Use galv. steel #12, screws, 1 1/2" long with a 5/16" head. Screws to provide 350lb capacity in both pullout and shear with a 100% safety factor. At each screw penetration use a silyl-terminated polyether sealant to seal penetration.

3. Drip flashing separate from gutter. 4. Exposed downspouts pre-coated galvanized steel. (Concealed

downspouts are prohibited on new buildings.) 5. Concealed gutters are prohibited on new construction on new buildings.

07-71-00 Manufactured Roofing Specialties

A. Pitch pockets/pitch pan B. “ChemCurb” system or District approved equal.

07-72-00 Roof Accessories

A. Include within the scope of roofing replacement access to attics and roofs. B. Provide ladders meeting OSHA Fall Protection Standards. C. Provide Fire Rated Access Panels meeting OSHA and IBC Regulations.

07-72-33 Roof Hatches

A. Provide roof hatch safety railing system for any new building construction and replacement roofs. New roof hatches to provide safe egress and ingress through roof type access hatches and to meet OSHA Fall Protection Regulations.

B. “Kee Safety” KeeHatch Railing System, Model RHSR-SS (Standard System) roof hatch railing system, or District approved alternative.



DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

08-10-00 Door Frames

A. Exterior Doors and Entrances 1. 36” – 38” width, 84” height, minimum 1-3/4” thick. 2. 42” width preferred. (Example: drop boxes, etc.) 3. Pairs of doors to provide a 6’-0” clear opening at mechanical rooms,

gyms and cafeterias on grade. 4. Glass permitted only when locking mechanisms not visible from exterior. 5. Removable mullions between multiple doors. 6. Note: Consideration should be given to the movement of equipment

within the building. Examples: scrubbers, man lifts, etc. Locations: loading docks, gyms auditoriums and cafeterias. Specify keyed, removable mullions w/mortise cylinder at the head between doors.

7. Doors swing is to be limited by a bollard or wall mounted stop. B. Interior Doors and Entrances

1. Hollow Metal Frames 16 ga. Minimum or wood frames of no less than 1” actual thickness.

08-10-00 Fire Doors

A. Cross-Corridor Doors 1. Doors shall be recessed in a ‘pocket’ whenever possible.

08-12-13 Hollow Metal Frames

A. 16 gauge minimum interior only. B. Continuous welded corners. C. 14 gauge minimum for exterior entries, extra heavy-duty interior openings,

and openings over 4’-0” in width and/or 7’-0” in height. D. Grout or fire rated foam filled door frames. E. 3/16” reinforcement at hinge pockets and full width of frame for mullion and

closer anchorage. F. 5” butts at exterior locations. G. See PPS District Standard Drawing No.S-199 - Hollow Metal Frame

Reinforcing. H. Prepped for access control.

08-13-00 Interior Hollow Metal Doors

A. 36” wide minimum, 84” height, 1-3/4” thick. B. Fully welded seamless construction (no visible seams and/or joints). C. Prime welds with zinc rich coating. D. 3/16” steel reinforcement at closer, lock and panic bar. E. See PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-200 - Hollow Metal Door

Reinforcing. F. 16 gauge faces, 20 gauge “Z” section vertical reinforcement 6” on center

minimum. G. 14 gauge galvanized faces at exterior, humid or corrosive atmosphere

locations. H. All voids filled with inorganic non-combustible insulation. I. Doors swing is to be limited by wall mounted stop whenever possible. J. See PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-232 - Standard Relites.



08-14-00 Interior Wood Doors

A. 36” wide minimum, 84” height, minimum 1 ¾” thick. B. Solid core wood construction. C. Natural finish-birch veneer faced. D. Stave core, wood only, for 20 Min rating or less. Particle board prohibited. E. Edges: solid hardwood. F. Full height cabinet and/or wardrobe doors may be of foam core construction. G. Engineered wood and/or composite products only if approved by the District. H. Doors swing is to be limited by wall mounted stop whenever possible. I. See PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-269 for detail construction. J. See PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-232 for relites.

08-31-00 Access Doors and Panels

A. Provide access doors at all valves and junction boxes. B. At 8’-0” elevations and lower, provide a keyed lock matching the District

building standard. C. Spaces not accessible to student population are excluded from the keyed

lock rule.

08-31-13 Access Doors And Frames

A. 12" x 16" (min. size) access to valves, clean outs, etc. B. Below 8 feet: accessible to students, key to building access panel standard. C. Above 8 feet: accessible to students, flat screwdriver latch. D. Dampers, damper motors, fusible links, fire dampers, circulating pumps,

access sized to allow for the removal and maintenance of the device. E. To duct heaters, access into duct for cleaning and inspection of the coils. F. To filters.

08-33-00 Coiling Doors and Grilles

08-33-13 Coiling Counter Doors

A. Automatic fire rated coiling door will close without “free fall slam”. B. Approved manufacturers “Cookson” and “Overhead Door Co.” or District

approved equal.

08-35-00 Folding Doors and Grilles

A. Requires owner approval.

08-50-00 Windows

08-51-00 Metal Windows

A. The owner encourages designs with minimal window openings. B. Large sliding window (greater than 8 sq. ft.) are to be avoided C. Outside snap-in glazing beads are preferred. D. Interior glazing beads are acceptable when openings are not accessible for

replacement by boom truck. E. Flush mounted exterior windows are not permitted. F. 5-year warranty covering materials and workmanship.



08-60-00 Roof Windows and Skylights

A. Fixed non-operable skylights: the District will consider the use when plausible reduction in energy costs is anticipated.

B. Operable skylights are prohibited. C. Solatubes or District approved equal encouraged.

08-70-00 Hardware

A. Installation qualifications/certification as recommended by manufacturer’s certificate.

08-71-00 Door Hardware

A. Exit Devices (Panic Bars) 1. Design will preclude entry via wire hook or similar picking device. 2. “Von Duprin 99 series” or District approved equal. 3. Applications with rim devices in pairs and heavy duty, non-deflecting

mullions: “Von Duprin K4954”, “K9954” or “KR4954” and “KR9954” or District approved equal.

4. Vertical rod and mortise devices in conjunction with exit devices are not permitted.

5. Concealed vertical rods are not permitted. B. Locksets

1. Interior: “Schlage” cylinders, heavy-duty C and D series, key in knob, 6-pin keyway, section to match existing building type (E, F or EF) or District approved equal (see District Lockset Schedule for specific sites).

2. Exterior: “Best (IC)” cylinders, heavy duty, key in knob, 7-pin “J” keyway, best lever handle, 93K or District approved equal.

3. Intercommunicating locksets, i.e. door between boys and girls locker room: “Schlage D-66 RHO” or District approved equal.

4. Teacher’s unisex restrooms: “Mortise lock L9486” or District approved equal.

5. Student restrooms: “Schlage ND-70 RHO” or District approved equal when fire code permits.

6. Single user restrooms accessed from the exterior (i.e. grandstands or field houses) throw open doors: “Best S function deadbolt” or District approved equal. Deadbolt key shall be compatible with building master keying, yet shall not operate any other exterior lock.

7. Administration offices: ”Schlage ND-53 RHO” or District approved equal. 8. Classrooms and non- administrative offices: “Schlage ND-70 RHO” or

District approved equal. 9. Storerooms and custodial closets: “Schlage D-80 RHO” or District

approved equal. 10. Cabinets: “Schlage CL-1000” or District approved equal. 11. Teacher’s personal closets: “Schlage A-53PD” or District approved

equal. 12. Finish: 26D or match existing. 13. Mortised locksets are prohibited. Exception: teacher’s unisex restrooms. 14. Keyways and key schedule to be in conjunction with existing master key

system. Coordinate key schedule with PPS hardware Department. C. Door Closers

1. Parallel arm surface mounted. 2. Heavy duty with full rack and pinion. 3. Independent closing speed and latch regulating valves. 4. Adjustable back check.



5. Back check shall engage checking action prior to 80 degree opening. 6. Closers to be adjusted on job site. Application to close and latch without

excessive speed. 7. Door closers are not to be used as a means of limiting door swing. 8. Interior doors: “Norton P7704” or District approved equal. 9. Exterior doors: “Norton PR 7500” or District approved equal. 10. ADA interior and exterior doors: “Norton 7500 BFDA” or District approved

equal. D. Hinges

1. Exterior: heavy-duty, ball bearing, with non-removable pins not less than 5”x 5”.

2. Interior: heavy-duty, Ball bearing not less than 4.5” x 4.5”. 26D finish or match existing.

3. Doors 40” x 90”and smaller are to receive 3 hinges. 4. Doors greater than 40” wide are to receive 4 hinges. 5. Doors greater than 90” in height are to receive 4 hinges. 6. Astragals are not to be used. Removable mullions are preferred. 7. Approved Manufacturers: “Lawrence CB”, “Stanley FBB” or District

approved equal. E. Astragals

1. Are not permitted. Removable mullions are preferred. F. Finishes

1. Match existing “BHMA 626 (US 26D)” or “BHMA 630 (US 32D)”. G. Gaskets

1. “Pemko 303 AS” or District approved equal. H. Alarms

1. Battery operated local area alarms where doors are designated “exit only”.

I. Kick plates 1. 18 gauge stainless steel, 12 inches high. 2. 2 ¾ inches less than the width of door. 3. Center in door opening. 4. Secure with #6 x 5/8 truss head stainless steel screws. 5. ½ inch reveal at bottom of door.

J. Coordinators 1. Provide 3/16” backing for jamb-mounted devices. See PPS District

Standard Drawing No. S-199. 2. “Ives 469” or District approved equal.

K. Wall Stops 1. “Ives 401” or “401.5” for knobs or lever handles with push / turn lock

button or District approved equal. L. Floor Stops

1. Avoid floor stops, as they present a tripping hazard. M. Electronic Strikes

1. “Von Duprin 6211”, H.E.S.9500 or District approved equal.

08-71-13 Automated Door Operators

A. Power Assisted Doors 1. Operator – “Norton 6000 6970 series” or District approved equal. 2. Paddle – “Norton 661 switch” or District approved equal. 3. Provide vandal proof cover that protects paddle from kicking and prying. 4. “Red Dot” or “Bell” weather/rain tight electrical box or District approved

equal. B. Magnetic Door Hold Open

1. Where required.



2. 24 VDC separate power supply. 3. 30-50 pound pull to release from electro magnet. 4. Tied to FACP relay.

08-71-53 Security Door Hardware (Access Control)

A. Electronic Entry Control System 1. The use of electronic entry systems was under consideration at the time

this standard was written. Request owner approval prior to inclusion to scope.

2. Entry by proximity reader card. 3. “Casi-Rusco” system as per division 28-13-00. 4. Controller is to be located in the MDF equipment room. 5. Locks and strikes are to be power fail secure type. HES 9500 series for

rim style, Von Duprin 6211 for ANSI strike, fail safe, 24vdc, 32D finish, or PPS approved equivalent.

08-81-00 Glass and Glazing

A. General Notes 1. Label showing glass manufacturer’s identity and type of glass. 2. Glass in doors: minimum 32” above floor. 3. Glass in classroom & office doors and sidelights within 48 inches of

entries. ¼” laminated clear safety glass. 4. No single strength glass allowed. 5. Insulated units at ground level. Fabricate exterior side laminated safety

glass to interior side float. 6. Double strength “B”:

a. 26 oz minimum. b. 12 sq ft maximum.

7. Heavy Sheet “B”-Clear: a. 3/16 thick float glass. b. 40 oz. Minimum per sq. ft. for 12 sq. ft. to 30sq. ft. openings.

8. Clear Plate Glass. a. Glazing quality, 1/4" thick polished plate or float glass. b. Minimum 1/4” over 30 sq. ft. opening.

9. Tempered glass is discouraged. Use only with owner approval. a. Absolutely no tempered glass in exterior doors. b. No wire mesh except for in boiler rooms and skylights.

10. Laminated Safety Glass-Clear. a. Minimum 15/64” (3MM) thick D.S. or float glass with a high test,

plastic interlayer. b. Minimum 46 oz./sq. ft., substitute for tempered glass with owner

approval. c. Transom glazing greater than 4 square feet. d. Showcases.

11. Glare and Heat Reducing Glass a. Glare control and/or solar reduction-bronze or gray tinted, b. Low emissive (low-E), tinted sheet glass substitute in lieu of float or

polished plate on owner approval. 12. Glass Option

a. Float glass substitute for sheet glass is acceptable only if thickness and quality is equal or exceeds that of sheet glass.

13. Plastic Glazing Sheets. a. Vandal resistant. b. Flame resistant (where required by code). c. Ultra-violet stabilized.



d. Rated as “Burglar Resistant” by UL. e. Clear, solar bronze, minimum1/4” thick. f. Polycarbonate preferred by the District. Acrylic is discouraged.

14. Glazing Compound a. Exterior metal sash-elastic type for bedding glass, “Vulkem- b. 116 by Mameco” or District approved equal.

15. Glazing Tape a. Closed cell foam, “3-M Weather ban EC-1202-T”, “PPG Industries

1072” or District approved equal. B. Execution

1. New Glazing Adjacent to Playground Areas a. Polycarbonate sheets b. Laminated safety glass.

2. Showcase Glazing a. Minimum 1/4” thick. b. Laminated safety glass. c. 12 sq. ft. maximum. d. Shelves: float or polished plate, minimum 1/4” thick, 12” maximum

depth. 3. Relite Glazing

a. Removable stops. b. Glazing tape at all relites.

08-83-00 Mirrors

A. 8 square feet maximum glazed units. B. Continuous backing. C. Concealed fastenings. D. Aluminum frame required.

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES

09-20-00 Plastering and Gypsum Board

09-21-13 Lath and Plaster

A. For building remodels, match surrounding finishes. B. Apply 3 coats of gypsum plaster, minimum 3/4” thick at concrete and block

walls. C. Shower rooms with ceramic tile. Cement plaster over metal lath. Expansion

joints at 4 feet o.c. and/or glass fiber reinforced. D. Acoustical Plaster not permitted.

09-21-16 Gypsum Wallboard

A. All gypsum wallboard products shall be Type X, fire resistant rated. B. All gypsum wallboard exposed to view shall be finished to a minimum Level 4

finish. C. Where gypsum wallboard joins dissimilar materials, specify and detail on the

drawings the type of trim to be used. D. Remodels, match-surrounding finish texture. E. Use moisture resistant (greenboard) wallboard at restrooms and bathrooms.

Use specially formulated tile backer board for ceramic tile finishes.

09-22-00 Supports For Plaster and Gypsum Board

A. Minimum 20-gauge steel studs for framing.



B. Space studs 16-inches on center unless otherwise required. C. Provide double studs at doors and openings. D. Metal Trim and Accessories

1. Install casing beads at exposed edges of plaster and drywall. 2. Install control joints at each door or relite jamb. Head to ceiling and sill to

floor. 3. Install corner beads with 1-1/4" minimum width flange at outside corners.

09-22-39 Veneer Plaster Base

A. 1/8” thick plaster skim coat, hand trowelled, smooth finish. Apply in all areas occupied by students.

09-30-00 Tiling

A. Ceramic Floor Tile 1. Toilet rooms, unglazed, porcelain-type, standard grade, impervious.

a. 1x1 or 2x2 unglazed, porcelain ceramic tile. 2. For shower rooms, use 1" x 1" tile with 7-1/2% abrasive content as the

default specification. The District is also interested in non-slip, non-abrasive floor tile products due to ease of maintenance.

B. Ceramic Wall Tile 1. 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 or 6 x 4-1/4 inch preferred. 2. Smooth, glazed, bright or satin finished, standard grade. 3. Toilet and shower room, full height. 4. Coved base at intersection of wall and floor surfaces.

C. Unglazed Ceramic Wall Tile- Not permitted. D. Quarry Tile

1. Preferred in food service, kitchen and dishwashing areas. 2. 6" x 6" x 1/2" slip-resistant tiles. 3. Install coved base at intersection of floor and wall surfaces.

E. Floor Tile Installation 1. Wet areas, toilet rooms, showers and dishwashing areas: set in full

mortar bed. 2. Provide waterproof membrane 3. Slope to drains or urinals. 4. Caulk all joints between tile and plumbing fixtures. 5. White grout is prohibited.

F. Wall Tile Installation 1. Showers: Tiles set in full mortar bed or over cementitious backer board. 2. Restroom walls and base and quarry tile base: thinset over veneer

plaster or cementitious backer board 3. Caulk all joints between tile and plumbing fixtures.

G. Final Cleaning 1. Clean tile without residue per manufactures specifications. 2. Install sealer as per manufacture specifications.

09-51-00 Acoustical Ceilings

A. High-density, mineral fiber acoustic ceiling tile preferred. B. Standard sizes: 24” X 48” for suspended ceilings, 12”X12” for glue up or

mechanically fastened tiles. C. Acceptable Products: Armstrong “Minatone” fissured or Cortega pattern.

Color: white. D. Suspended ceiling installed with nominal 1-inch ceiling grid and perimeter

wall angles. Color: white.



E. If the acoustical ceiling is part of a fire-rated assembly, the fire-rated design criteria must be indicated on the drawings.

F. Provide for identifying ceiling panels where access to mechanical equipment and valves is required. The identification may take the form of a small tag mounted to the face of the tile.

G. Pop rivet wall angle to “T” grid intersections. H. Owner shall approve suspended ceiling systems as early as possible in the

design phase. Designer shall coordinate ceiling grid layout with lighting layout. Layout of grid should be symmetrical within a space and designed in a way to minimize waste. Ensure that narrow strips of tile are avoided.

I. High school and middle school corridors, avoid suspended ceilings below 10 feet.

J. No acoustical treatment at accessible stairwell ceilings. “Tectum” or District approved equal, mechanically fastened.

K. Gymnasiums, “Tectum” or District approved equal mechanically fastened. L. The District encourages salvage and reuse of ceiling tiles to assure drill

match on remodels. M. Kitchens and serving areas. Avoid acoustical tile. Fiberglass Reinforced

Panels (FRP) mechanically fastened or equally durable washable surface. N. Acoustical ceilings to be designed to current Oregon Specialty Structural

Code seismic requirements.

09-60-00 Flooring

09-61-00 Floor Treatment - Concrete

A. Resurfacing of precast concrete floors: The district encourages the use of materials and methods to tint, harden and polish existing floors whenever possible. 1. Permanent stain tint. 2. Concrete hardening 3. Surface coatings are prohibited. 4. Polished sheen - at direction of District 5. Approved process: Lythic Solutions, Inc. or District approved equal. 6. Approved installer: Sustainable Flooring Solutions

(www.sustainableflooring solutions.com) or District approved installer.

09-64-00 Wood Flooring

A. Gymnasium: High School and Middle School Gymnasiums 1. Grade 1 or 2 maple. 2. 2-1/4" wide and 33/32" thick or match existing. 3. Floating floor system in middle and high school gymnasiums. 4. Metal strip supports not acceptable.

B. B. Gymnasium: Elementary School 1. Grade 2 maple. 2. 2-1/4” X 33/32, or match existing.

C. Existing stages: match existing wood flooring. D. New stages: ¾” plywood, butt jointed, paint finish (matte black). E. Wood flooring at other locations generally not recommended.

09-65-00 Resilient Flooring

09-65-13 Stair Floor Covering

A. 1/8" sheet rubber. B. Stair treads; pre-molded or extruded rubber risers.



C. 1/8" rubber base skirting.

09-65-16 Resilient Sheet Flooring

A. Linoleum 1. Acceptable locations; corridors, multi-purpose rooms, classrooms,

storage rooms, dining rooms, and food serving areas with prior approval. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Forbo Marmoleum, Armstrong or as

approved by District. B. Rubber flooring

1. Acceptable manufacturers; Mondo, Nora, or District approved equal. C. Sheet vinyl flooring is not recommended.

09-65-19 Resilient Floor Tile

A. 1/8" low VOC composition tile. 1. Acceptable locations; corridors, multi-purpose rooms, classrooms,

storage rooms, dining rooms, and food serving areas with prior approval. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Armstrong bio-based Tile or District approved

equal. B. Rubber Tile

1. Acceptable manufacturers: Mondo Flooring, Nora, or District approved equal.

C. Rubber Base 1. 1/8” rubber base. (Vinyl base is not acceptable.) 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnsonite, Roppe, Burke or District

approved equal. D. Vinyl Composition Tile is not recommended. E. Flooring substrate to be identified when specifying flooring products.

Designer is responsible for verifying substrate meets or exceeds manufacturer’s minimum requirements.

09 65 66 Resilient Athletic Flooring

A. A. Rubber Gymnasium Flooring 1. Rubber flooring is an option for gymnasium flooring in K-8 schools only

upon District approval. 2. Requires district approval as early as possible in the design phase. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: Mondo Flooring, Gerflor, or District approved

equal.

09-66-00 Terrazzo Flooring

A. Desirable when budget allows.

09-68-00 Carpeting

A. Carpeting is discouraged. Use stained polished concrete or low-VOC resilient flooring wherever possible.

B. Exceptions: Carpet tiles are permitted in offices, libraries, and elementary classroom floor reading areas. Reading area dimensions for kindergarten, first and second grade classrooms: 12’ x 12’ or 12’ x 16’.

C. Install light glue adhesive and hard rubber reducer around reading area perimeter.

D. Roll goods not permitted. E. Self-adhering carpet tile on flat surfaces. Glued tile is unacceptable. F. Intercept antimicrobial permanently incorporated into backing system. G. Treated or applied antimicrobial systems are not acceptable.



H. Yarn-dyed, solution-dyed, before tufting, from a single dye lot. I. Nylon Yarn: “Dupont Antron II” or “Antron III”, “Badische” “Zeflon 500”, or

“Allied Chemical Anso” or “Anso-X”, “Monsanto Ultron”, or approved type 66, 100% continuous filament 3-ply nylon yarn.

J. Continuous or Kuster dyeing. Print or piece dyeing, or similar dyeing methods performed after fabrication of the carpet is not acceptable.

K. Warranty 1. Meets EPA indoor environmental quality “GSA Antimicrobial

Certification”. 2. Defects in material 15 years. 3. Wear warranty-limiting wear to not more than 10% over a ten-year

period. 4. Warranty shall not be prorated, and shall cover all costs related to

repairing or replacing the carpet. 5. No edge ravel at edges and seams. 6. 20 pound tuft bind guaranteed throughout the Warranty period. 7. Guaranteed not to delaminate. 8. Will not mildew.

L. Acceptable manufacturers 1. Lees, Interface, Shaw, Collins & Aikman.

M. For Entrance floors and maps see: 12-48-13

09-91-00 Painting

A. Surface Preparation 1. See Division 01 35 43 -ENVIROMENTAL PROCEDURES and 02 83 00 -

LEAD REMEDIATION for rules regarding working with lead based paints and the removal of lead-containing paint particles.

2. Prepare and clean surfaces in accordance with coating manufacturer’s instructions for each substrate condition. Fill nail holes, cracks, open joints and other blemishes with sealant, putty or caulking compatible with finish system after priming coat has dried.

3. Protect all surrounding materials. B. Priming

1. Prime surfaces in accordance with coating manufacturer’s instructions for each substrate condition and applications. Use stain-blocking primers.

2. New lap or sheet siding: prime both sides. C. Materials

1. Definition: "Paint" as used herein means coating systems including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.

2. Provide top line quality commercial grade (professional painter) paints. Paints not baring manufacturer's identification as best-grade product shall not be acceptable.

3. Materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be from a single manufacturer.

4. Paint to be zero VOC when possible.



D. Paint Colors 1. Paint colors to be selected from the current District approved color

palette. Interior Paint Palette based on Rodda Paint: a. Field Color: 7972 Soft Shoulders b. Corridor Color: 135 Alabaster Masterpainter Satin c. Corridor Color: 325 Off White Masterpainter Satin d. Accent Color: 8420 Hyde Park e. Accent Color: 8409 Dream Weaver f. Accent Color: 7938 Clean Canvas g. Accent Color: 8521 Ferncliffe h. Accent Color: ES10G5556 T/M SW6227 Masterpainter Satin

2. District’s project architect, school principals, teachers and staff shall be included in the color selection process from approved color palette.

3. Provide two complete copies of all submittals. E. Inspections

1. Painting may require special inspections. F. Adhesion Test

1. Test area: 100 square inches. 2. Place duct tape on fully cured surface area to be tested. 3. In pencil outline test area. 4. Wait 5 minutes, and pull tape off. 5. Failure is determined if greater than 50% of the paint is removed form

the test area. G. Warranty

1. Contractor warranty one year against alligatoring, blistering, cracking, flaking, peeling, and wrinkling.

2. Eleven months after substantial completion the contractor and owner’s representative will inspect the project for alligatoring, blistering, cracking, flaking, peeling, and wrinkling. The contractor at no cost to the district will repair such failures before the warranty period expires.

09-91-13 Exterior Painting

A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Prepare by removing efflorescence, chalk, dirt, grease oils, and by

roughing as required to remove glaze. 2. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted. 3. If surfaces are determined to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering

and burning of finish paint, neutralize before application of paint. 4. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds

manufacturer's printed directions. B. Exterior woodwork:

1. Painted before: Clean surface of oil, dirt, and other substances. Spot prime and apply two coats alkyd paint [oil based] if existing is alkyd or acrylic latex paint if existing is latex.

2. New, unpainted woodwork: Apply one coat of exterior Wood Primer and two coats of exterior alkyd paint.

C. Exterior wood doors, windows and frames: Clean surface of oil, dirt, and other substances. Spot prime as needed and apply two coats alkyd enamel semi-gloss.

D. Wood flagpoles: Apply one coat of oil base exterior wood primer and one coat of exterior alkyd enamel semi-gloss.

E. Wood decks and steps: Apply one coat of exterior wood primer and one coat of latex porch and deck paint.



F. New Metal Work: If metal is not galvanized, shop blast, shop prime with one coat of rust inhibiting primer and one coat of shop painted alkyd enamel semi-gloss prior to delivery to site. Apply a second, finish coat in place.

G. New galvanized handrail: Do not paint. H. Existing painted surfaces metal doors, railings, grilles, and louvers: Spot

prime with rust inhibitive metal primer and two coats of exterior alkyd enamel semi-gloss.

09-91-23 Interior Painting

A. Plaster surfaces: Spot prime with latex wall primer and two coats of latex semi-gloss enamel. If needed to provide complete coverage, apply a third coat of latex semi-gloss enamel.

B. Wood windows, doors, frames and trim painted before: Spot prime with latex primer and two coats of latex semi-gloss enamel.

C. Natural finished woodwork: Apply three coats of acrylic clear gloss. D. Stained woodwork: Apply one coat of penetrating oil stain and three coats of

acrylic clear gloss. E. Acoustical Ceiling Tile [Firtex] in corridors and stairwells: Apply two coats of

flat intumescent paint. Ceiling can be sprayed in opposite directions provided it reaches the required thickness for fire retardance.

F. Acoustical Ceiling Tile non-rated ceilings: Two coats of flat latex wall paint sprayed in opposite directions.

G. Metal work existing: Spot primed or painted before: Apply two coats of alkyd enamel semi-gloss.

H. Metal work galvanized: Clean surface of oil, dirt or other substances. Apply one coat of metal primer and two coats of alkyd enamel semi-gloss.

I. Metal work, new, unpainted: Clean surface of oil, dirt or other substances. Apply one coat of rust inhibiting primer and two coats of alkyd enamel.

J. Insulating piping: Same as for plaster surfaces. K. Tack boards: Apply two coats of latex enamel.

09-96-23 Graffiti Resistant Coatings

A. The owner encourages submittals and recommendations for anti-graffiti coatings. Provide mock up demonstration at no cost to the district prior to inclusion into specifications.

09-96-46 Intumescent Painting

A. Fire Marshal approved fire-resistant coatings where fire protection of exposed construction is required. Specify intumescent paint on corridor ceilings when ceiling paint is required.

09-97-00 Steel Coatings

09-97-13 Corridor Lockers

A. Electrostatic applied

09-97-23 Concrete and Masonry Coatings

A. Odor sensitive schools, coordinate with school faculty. B. Provide written notice to site administrator 2 weeks prior to application. C. Test compatibility with existing.

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES



10-11-00 Visual Display Surfaces

A. Board Details 1. Plaster walls, Continuous perimeter and inter-panel joints, solid wood

backing. 2. Mechanically anchored. 3. See PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-44. 4. Accessories 5. Map rails with cork insert 6. Map hooks 7. Chalk/marker trays 8. Flagpole holder. 9. Aluminum frames, trays and trim, satin anodized. 10. 50-year guarantee.

10-11-13 Chalk Boards

A. Not be used in new construction.

10-11-16 Marker Boards

A. Porcelain on steel. B. 24-gauge steel facing. C. Laminated to 1/2" core. D. 0.015" minimum aluminum backing. Foil backing is not acceptable. E. Off white. F. Encourage specifying boards that use of pens, pencils and crayons in

addition to standard dry markers. Removals by damp cloth. G. Reference manufacturers: “Best Rite”, “Greensteel”, “Ghent”, “Lemco”,

“PBS”.

10-11-23 Tack Boards

A. Fabric covered. 18 ounces minimum per lineal yard B. 100% polyester or natural jute burlap. C. 1/2” thick, class “A” fire rated fiberboard (such as “Homasote”). D. Vinyl covering prohibited.

10-14-00 Signage

A. New facilities will be comprehensive. B. Renovation, provide direction and location information accessible levels only. C. Exterior, accessible parking and accessible route(s) into the facility. D. All rooms, identified at wall or head of doorframe. E. Facility name and address 8” minimum cast aluminum, satin or brush finish. F. Address 8” minimum visible from the street. G. Fire Protection Specialities

1. In lieu of installing closers on classroom doors install signs per PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-280.

2. Existing buildings – See STANDARD Q REQUIREMENTS.

10-21-13.13 Metal Toilet Partition (For Offices and Non-Student Use Only.)

A. Overhead-braced. B. Panels, 1" thick, 20 gauge galvanized, bonded, stretcher- level furniture

steel. C. Pilasters 1-1/4" thick by 12" wide, 16 gauge steel sheets. D. Partitions and pilasters filled with sound-deadening insulation. E. Urinal Partitions



1. Design shall avoid the need for such devices. F. Metal Partition Hardware and Trim

1. Chrome plated steel. 2. Floor trim 302 stainless steel Satin finish. 3. Hinges, concealed, gravity-type, adjustable. 4. Surface-mounted hinges are forbidden. 5. Concealed latch (sliding bolt). 6. Combination doorstop with rubber cushion and coat hook. 7. Fasteners, “vandal proof”. Sheet metal screws are not acceptable. 8. Doors swinging to plaster or sheet rock walls will have wall mounted

bump and backing.

10-21-13.19 Plastic Toilet Partitions/Student Restrooms and Shower Rooms

A. Plastic polymer (high density polyethylene). B. Overhead braced. C. Vandal resistance. D. Doors swing inward whenever possible. E. “Scranton Products” Solid Plastic “Poly-Mar HD” or district approved equal. F. Panels and doors 1" minimum thickness. G. Color black field with white spots. H. Wall and pilaster brackets. Aluminum extrusions, bright-dip anodized finish or

heavy-duty plastic brackets. I. Wall and pilaster brackets. Continuous, full-length, double-ear, heavy-duty. J. Hinges 8" heavy-duty, self-closing. K. Concealed latch (sliding bolt). L. Combination doorstop with rubber cushion, and coat hook. M. Fasteners “vandal proof”. Sheet metal screws are not acceptable. N. Doors swinging to plaster or sheet rock walls will have wall mounted bump

and backing.

10-28-13 Toilet Accessories

A. Restroom Room Accessories 1. Vandal proof. 2. Vandal resistant fasteners requiring special tools or concealed

attachment. 3. Accessories in elementary schools shall be mounted at heights

appropriate for size of children. B. Backing and Blocking for Restroom Accessories

1. Backing and blocking to rigidly support accessories. 2. Detail on contract drawings. 3. Design to resist dedicated vandal attack. 4. Backing for wall mounted sinks, minimum ¼ steel plate drilled and

tapped for wall carrier. 5. Blocking and backing for door bumps, door hold open devises, toilet

partitions, restroom accessories, etc., 1” fir plywood backing. 6. Light gauge plate or stud blocking is not acceptable. 7. For new construction all backing and blocking shall be concealed behind

wall finishes. 8. Use manufacturer’s heavy duty mounting kits when available. 9. Renovation work, backing panels may be exposed. 10. Mechanically fasten to framing. 11. Match existing phenolic or plywood backing panels / mounting boards. 12. If none exist, ¾” birch ply wood or B-C fir plywood with natural birch

laminate and matching birch hardwood or “T” edge trimold edging is acceptable



C. High School Shower Room Liquid Soap Dispensers 1. Concealed gravity systems. 2. “Bobrick” or “Logan” type liquid soap valve. 3. Dispenser, flush, chrome plated with cleanout opening. 4. No protrusions.



D. Restroom Mirrors 1. 8 square feet maximum glazed units. 2. Continuous backing. 3. Concealed fastenings.

E. Areas of high vandalism 1. Frames 304 Stainless, 14 gauge seamless construction.

F. ADA Grab Bars 1. Grab bars shall be capable of withstanding a 500-pound vertical load.

10-44-13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets

A. Recessed. B. Minimum interior depth, 7 inches. C. Keyed lock. D. Break glass entry.

10-50-00 Storage Specialties

A. Corridor Lockers 1. Recessed 15" x 15" x 60" single-tier preferred. (Double tear may be

substituted due to increase enrollment). 2. Exposed metals, 16-gauge steel. 3. Continuous sloping tops on freestanding and surface-mounted lockers. 4. Exposed end panels and filler panels constructed of 16 gauge flat steel. 5. Finish to match existing. 6. Continuous raised base. 7. Assembly fasteners, slot less truss head bolts with kept nuts. 8. Pop rivet fasteners construction prohibited. 9. 1 shelf. 10. Sides and center coat hooks. 11. Doors, double pan construction with continuous perimeter reinforcing.

Recessed without louvers. 12. Recesses handles. 13. Single-tier three point pickproof latching devices. 14. Double-tier two point pickproof latching devices. 15. Latch to be one-piece pre-lubricated spring steel. 16. Latch contained within the lock bar, under tension, to provide rattle free

operation. 17. Lock bar secured within door channel with self-lubricating polyethylene

guides to isolate lock bar from metal-to-metal contact. 18. Master 1630 or 1670 combination locks. Match existing. 19. ADA Master 1636MKADA or 1695MKADA 20. 3 copies of the combination lock schedule.

B. Locker Restoration 1. Electrostatic coating. 2. New frames and doors (locker fronts) may be used to replace fronts on

existing lockers. C. Gymnasium Lockers

1. 12" x 15" x 60" overall size double-tier. 2. Without shelves or coat hooks. 3. Doors 16 gauge steel. 4. Louvered doors (3 louver minimum). 5. Two point pickproof latching devices. 6. Latch to be one-piece pre-lubricated spring steel. 7. Latch contained within the lock bar, under tension, to provide rattle free

operation.



8. Lock bar secured within door channel with self-lubricating. polyethylene guides to isolate lock bar from metal-to-metal contact.

9. Recessed handles to accommodate standard padlock. 10. “Pickproof” latching devices. 11. Mounted on curb.

D. Team Lockers 1. 18" x 15" x 72" single-tier. 2. 1 shelf. 3. Sides and center coat hooks. 4. Louvered doors (3 louver minimum). 5. Three point pickproof latching devices. 6. Latch to be one-piece pre-lubricated spring steel. 7. Latch contained with the lock bar, under tension, to provide rattle free

operation. 8. Lock bar secured within door channel with self-lubricating. polyethylene

guides to isolate lock bar from metal-to-metal contact. 9. Curb mount, doors, handles and latches to match gym lockers.

E. Manufactures 1. DeBourgh 2. Provide District suggested alternatives.

10-55-00 Postal Specialties

A. Mail Drops 1. Open mail slots discharging into the building are unacceptable. 2. Roadside delivery: Heavy-duty vandal resistant steel with out locking

mechanism. 3. Door to door delivery: Heavy gauge metal container large enough for

accumulation.

10-75-00 Flagpoles

A. Fabricated in a single section. B. Aluminum. C. Finish, satin finish D. Cleat cover box with key operated cylinder. E. Lock to match interior Schlage keying system. F. Internal winch system – ground set G. 30 foot pole Cable or rope pull OK

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

11-40-00 Food Service Equipment

A. Instructions to the Architect/ Engineer: Portland Public Schools food service is supplied from a central kitchen. Food is transported daily in refrigerated trucks to each school location. During school kitchen design, project team to consider the following design criteria: 1. ADA access to kitchen/cafeteria area. 2. Minimum 200 square feet dry storage. 3. Stainless steel serving lines with counter, hot and cold wells, and tray

rails. Designs and Themes to be specified by Nutrition Services Department. Sneeze guards as required by Health Codes.

4. Hand washing facilities. 5. Locker and toilet facilities. 6. Double stack convection ovens either gas or electric, gas preferred.



7. Reach-in refrigerators and freezers. Size as specified by Nutrition Services Dept.

8. Stainless steel, self-draining, drain boards with sink and hand sprayer at dishwasher infeed and rack storage below.

9. 3 compartment stainless steel dishwashing sink with self-draining drain boards and hand sprayer.

10. 2 compartment stainless steel prep sink with self-draining drain boards and hand sprayer.

11. Floor mats provided at sinks and along kitchen side of serving lines. Specify mats Nitrile antimicrobial with beveled edges. ¾” thick with holes for use in wet areas for non-slip. Mats sized for location.

11-41-23 Freezers

A. Freezer standards: 1. Reach in 1, 2, or 3 section freezer. 2. Stainless steel front, doors. 3. Aluminum interior . 4. All surfaces to be unpainted metal. 5. Full height solid doors, right hinged right, left hinged left, self-closing,

w/door locks. 6. Epoxy coated or stainless steel adjustable shelves, 3 shelves per

section. 7. 4” or 6” casters, 2 with brakes. 8. Self-contained refrigeration, Top mount compressor. 9. 404A refrigerant, thermostatic expansion valve. 10. Freezer temperature must maintain -5F. 11. Lighted interior activated by door switch. 12. Exterior mounted temperature display. 13. 120v 1ph, electrical cord with attached plug. 14. UL or equal, NSF, Energy Star rated from the joint program of the US

Environmental Agency and the Department of Energy. Must be listed on the current Energy Star list of Qualified Commercial Freezers.

15. Warranty – 1 yr. parts and labor, additional 4 years on compressor.

11-41-23 Refrigerators

A. Refrigerator standards: 1. Reach in 1, 2, or 3 section refrigerator. 2. Stainless steel front, doors. 3. Aluminum interior. 4. All surfaces to be unpainted metal. 5. Full height solid doors, right hinged right, left hinged left, self-closing,

w/door locks. 6. Epoxy coated or stainless steel adjustable shelves, 3 shelves per

section. 7. 4” or 6” casters, 2 with brakes. 8. Self-contained refrigeration, Top mount compressor. 9. 404A refrigerant, thermostatic expansion valve. 10. Refrigerator temperature must maintain 34F – 38F. 11. Lighted interior activated by door switch. 12. Exterior mounted temperature display. 13. 120v 1ph, electrical cord with attached plug. 14. UL or equal, NSF, Energy Star rated from the joint program of the US

Environmental Agency and The Department of Energy. Must be listed on the current Energy Star list of Qualified Commercial Refrigerators.

15. Warranty – 1 yr parts and labor, additional 4 years on compressor.



11-41-23 Roll-In Refrigerators

A. Roll-in refrigerator standards: 1. 2 Section, 66” inside height roll-in refrigerator. 2. Stainless steel interior and exterior. 3. All surfaces to be unpainted metal. 4. Solid doors with door locks, self-closing with stay open feature when

loading/unloading. 5. Stainless steel loading ramp for each section. 6. Self-contained refrigeration, top mount compressor. 7. 404A refrigeration, thermostatic expansion valve, temperature must

maintain 34F – 38F. 8. Lighted interior activated by door switch. 9. Exterior mounted temperature display. 10. 120v 1ph, electrical cord with plug. 11. UL or equal, NSF, Energy Star rated from the joint program of the US

Environmental Agency and The Department of Energy. Must be listed on the current Energy Star list of Qualified Commercial Refrigerators.

12. 1 yr. parts and labor, additional 4 years on compressor.

11-41-23 Walk-in Type Coolers, Freezers

A. A. Walk-in type cooler standards: 1. Specify with positive airtight seal. 2. Refrigeration equipment to meet State Seal and Federal Standards for

walk-ins, UL, NSF rated. CFC Free 3. R-34 or greater Insulation Value with foil backing for vapor barrier. 4. 150 – 200 sq. ft. 5. Compressors to be Air Cooled and mounted outside preferred. 6. Expansion valve system. 7. All refrigeration lines to be insulated and hung with insulated hangers to

avoid heat transfer. 8. Refrigeration lines to be ACR copper, no soft-drawn copper. 9. Use Filfoff solder or equivalent high presser solder. 10. Specify sufficient clearance for fast economical servicing. 11. District standard freezer refrigerant: 404A. 12. District standard cooler refrigerant 404A. 13. For air-cooled units mounted outside, equip with crankcase heaters and

fan control.

11-41-23 Additional Requirements for Indoor Stand-Alone Walk-in Type Coolers

A. Additional requirements for indoor stand-alone walk-in type cooler standards: 1. Standard dimensions: 150 – 200 sq. ft. 2. Specify to meet Oregon State Seal approval and current Federal

Standards for walk-ins. 3. R-34 Insulation Value. 4. Specify High Density Framed Urethane Panels, not wood frame. 5. Interior finish: 26ga galvanized steel. 6. Exterior finish: 26ga White Stucco galvanized steel. 7. Insulated walls and ceiling panels to meet current Federal Standards for

commercial walk-in coolers. 8. 36” x 78” Self-Closing cooler swing door with window and stainless steel

kick plate on inside. 9. Specify interior door lock release. 10. Specify fluorescent interior lights. 11. Specify 2” flush mount exterior thermometer.



12. Specify air cooled refrigeration system mounted outside preferred. Inside mounting with District approval.

13. District standard 404A refrigerant. 14. Equipment to be UL, NSF listed. CFC Free.

11-41-23 Food Warmer Cabinet Specifications

A. Food warmer cabinet specifications: 1. Heated Hot Holding Cabinet, full size, insulated. 2. Metro model C539-HFC-U-GY or District approved equal. 3. Mobil cabinet with casters, 2 w/ brakes. 4. Clear polycarbonate door, right hand hinge. 5. Magnetic pull door latch with lever action release. 6. Universal adjustable wire slides on 1.5” centers, 18 pairs included. 7. Drip trough w/catch pan. 8. Removable bottom mount heater, fan, and control module. 9. Forced air heating system. 10. Exterior digital thermometer, thermostat control to 200F, on/off switch

with power on light. 11. Non-heated water container in bottom module. 12. 2000 watt, 120v, 1ph, NEMA 5-20P plug. 13. Equipment to be UL, NSF listed, Energy Star.

11-41-23 Electric Convection Ovens

A. Electric convection oven standards: 1. Electric Convection Ovens, double stack, Full size Blodgett Mark V or

District approved equal. 2. Ovens on 4 caster wheels. 3. Standard depth, to accept five 18” x 26” full size baking pans in left to

right positions. 4. Stainless Steel front, sides, and top. 5. Porcelainized interior. 6. Lighted interior. 7. 5 adjustable plated racks on 1-5/8” centers. 8. Solid state manual controls with separate dials to control thermostat and

timer. 9. Thermostat control range 200F – 500F. 10. Control area cooling fan. 11. Simultaneous operated doors with thermal glass windows, single door

handle. 12. Height of double stack not to exceed 70”. 13. 2 speed fan, 1/3 hp motor. 14. 208v 3ph 11kw each oven. 15. Certified to applicable US standards: NSF, CSA, UL or ETL, Energy Star. 16. 3 year warranty. 17. Ovens delivered and set in place.

11-41-23 Gas Convection Ovens

A. Gas convection oven standards: 1. Gas Convection Ovens, double stack, Full size Blodgett DFG 100 or

District approved equal. 2. Ovens on 4 caster wheels. 3. Standard depth, to accept five 18” x 26” full size baking pans in left to

right position. 4. Stainless Steel front, sides, and top.



5. Porcelainized interior. 6. Lighted interior. 7. 5 adjustable chrome plated racks on 1-5/8” centers. 8. Solid state manual controls with separate dials to control thermostat and

timer. 9. Thermostat control range 200F – 500F. 10. Control area cooling fan. 11. Simultaneous operated doors with thermal glass windows, single door

handle. 12. 2 speed fan, 1/3 hp motor. 13. Electronic spark ignition. 14. Manual Gas shutoff switch on front control panel. 15. Height of double stack ovens not to exceed 74”. 16. Input rate 55,000 BTU/hr. per oven. 17. Electrical supply – 115VAC 1ph, 6’ electrical cord. 18. Certified to applicable US standards: NSF, CSA, Design Certified,

Energy Star. 19. 3 year warranty. 20. Ovens delivered and set in place.

11-41-23 Dish Washers

A. Dish washer standards: 1. 2ea Commercial Dishwashers, tall, high temperature door type w/

internal electric 70 deg. rise booster, Champion model D-HBT or District approved equal.

2. Specify corner or straight through model for each location. 3. Stainless Steel construction. 4. Only 2 doors open simultaneously. Front door opens independently on

straight through model. 5. Single tank with tank heater to maintain 150deg F wash tank

temperature. 6. Automatic tank fill. 7. Low water tank heat protection. 8. Vent Fan Control. 9. Dishwasher to use standard 20” x 20” dishwasher rack. 10. 27” high dish clearance in door opening to accommodate full bun pans. 11. Maximum machine height with door open and for door removal less than

95”. 12. Door assist when opening with either spring or weight/pulley system. 13. Door activated cycle switch. 14. Door opening safety switch to shut off machine if door is opened while

machine is running 2hp pump motor. 15. Standard table height 34”. 16. Electrical Specs: 208v 3ph 60Hz. 17. 70 deg. rise electric booster to provide at least 180 deg. F rinse water

and 160 deg. F when measured at the rack level. 18. Externally mounted wash tank temperature and rinse manifold

temperature gauges. 19. Rinse water pressure gauge. 20. 1 year parts and labor warranty. 21. NSF, UL, Energy Star.



11-61-43 Stage Curtains

A. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: 1. Firm with not less than ten years of successful experience in fabrication

and installation of platform curtains similar to those required for this project.

B. Flame Resistance Requirements: 1. Provide platform curtains, which are certified to be flame resistant in

accordance with requirements of NFPA 70l. Permanently attach label to each curtain indicating whether curtain is permanently and inherently flame resistant, or whether it will require retreatment after dry cleaning.

2. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that platform curtains comply with requirements for flame resistance.

C. Materials: 1. Front Setting Curtain Fabric:

a. Woven Cotton Velour: Napped fabric of l00% cotton; 54" width minimum; not less than 40 backing ends per inch, 40 pile ends per inch, and 32 picks per inch; 640 pile tufts per square inch; other characteristics as follows:

b. Heavy Weight: Fabric weighing not less than 23 ounces per linear yard before flameproofing, with pile height of approximately l25 mils.

c. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following heavy weight velour fabrics, or District approved equal: "Memorable", K&M Fabrics, Inc, "Overture", JB Martin, Inc.

d. Lining: Denim cloth of l00% cotton, 54" minimum width. 2. Cyclorama Setting Fabric:

a. SuperSet: 100% Cotton short-napped fabric on one side, woven on other side, weighing not less than 16 oz per running yard before flameproofing; 54-inch minimum width.

b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following cotton fabrics or District approved equal: "Colored SuperSet Cloth" -Stagecraft Ind. Inc.

3. Metal Products: a. Steel Tube: 16 gauge; 1 ½” unless otherwise indicated. Paint with a

flat, rust- inhibitive primer and finish coat paint. b. Steel Pipe: Schedule 40 1 ½” unless otherwise indicated. Paint with

a flat, rust- inhibitive primer and finish coat paint. D. Curtains:

1. General: Provide not less than 50% additional fullness for curtains, unless otherwise indicated. Horizontal seams and fabric less than half-width are not permitted. a. Vertical Hems: Provide vertical hems not less than 2" wide, double-

stitched and machine-sewn with no salvage material visible from front of curtain.

b. Turnbacks: Where specified, provide turnbacks, formed by folding 12" of face fabric back at leading edge of panels and securing by sewing across top hem and grommeting through both layers of fabric.

c. Top hems: Reinforce top hems by double-stitching 3-l/2" wide heavy jute webbing to top edge with minimum l" of face fabric turned under.

d. Pleats: Provide fullness in curtains by sewing 6" of additional material into box pleats spaced at l2" centers along top hem reinforcing. Provide not less than #2 brass grommets spaced at l2" and centered on box pleats, for tie lines or "S" hooks.



e. Bottom Hems: Except for curtains which hang to floor, provide bottom hems not less than 3" deep. For floor-length curtains, provide 5" hems with separate interior heavy canvas chain pockets equipped No. 8 jack chain. Stitch chain pocket so chain rides 2" above bottom edge of curtain.

f. Lining: Where specifically indicated, provide lining in same fullness as face fabric, and finished 2" shorter than face fabric. Unless otherwise specified, provide lining constructed of same fiber type as face fabric. Attach lining to face fabric along bottom line at seams with 4" long strips of heavy woven cotton tape.

E. Front Setting: 1. Valance: Fabricate valance of heavy weight cotton velour. Fully lined. 2. Front Curtain: Fabricate front curtain of heavy weight cotton velour, with

12" turnbacks at leading edge. Fully lined. F. Cyclorama Setting:

1. Borders, and Legs: Fabricate using 16oz SuperSet fabric. No lining. 2. Rear Curtain: Fabricate using 16oz SuperSet fabric. No lining.

G. G. Curtain Track / Rigging: 1. Tracks: Equip tracks of adequate size with live end double pulley and

single pulleys of min. 4” dia. Provide curtain carriers of molded nylon bodies with wheels parallel to body.

2. Provide carriers with neoprene or rubber bumper, heavy-duty swivel eye and trim chain for attachment of curtain snap or "S" hook. Provide end stops for track and adjustable floor block designed to maintain proper tension on 3/8" operating line.

3. Products/Manufacturers: Provide one of the following or District approved equal: a. Atlas Silk Model No. 401 b. Silent Steel Model No.280 c. Stagecraft Model No. 400

4. Battens: Fabricate battens from 1 ½” diameter 16 gauge or Sch. 40 pipe with minimum number of joints as necessary for required lengths. Connect pipe by means of steel pipe sleeve inserts not less than 18 inches long, and secure with four bolts, or other equally secure method. Shop paint completed pipe battens with good quality paint and primer in black color.

5. Pivotal Fixtures: Gear operated for 360 degree rotation. Equip with U-bolts for batten attachment or Carriers for track attachment.

6. Product/Manufactures: Provide one of the following, or District approved equal: a. Atlas Silk Model No. 6 (batten) or 40 (track) b. Silent Steel Model No. 28 Rotodraper

H. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for supporting members, blocking, clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of platform curtain work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

11-66-53 Gymnasium Dividers

A. Middle and high schools. 1. Fabricated solid “Herculite” # 80 in the lower 12 feet and white nylon

netting above 12 feet, or District approved equal. 2. Self-extinguishing, rot and mildew resistant and waterproof. 3. Ballasted or secured bottom hem limiting movement. 4. Passageway



11-68-13 Playground Equipment

A. Playground Equipment 1. All playground structures and equipment shall comply with the safety

guidelines described in the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) Public Playground Safety Handbook.

2. All playground structures and equipment shall comply with the Portland Public School’s Steps to a Successful Play Structure (Volunteer Handbook).

3. No wooden play structures or components are permitted. 4. Playground must be designed to be accessible to children with

disabilities and follow all the requirements of ADAAG. The equipment should provide equivalent challenges and opportunities for all children.

5. No decks on play structures shall be higher than 6 feet. 6. If pre-school or Head Start programs are offered at a school, there

should be a separate play area for children 4 years and under. 7. All play structures and equipment must be approved by Portland Public

Schools Facilities and Asset Management prior to order. Equipment to be reviewed for safety, durability, maintenance and replacement costs, and accessibility.

8. Manufacturers required to be engaged in the production of playground equipment for a minimum of 5 years.

9. Acceptable manufacturers. a. Columbia Cascade b. BCI Burke c. Big Toys d. Kompan e. Gametime f. Landscape Structures g. Miracle Recreation h. Play and Park Structures i. Playworld Systems j. Playcraft k. Or District approved equal

B. Athletic Field Equipment. 1. Includes.

a. Baseball/softball backstops b. Soccer goals c. Football goalposts: Goalposts to be removable. d. Basketball standards and goals e. Volleyball standards f. Pole vault planting box: Fiberglass planting box set in concrete base.

Provide ½” dia. drain in corner of box, open graded drain rock below. g. Other related equipment

2. Acceptable Manufacturers a. Patterson-Williams b. Gametime c. Miracle Recreation d. Bison e. Jaypro f. Or District approved equal

C. Playground and athletic field equipment Installation procedures. 1. All playground structures shall be installed as per Portland Public

School’s Steps to a Successful Play Structure (Volunteer Handbook) and manufacturers printed instructions. Manufacturer’s instructions shall take precedence.



2. All other playground and athletic equipment shall be installed as per the manufacturer’s printed instructions.

3. Installer: Experienced in the installation of playground equipment for at least 3 years.

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

12-00-00 Furnishings

A. Furniture layouts by the consultants are required. B. The owner will furnish armchairs, swivel chairs, stacking chairs, tables,

benches, carts, rolling cafeteria seating, and loose furniture of all kinds, unless otherwise directed.

12-20-00 Window Treatment

12-21-13 Horizontal Roller Shades

A. Type by consultants

12-22-00 Curtain and Drapes

A. Fire resistant synthetic fabrics with opaque vinyl coating.

12-48-13 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames

A. Interior 1. 3M Nomad Carpet walk-off mat or District approved equal.

B. Exterior 1. 3M Nomad Loop walk-off mat or District approved equal.

12-66-13 Telescoping Bleachers

A. Gymnasium Bleachers 1. Motorized telescopic type. 2. Recycled plastic bench seating. 3. Power operators with heavy duty chain drives. 4. Integral safety switches with auto stop feature. 5. Pendant controls. 6. Mechanical / electrical locking system, “Schlage” keyed to building

master. 7. Provide for audio/visual systems integration as directed by the District. 8. Approved manufacture, “Hussey” Seating Co., Irwin Telescoping Seating

Company or District approved equal.



DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

14-24-00 Hydraulic Elevators

A. Cab manufactures standard size, minimum inside dimensions 4’-3” deep, 5’8” wide, and 7’ high. The elevator cab size is to be evaluated on a site by site basis to address unique facility operation’s needs, if in the designer’s opinion a larger cab is warranted please feel free to proceed with larger cab design.

B. Rated speed to be 100 feet per minute. C. Elevator capacity shall be a minimum of 2,500 pounds. D. Users to include disabled students/staff, visitors, custodians, freight. E. Exposed doors, frame and wall finishes to be satin finish stainless steel. F. Floor and ceiling finishes to be durable, easily maintained, vandal-resistant

surfaces. G. Cars to have 1½-inch O.D. diameter handrails mounted on back and

sidewalls. H. Install “hole-less” hydraulic style elevators only. I. Machine Room-Less (MRL) elevator types should be considered during the

design.

14-24-00 Miscellaneous Features

A. Signage and Braille indicating operation and control features B. Chevron Clarity Hydraulic Oil, environmentally safe ISO’s 32, 46, or 68. C. Elevator to return to the ground floor and doors to open in event of a power

failure. D. Cab emergency lighting to provide, minimum of 4 hours of illumination. E. Cab general lighting shall be LED type. F. Pit and machine rooms, equip with 120V, 15A electrical duplex service

outlets. G. Removable cab protective pads and Cab Pad Buttons. H. Elevator Equipment Room

1. Illumination of 10-foot candles minimum with no shadows. 2. Access door to be self-closing, lockable. 3. Drawings to indicate location for five-pound ABC type fire extinguisher

wall mounted, to be supplied and installed by owner. 4. Install extinguisher on strike side of elevator equipment room door. 5. Disconnect by others required with 2’-0” of strike side of the machine

room door. 6. Provide a Direct-in-dial analog phone, terminated at the appropriate

phone jacks in the elevator machine room. 7. Non-elevator related piping and equipment is prohibited in machine

room. 8. Machine Rooms must be provided with a minimum of Mechanical

Ventilation to maintain the machine room within the manufacturer’s specified temperature range.

I. Elevator Hoistway 1. Pit illumination to be 5 foot-candles minimum with no shadows 2. Pit sumps drain and discharge point identified on wall-mounted signs in

pit and equipment room identifying where sump drain discharges. J. Coordination By General Contractor

1. Access control system to be installed by specialized, authorized subcontractor; coordinated with elevator, mechanical and electrical subcontractors by General Contractor.



2. Removable, OSHA approved barricades around all openings. 3. Construction power, 220VAC, single phase power for welder near the

hoistway, and 110VAC power for power tools. K. Maintenance

1. Regular examination, adjustments, and lubrication of elevator equipment to be provided by Contractor for one year following Substantial Completion.

L. Testing and Inspections 1. Provide copy of Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manual for

Elevator. 2. Place a 3-ring binder labeled “Test and Inspection Log Book” in the

elevator machine room. 3. During one-year period after substantial completion the contractor is

responsible for providing code mandated service, testing and inspection. 4. Provide mounted pocket for testing and inspection log sheets in elevator

equipment room.

14-28-13 Elevator Door Functions

A. Door protection device to be 3-dimensional door control. B. Cushion type door controls are not acceptable. C. Automated door-nudging devices are not to be installed. Exception if not

using this function it interferes with Phase II Firefighter’s operation, delete this requirement.

14-28-16 Elevator Controls

A. Car Operating Panel B. The Elevator Cab Control Panel Contains the Following Switches or

Signaling Devises: 1. Phase 2 in-cab elevator fire controls – key group #.4 2. Emergency stop switch – key group #1. 3. Floor selection buttons/key switches – key group #1. 4. Run inspect switch – key group #2. 5. Independent service switch – key group #3. 6. Door open button. 7. Door close button. 8. Elevator cab intercom – connects to hallway station and school office

station. 9. Emergency phone auto dial – clearly marked with instructions for use. 10. Light switch – key group #1. 11. Fan switch – key group #1.

KEY GROUPS KEY GROUP #1

Manufacturers Standard Light switch. Fan switch. Floor selection lock out Emergency stop switch

KEY GROUP #2 Manufacturers Standard – Keyed differently from #1

Run/Inspection switch. Hoist way access.

KEY GROUP #3 Building/Security keying (Use Manufacturers standard key switch, Card Reader Compatible) Independent service.



Hall call activation. KEY GROUP #4

Firefighters Cab switch. Hall switch.

a. Key Group #1 i. Light switch: turns cab lights on and off. Location is inside cab

on control panel. ii. Fan switch: turns cab vent fan on and off. Location is inside cab

on control panel. iii. Emergency Stop: turns elevator on and off. Location is inside

cab on control panel. iv. Floor Selection Buttons/key switch: shuts out selected floors or

floor when key is in off position. (Key is removable in both positions). Location is inside cab on control panel.

v. Emergency stop switch: stops car immediately. Location is inside cab on control panel.

b. Key Group #2 i. Run Inspect switch: puts elevator in inspect mode for hoist way

and top of cab access. Location is inside cab on control panel. (Key removable both positions).

ii. Hoist way access switch: functions only when car placed in “inspect mode” by run inspect switch, hoist way access switch runs the car up or down at a slow speed for top or bottom of cab access. Location is in the corridor face at near the top of the hoist way jamb frame at both terminal landings.

c. Key Group #3 (Manufacturers standard key switch) i. Independent service switch: standard independent service

functions, doors open at the floor and remain open until they are closed by constant pressure on the car call button or the door close button. No lobby hall call service by buttons or card reader while car is in this mode. (Key removable in both positions). Locate key switch inside the cab in the control panel.

ii. Hall call button activation switch: turns lobby hall call buttons on and off. It has no effect on card reader function. (Key is removable in both positions). Location is the elevator lobby control panel near hall call button. This should be on the same floor as the school office or on a specific floor called for on the bid documents.

d. Key Group #4 i. Fire fighters cab switch: functions are determined by elevator

code. Location by code. ii. Fire fighters recall switch: functions are determined by elevator

code. Location by code.

C. ACCESS CONTROL 1. Card Reader (Casi-Rusco)

a. Calls elevator to the floor where signal originates from. Functions just like the hall call buttons, card reader or buttons register calls individually. Card reader functions all the time except when elevator is in the following modes: Fire fighters’ service; inspect mode and independent service mode.

2. Bottom Terminal Landing Lobby, Main Floor, Primary Fire Recall Floor a. Hall Call Control Panel b. The following switches (signaling devises) are located here:



i. Hall call button or buttons – lighted buttons show when call registered.

ii. Fire fighters recall key switch – key group #4. iii. Hall call button activation switch – Key group #3.

c. Hoist way access switch: located inside, near the top, in the right or left elevator door jam – key group #2.

d. Card reader: located near hall call control panel 3. Bottom Terminal Landing Lobby, if other than main floor

a. Hall Call Control Panel b. The following switches (signaling devises) are located here:

i. Hall call button: lighted button shows when call registered. ii. Hall call activation switch – Key group #3.

c. Hoist way access switch: located inside, near the top, in the right or left elevator door jam – key group #2.

d. Card reader: located near hall call control panel. 4. Intermediate Landings/Landing Lobby

a. Hall Call Control Panel b. The following switches (signaling devises) are located here:

i. Hall call button or buttons: lighted button shows when call registered.

ii. Fire fighters recall switch: only if an Intermediate floor has been designated the primary fire recall floor.

c. Card Reader: located near hall call control panel. 5. Top Terminal Landing Lobby

a. Hall call control panel b. The following switches (signaling devises) are located here:

i. Hall call button: lighted button shows when call is registered. c. Hoist way access switch: located inside, near the top, in the right or

left elevator door jam – Key group #2. d. Card reader: located near hall call control panel.

14-28-16 Proximity Access Control

A. Elevator Access and Surveillance and Components 1. Casi-Rusco M-3000 enclosure including power/comm board, PXNplus

motherboard, 6 amp power supply and 12 volt 12ah back-up battery. Host software: Facility Commander WnX.

2. Mounted in closest MDF or HDF equipment room (not in elevator equipment room).

3. 4. Dedicated AC circuit w/lockout on IT breaker panel. 5. GE T-520SW full size gray proximity card reader (430210001). Charcoal

or black color is specified or approved by PPS. 16 readers per M3000 max. Mount at ADA front wheelchair accessible height of 48”

6. GE T-500SW mullion style gray proximity card reader (430209001) can be substitutued for the T-520SW unit if approved by PPS.

7. Locate proximity card readers at elevator hall call stations. 8. 9. Reader board(s): “8RP” - Quantity consistent with the number of remote

devices. “2RP” series boards not allowed. 10. Proximity cards labeled with 6 digit external numbering identifier code

distinct for each school. External numbering shall consist of the 3 digit cost center of that site followed by 3 digit sequential numbering starting where any previously issued cards left off (contact PPS electronics shop for number series).



11. Wiring shall be Coleman Cable Inc. #56100 combination access cable, or approved equivalent, for “entry door” reader locations. For non “entry door” readers, such as elevator call, use CCI #67066 22/6 cable, or approved equivalent, from the M3000 to the reader location and CCI #51145 18/4, or approved equivalent, from the M3000 to the interface equipment. Elevator interface equipment shall be listed relays in a 12” x 12” x 6” electrical enclosure with hinged latching door.

12. 100 Casi-Rusco Prox/lite proximity cards slot punched on narrow end. 13. Exterior card reader where necessary (such as loading docks). 14. Network connection. Provide Cat6 network drop from network patch

panel to inside each access control enclosure with 2 appropriate length Cat-6 patch cords per enclosure.

15. All programming to be done by PPS..



14-28-19 Elevator Equipments

A. Communications 1. Hands free push button emergency telephone. 2. Telephone line shall be a dedicated line for the elevator only. 3. Program to auto dialer to call Alarm Central Station. 4. Programmable voice chip to identify:

a. “School name, elevator emergency phone”. b. “School Address”.

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION Fully sprinkling existing buildings is the district standard for all schools with the priority being K-5 & K-8 multi-story Jones style building. The budget for such upgrades was not available at the time the standards were developed. Prior to including such scope in any project the district will review the budget and prioritize facilities for architects & engineers to follow.

21-13-00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems

A. Sprinklers 1. Underground piping, corrosion protection magnesium anode or

impressed current. 2. Piping shall be concealed whenever possible and held close to structure. 3. Route piping to minimize accessibility to students. 4. Dry system compressors to be equipped with condensate trap piped to a

drain or exterior of the building. B. Remodel Existing Buildings

1. Fire sprinkler upgrades to existing facilities, appeal for removal of fire hose cabinets. Convert existing to fire extinguishers cabinets.

C. Hydraulic Design Information 1. At the fire sprinkler system control valves post a permanently marked

weatherproof metal or rigid plastic sign secured with corrosion resistant wire, chain to control valve or permanently fixed to the wall.

2. The sign shall include hydraulic design information: a. Location of the design area or areas b. Discharge densities over the design area or areas c. Required flow and residual pressure demand at the base of the riser. d. Occupancy classification or commodity classification and maximum

permitted storage height and configuration. e. Hose stream demand included in addition to the sprinkler demand.

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING The plumbing department is open to new products, means and methods. The plumbing department is in the process of selecting fixture and trim manufactures that can provide high quality, long term life cycle, low utility and maintenance costs and resistant to vandalism for newly constructed 21st century schools. The following standards should be used as a guide for design and specifications until final selections are made.

22-00-00 Demolition and Removal of Fixtures

A. Piping- capped or plugged, sealed and concealed from view. B. Terminate inside walls and below finished floor. C. Toilet waste- Lead & heavy-duty plumbers plug or cast iron plug with lead

and oakum seal.



22-00-00 Design Requirements

A. Durability, reliability, resistance to vandalism, ease of maintenance and energy conservation.

B. Access 1. 12" x 16" (min. size) access to valves, clean outs etc. 2. Below 8 feet, accessible to students, key to building access panel

standard. 3. Above 8 feet accessible to students, flat screwdriver latch. 4. Dampers, damper motors, fusible links, fire dampers, circulating pumps,

access sized to allow for the removal and maintenance of the device. 5. To duct heaters, access into duct for cleaning and inspection of the coils.

C. Pipe Tunnels 1. Tunnels large enough to accommodate manpower to maintain the

installation, preferably 72” x 36” in size. 2. Vented.

22-05-23 General Duty Valves/Domestic Water Valves / Domestic Water

A. Butterfly valves are not permitted. B. Valves; full port. C. Valves that use stem nut packing are unacceptable. D. 2 1/2” and greater- flanged, bronze bodied gate. E. 2” and less ball valve. F. Ball Valves; Brass with “Teflon” seats and stem packing. G. Check Valves; brass body, 45 swing-check. H. Backflow Valves; “Febco” and “Beeco”. I. Pressure Reducing Valves; “Bell and Gossett”, “Hoffman”, or “Armstrong”,

containing small by-pass pilot reducing valve. J. Install cocks, pigtails and brass pressure gauges both sides of the pressure

regulator. K. Install by-pass on water heater. L. Shower Valves, Wall-mounted, “Acorn” multi-shower system. M. Backwater Valve and Check: “Josam series 67350”; “Jay R. Smith series

7150” or District Approved Equal. N. Hose Bibs:

1. Inside: “Chicago 952” chrome plated with vacuum breaker and loose key handle or District Approved Equal.

2. Outside: “Chicago 293” chrome plated with loose key handle or District Approved Equal.

3. Wall Stops: Iron pipe size, threaded, chrome plated with loose key handle. Compression wall stops are not acceptable.

22-05-29 Pipe Hangers and Supports

A. Copper- isolated from hanger / support. B. Clevis-type hangers or “Kindorf” / “Unistrut” style supports or District

Approved Equal.

22-05-53 Piping Identification

A. Valves, piping, and equipment. B. Component function and system served. C. Valves; alpha / numeric identification on 1” diameter brass disk chained valve

body. D. Valve charts indicating valve tag number, service, location, and normal

operation position of valve.



E. Valve chart location; boiler room office wall, framed with glazed cover. F. Piping identified w/ adhesive pipe marker identification w/ directional arrows

indicating flow. G. Pipe markers “Brady system” or District approved equal, adhered to piping as

follows: 1. Pipe passes through walls. 2. Each riser. 3. Each leg of a tee. 4. Continuously each 50 feet. 5. Within 12 inches of valves.

H. Applied unobstructed to view. I. Label ceiling access points with valve identification.

22-05-76 Cleanouts, Storm and Sanitary

A. Inside: Floor flush-mount, “Josam Series 56020” or District Approved Equal. B. Outside: “Josam Series 58180” or District Approved Equal.

22-07-00 Pipe Insulation

A. Cover insulation w/ vinyl pipe jacketing. B. Insulate valves, traps, etc. w/ removable jackets. C. Insulate the following:

1. Domestic cold and hot water systems.

22-11-00 Facility Water Distribution

A. Ductile iron or copper. B. Size vault with sufficient space around meters for servicing. C. Install valves on inlet and outlet sides of water meters and back flow devices. D. Irrigation systems meter separately. E. Each wing of a building; Install isolation valves. F. Each floor of a building; Install isolation valves. G. Each toilet room; Install isolation valves. H. Each toilet room, kitchen, dishwashing room and cafeteria; Install water hose

bib with vacuum breaker and loose key handle.

22-11-16 Facility Water Distribution Piping

A. Pipe Installation (Domestic Water) 1. Wirsbo, Copper or District Approved Equal. 2. If Wirsbo is selected specify means and type of support. 3. Isolate copper pipe from galvanized pipe w\ dielectric union or brass

nipple. 4. High temperature solder at copper connections. 5. Hot and cold water piping independently supported from structure. 6. Never imbed in concrete. 7. Penetrations into concrete, PVC sleeved and sealed. 8. Brass pressure gauges on each side of reducing valves. 9. Gauges- with pigtails and cocks. 10. Underground plastic pipe; copper tracer (locate) wire. 11. Flushed and decontaminated with chlorine. 12. Post flush; test 36 hours later for taste and smell. Flush until free of odor

and taste.



22-11-19 Backflow Preventers (Rp Devices)

A. 1” pipe size and smaller “Watts” or District approved equal. B. 1 ¼ and larger “Watts, Febco, or Wilkens” District approved equal.

22-13-16 Facility Sanitary Sewage

A. Storm and Sanitary Sewer Outside of the Building 1. PVC. 2. Elastomeric Gaskets. 3. Near plants or trees, cast iron soil pipe. 4. Piping less than 2 feet deep, cast iron soil pipe.

22-13-16 Sanitary and Rain Drain, Pipe and Fittings

A. Hubless cast iron pipe. B. “Anaco”, “Huskey SD 4000”, or “Clamp -All” high torque heavy-duty couplings

or District approved equal. C. Sanitary Waste and Venting Piping

1. Hubless cast iron pipe below cast in place floor slabs or foundations. 2. “Anaco”, “Huskey” SD 4000, or “Clamp -All” high torque heavy-duty

couplings or District approved equal. D. Impervious walkway and driveway cleanouts. Refer to PPS District Standard

Drawing S-258. Cast iron cleanout “Zurn” or equal traffic cleanout extension and brass plug, flush with finished grade.

22-13-19 Floor Drains

A. Industrial arts, art rooms, and rooms with similar activity-type, Non-clogging similar to “Josam No. 32020” or District approved equal.

B. Other locations; standard-type. C. Toilet rooms- under toilet partitions. D. Custodial closets; floor sinks. E. Floor drain traps; mechanically primed.

22-14-13 Facility Storm Drainage Pipe and Fittings

A. Storm and Sanitary Sewer inside the Building 1. Hubless cast iron pipe. 2. “Anaco”, “Huskey SD 4000”, or “Clamp -All” high torque heavy-duty

couplings or District approved equal.

22-14-26.13 Roof Drain Piping

A. Cast iron with integral expansion joints. B. Plastic or fiberglass vandal-proof dome beehive strainers. C. Clamping rings with bolts long enough to receive both lead flashing and built-

up roofing system. D. “Josam 21500” or District approved equal.

22-14-13 Facility Storm Drainage Pipe and Fittings

A. Storm and Sanitary Sewer Outside of the Building 1. PVC. 2. Elastomeric Gaskets. 3. Near plants or trees, cast iron soil pipe. 4. Piping less than 2 feet deep, cast iron soil pipe.



22-14-26.16 Facility Area Drains

A. 1. Non-clog type with sediment bucket.

22-14-26 Roof Drains

A. Interior Roof Drains 1. Clamping ring to be lower than surrounding roof surface, minimizing

water ponding. 2. Sump receivers. 3. Insulated roofs provide at least 3 feet square depression at drain. 4. Depression, formed with tapered perlite board. 5. Interior roof drain flashing, 4-lb., 99% pure lead, 36” square, flashing

cement between roofing system and lead flashing. 6. Primer coats both sides of lead flashing. 7. Extend lead flashing and roofing plys into clamping ring.

22-15-00 Compressed Air Equipment

A. Vibration arrester connection between compressor and piping. B. Compressor equipped with automatic drain. C. Equip compressors with air dryer. D. Air-reducing stations to be installed in accessible locations. E. Air-reducing stations noted on valve chart. F. Air compressor intake, interior building make up.

22-33-36 Booster Heaters

A. Booster heaters for cafeterias and kitchens. B. Large capacity gas heaters supplying 180 degree F water. C. Booster heater for summer use.

22-34-36 Hot Water Heaters

A. Large (more than 100 gallons). B. Set for 110 degree F. C. Primary and preferred source; Steam or hot water external horizontal heat

exchanger supplying hot water to existing storage tanks. D. Secondary system, gas-fired heaters connected to existing storage tanks. E. High efficiency, energy conserving heaters. Circulating lines shall not be

smaller than 3/4" in size. F. Circulating pumps, brass body, mechanically sealed glands. G. Isolation valves for by-pass around pumps. H. Valves configured for summer or winter use. I. Brass relief valves. J. Insulated. K. Small (100 gallons or less) vertical style. L. Set for 110 degree F. M. Dishwashers set for 180 degree F.

22-40-00 Plumbing Fixtures

A. Fixture Preparation 1. Joint between fixture back and wall caulk elastic-type caulking

compound. B. Exposed Trim

1. Faucets, valves and trim pieces, high quality chrome-plated brass or marine bronze.



22-42-00 Commercial Plumbing Fixtures

A. Plumbing fixtures and trim; special sinks chemistry, biology and photo labs 1. Acid resistant. 2. Backsplash 6” minimum. 3. “Chicago faucet 930 with GN2B-VB-E7 spout end” or District approved

equal.

22-42-13 Commercial Water Closets, Urinals, and Bidets

A. Urinals 1. New construction wall hung kohler. 2. Floor mounted stall-type. 3. Back spud water supplies are prohibited. 4. Conceal piping and flush valve. 5. Strainers, chrome plated brass or stainless steel beehive with lock nut. 6. Set strainers in stainless putty. 7. Waterproof membrane beneath floor-mounted urinals. 8. Electronic timed flushers; 7 day programmable, 3-second flushes,

adjustable interval 4 to 6 flushes per hour. (“Intermatic T-173” programmable time switch and Solid State Advanced Controls 3 second electronic timer.)

9. Electronic sensor flushometers. Faculty and offices. 10. Locate timers and electronic flushers behind locked access panels. 11. Manual flushometers are acceptable in adult areas with single urinal. 12. “Kohler” or “American Standard” urinals or District approved equal. 13. “Sloan” flushometers.

B. Water Closets (Toilets) 1. Floor-mounted, elongated-type. 2. Vitreous china. 3. Toilet seats; Black “Olsonite”, open-front, elongated bowl, self-sustaining

seats, less cover. “Beneke”, “Kohler”, “Church”, “Bemis” or District approved equal.

4. Flushometers; exposed-type with seat bumper. 5. Flush valves on toilets and urinals shall be by the same manufacturer. 6. “Sloan” flush valves or District approved equal. 7. ADA accessible toilets coordinate valve handle location. 8. Faculty toilet rooms, sensor type flushometers are acceptable.

22-42-16 Commercial Lavatories and Sinks

A. ADA Lavatory Sinks 1. 20" x 18". 2. Cast iron with raised back and acid-resisting enamel finish. 3. No vitreous china. 4. “Kohler K-2849” or similar “American Standard” or District approved

equal. 5. Self-closing basin faucets Moen – 8884 with MV 6900 Zurn mixing valve

or District approved equal. 6. Bi-metallic or plastic faucets are prohibited. 7. Open grid strainer. 8. 17-gauge chrome cast brass “U" section with cleanout plug P-trap. 9. P-trap and water supply insulation. 10. Chrome plated IPS loose key brass angle stops. 11. Vandal resistant support able to withstand 300 lbs force in all directions. 12. In wall backing 1/4" x 8” steel plate drilled and tapped for through-bolts.



B. Cafeteria and Kitchen Sinks 1. 18-gauge stainless steel. 2. Satin finish. 3. Mounted in countertop. Style and size as required in kitchens, cafeteria

and dishwashing rooms. 4. Equip waste line with quick closing mechanical gate valve similar to

“Fisher” or “Kline” or District approved equal. 5. Chrome plated solid brass trim. 6. “Elkay” or “Jensoen” or District approved equal.

C. Classroom Sinks 1. Self-rimmed, 18 gauge stainless steel, type 302 18 gauge. 2. Satin finish. 3. Single or double compartment as required for curriculum. 4. Trim: CHICAGO No. 201-GN10-VPC, 8” centerset faucet with indexes

lever handles, 10” rigid/swing gooseneck faucet, 2 GPM Laminar flow outlet, vandal proof complete or District approved equal.

5. Spray hoses, if required for curriculum, equipped with backflow prevention.

6. Crumb cup strainer. 7. Chrome-plated IPS stops with brass stems. 8. Chrome-plated IPS brass supplies at exposed locations. 9. IPS threaded or IPS sweat fittings for stops. 10. Compression stops not permitted. 11. P-traps cast brass "U" sections with cleanout plugs. Chrome plated, 17-

gauge “Kohler K9000 or equal or District approved equal. 12. Pot metal trim prohibited. 13. Standard: “Just SL-2019-A-GR”. Similar “Elkay” or District approved

equal. 14. Drinking fountain: (Not recommended).

D. Drain Accessories and Trim 1. Industrial arts and art room sinks; equip with interceptors. 2. Where paints, thinners and chemicals are used, provide disposal

storage. E. Faculty Lavatory Sinks

1. Same as above, however steel backing can be replaced with 1” plywood. F. Gang Wash Sinks

1. Prior district approval required. 2. Stainless steel. 3. Pneumatic or infrared water control valves. 4. Vandal-resistant.

G. Service Sinks, corner and flush wall type, floor mounted 1. Cast iron. 2. 28" x 28". 3. Slopping face. 4. Acid-resistant enamel finish. 5. Chrome wire rim guard. 6. Stainless steel or ceramic tile back splash. 7. Caulk joint between back and wall surface. 8. Trim: Rough plated with vacuum breaker, hose threaded spout, pail

hook, wall brace and inside threaded couplings. 9. Wall to spout outlet: 8-1/2" max. 10. Strainer tapped for 3” I.P.S. drain. 11. “Kohler” or “American Standard” or District approved equal.



H. Service Sinks free standing 1. 20" x 24". 2. Cast iron. 3. Floor-mounted 2" trap and cleanout. 4. Acid-resistant enamel finish. 5. Stainless steel rim guard. 6. Raised backsplash. 7. Rough brass angle stops. 8. Caulk joint between back and wall surface. 9. Trim: Rough plated with vacuum breaker, threaded spout, pail hook, wall

brace and inside threaded couplings. 10. Wall to spout outlet: 8-1/2" max. 11. “Kohler” or “American Standard” or District approved equal.

I. Student Lavatory Sinks 1. 20" x 18". 2. Cast iron with raised back and acid-resisting enamel finish. 3. No vitreous china. 4. “Kohler K-2849” or similar “American Standard” or District approved

equal. 5. “Symmons S-60” self-closing basin faucets or District approved equal. 6. Bi-metallic or plastic faucets are prohibited. 7. Open grid strainer. 8. 17-gauge chrome cast brass “U" section with cleanout plug P-trap. 9. Chrome plated IPS loose key brass angle stops. 10. Vandal resistant support able to withstand 300 lbs force in all directions. 11. In wall backing 1/4" x 8” steel plate drilled and tapped for through-bolts.

22-42-39 Faucet Replacement

A. Existing 12” center lavatory sinks B. The following faucets are ADA approved self-metering and self-closing

specify “Zurn Mixing Valve Model MV-6900” or District approved equal. C. Moen-8884 or District approved equal. D. Basin cock or hold cover.

22-42-43 Standard Toilets and Flush Valves

A. Floor mounted; “Kohler K-4350 Siphon Jet”, 1-1/2” top spud, 12” rough in, 2-1/4” passageway, and bolt caps. Similar “American Standard” or District approved equal.

B. ADA floor mounted; “K-4368 Siphon Jet”, 1-1/2” top spud, 12” rough in, 2-1/4” passageway, and bolt caps. Similar “American Standard” or District approved equal.

C. Wall Hung; Elementary schools only, “K-4330 Siphon Jet”, 1-1/2” top spud, 12” rough in, 2-1/4” passageway, and bolt caps. Similar “American Standard” or District approved equal.

D. Tank Type (For inadequate water supply only): E. General: “Kohler K-3420 T” with locking lid. Similar “American Standard” or

District approved equal. F. Flush Valves: “Sloan Royal” with vacuum breaker, screwdriver stop, and

chrome or District approved equal.

22-45-16 Emergency Eye Wash

A. Wall mount “Haws model 8907” or District approved equal. B. Deck mount recoil-type “Haws model 8902” or District approved equal. C. Chrome plated IPS loose key brass angle stops.



D. For use in chemistry labs, science rooms and industrial arts. E. Floor drain required.

22-47-13 Drinking Fountains

A. Stainless steel fixtures. B. Covered bottom access. C. Chrome plated IPS loose key brass angle stops. D. Recess or partially recess drinking fountains. E. When possible, place drinking fountain between rest rooms or in alcove. F. “Halsey Taylor 4XR84” ADA or District approved equal.

22-66-00 Chemical Waste Acid Piping

A. Acid Piping 1. Acid resistant schedule 40 fire retardant polypropylene. 2. Traps and fittings polypropylene

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING New building design goal of achieving a minimum 30% energy savings. The district encourages the use new and proven materials, means and methods of meeting this goal. However, whatever is specified must have a proven record of delivering energy savings while meeting the districts demand for low operations and maintenance costs while delivering a life cycle of 75 years. http://www.ashrae.org/publications/page/1604

23-00-00 Demolition and Removal of Fixtures

A. Remove piping back to mains B. Piping- capped or plugged, sealed and concealed from view. C. Terminate inside walls and below finished floor.

23-00-00 Heating, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning

A. Design Requirements 1. Durability, reliability, resistance to vandalism, ease of maintenance and

energy conservation. 2. HVAC system design; perimeter radiation with central tempered

ventilation. 3. Mechanical spaces to be designed with sufficient room on all sides for

future maintenance and repairs. Sufficient room would be free and clear space on all sides equal to the width of package unit.

B. Access 1. 16" x 16" (min. size) access to valves, clean outs etc. 2. Below 8 feet, accessible to students, key to building access panel

standard. 3. Above 8 feet accessible to students, flat screwdriver latch. 4. Dampers, damper motors, fusible links, fire dampers, circulating pumps,

access sized to allow for the removal and maintenance of the device. 5. To duct heaters, access into duct for cleaning and inspection of the coils. 6. To filters.

C. Pipe Tunnels 1. Tunnels large enough to accommodate manpower to maintain the

installation. 2. Tunnels must be vented.



23-05-29 Pipe Hangers and Supports

A. Copper must be isolated from hanger / support. B. Clevis-type hangers or “Kindorf” / “Unistrut” style supports. C. Sized and in sufficient quantities and spacing to meet manufactures

requirements

23-05-53 Piping Identification

A. Valve charts indicating valve tag number, service, location, and normal operation position of valve.

B. Valve chart location; boiler room office wall, framed with glazed cover. C. Label ceiling access points with valve identification. D. Valves, piping, and equipment. E. Component function and system served. F. Valves; alpha / numeric identification on 1 “ in diameter brass disk chained

valve body. G. Piping identified w/ adhesive pipe marker identification w/ directional arrows

indicating flow. H. Pipe markers “Brady system”, adhered to piping insulation as follows:

1. Pipe passes through walls. 2. Each riser. 3. Each leg of a tee. 4. Continuously each 50 feet. 5. Within 12 inches of valves.

I. Applied unobstructed to view.

23-07-00 Pipe Insulation

A. Cover insulation w/ vinyl pipe jacketing. B. Insulate valves, traps, etc. w/ removable jackets. C. Insulate the following:

1. Steam and hydronic supply and return systems. 2. Chiller systems.

23-09-00 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC

A. Controls in existing buildings to match existing controls. B. Introduced or new controls can only be used in new or fully modernized

buildings.

23-09-13 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC

A. Unit Ventilators 1. Controls and component parts of single manufacturer. 2. Match the existing controls. 3. Locate controls at opposite end of unit ventilator from coil connections. 4. Isolation valves on both supply and return piping.

B. Submaster Thermostats 1. Mounted in unit ventilator. 2. Adjustable sensitivity from 0.1 psi/deg. F. to 2.0 psi/deg. F. 3. Approved manufactures Johnson, Barber Coleman, Honeywell Robert

Shaw. C. Solenoid Control Valves

1. Approved manufactures Johnson, Barber Coleman, Honeywell Robert Shaw.

D. Damper Operators



1. Pneumatic piston damper operator. 2. Two-stage operation. 3. Approved manufactures Johnson, Barber Coleman, Honeywell Robert

Shaw, or approved equal. E. Duct Control

1. Averaging capillary elements distributed across ductwork. 2. Support capillaries against vibration. 3. Controllers shall have indicating thermometers or separate capillary-type

thermometers with averaging bulbs similar to controller bulb. 4. Thermometers minimum face diameter of 2". 5. Temperature Gauges 6. Balancing manifolds for adjusting temperature. 7. Hot water heater discharge.

F. Two-Temperature Duct Systems 1. Equip with static pressure regulator and static pressure dampers.

G. Hot Air Plenum 1. Static dampers located upstream from the coil.

H. Room Thermostats and Night Low Limit 1. Two-pipe relay. 2. Single temperature proportional action. 3. Concealed adjustment. 4. Concealed set point. 5. Adjustable sensitivity. 6. One or two degree graduated dial. 7. Dead band thermostats are not to be used on unit ventilators. 8. Vertical or horizontal thermometers. 9. Mounting back to building construction. 10. Standard 2" x 4" box. 11. Classrooms and offices elevation thermostats to meet current code.. 12. Elevation unsupervised areas i.e. gyms, cafeterias, restrooms 7’. 13. Location- away from air currents, sun's rays, heat-producing equipment. 14. Approved manufactures Johnson, Barber Coleman, Honeywell Robert

Shaw or approved equal. 15. New construction, major remodels and modular buildings web-enabled

thermostats. I. Thermostat Protection

1. Vandal cover independently mounted. 2. Vandal-proof screws. 3. Alternate: Direct thermostat in the return duct in lieu room thermostat.

J. Outdoor Temperature Sensing Devices 1. Protect from vandalism, exhausted air and effects from the sun.

K. Steam Coil Protection 1. Pressure electric controlled. 2. Locate between hand valve and control valve of individual steam coils. 3. Shut unit off when steam pressure falls. 4. Equip pressure switch with by-pass switch labeled "summer/winter".

L. Water Coil Protection 1. Immersion thermostat on line exiting coil 2. Alternate: Duct thermostat with averaging capillary on the discharge side

of each coil M. Pneumatic Control Piping

1. Copper tubing with solder joints. 2. Compression fittings are not allowed. 3. Alternate: Polyethylene tubing. 4. Continuous point to point runs.



5. Mechanical rooms, enclosed in metal raceway, conduit or spring-wound sheath.

6. Raceways terminate in control cabinet or junction box. 7. Raceways terminate within 12” of damper actuators. 8. Run parallel along building lines. 9. Shut-off valves charted. 10. Supported 2’ on center.

23-09-43 Pneumatic Control System for HVAC

A. Control Air Compressors 1. Running time 1/3 on and 2/3 off. Cycles, not to exceed 8 per hour. 2. Mount on concrete pad or metal base. 3. Reservoir 12" above floor. 4. Condensate float drain trap with strainer on the receiver tank.

B. Compressed Air Equipment for HVAC 1. Vibration arrester connection between compressor and piping. 2. Compressor equipped with automatic drain. 3. Equip compressors with air dryer. 4. Air-reducing stations to be installed in accessible locations. 5. Air-reducing stations noted on valve chart. 6. Air compressor intake, exterior building make up.

C. Control Air Dryers 1. Refrigerated after-cooler. 2. Piped with by-pass. 3. Isolation valves.

D. Pneumatic Control Valves 1. Union globe valve. 2. 150-psi rated. 3. Brass body 4. Replaceable composition disc or stainless steel. 5. Equal percentage plug, 4 lb. to 8 lb. operating range. 6. Normally open operation. 7. 300 Series stainless steel or monel alloy stem. 8. Operator 9. Open or exposed type 10. Rubber or neoprene diaphragm 11. Capable of withstanding ambient temperature of 140o F 12. Valve positioning indicator 13. Operator shall be easily removable as a single unit. 14. Approved manufactures Johnson, Barber Coleman, Honeywell Robert

Shaw.

23-11-23 Facility Natural Gas Pipe and Fittings

A. Screwed or butt welded schedule 40 pipe. B. Certified welders. C. Underground schedule 40 butt welded, coated with “Scotchkote No. 312” or

“Polyethylene” with steel risers. D. Flexible gas piping can only be used for appliances and at a max run of 24” E. Flexible gas piping is prohibited. Exception- 24” maximum at appliances and

were vibration is of concern. F. Valves / Gas Lines

1. AGA full port ball valves with “Teflon” seats. 2. Gas cocks is not permitted. 3. Class rooms; install natural gas solenoid valves wired to shut-off with

classroom lights.



4. Natural gas outlets; needle valve, similar to “Chicago 981 with 901 w/ lever handle”.

5. Installation of gas outlets (turrets) in science labs require drilling the turret body to accept 1/8” (minimum diameter) roll pins inserted from beneath the counter tops. This is to prevent vandals from unscrewing the turret causing gas leakage.

23-20-00 Piping and Pumps

A. Pipe Installation (Heating and Cooling) 1. Independently supported from structure. 2. Steel or copper; do not imbed kind in concrete. 3. Penetrations into concrete, PVC sleeved and sealed. 4. “Vitriolic” and similar groove-type couplings and fittings forbidden. 5. Brass pressure gauges- with pigtails and cocks. 6. Hydronic heating systems require balancing valves. 7. Isolation valves and branch valves cannot be used as balancing valves.

23-20-00 Valves/Steam and Hydronic Heating Control

A. “Wolverine”, “Nibco Ltd”, “Milwaukee Ltd”, “Keystone”, “Hammond”, “Lunkenheimer Ltd”, “Stockholm”, “McDonald Miller”.

B. Coil control valves: Globe type C. Steam Pressure Reducing Valves: “Bell and Gossett”, “Hoffman”, or

“Armstrong” containing a small by-pass pilot-reducing valve. D. Install cocks, pigtails and brass pressure gauges both sides of the pressure

regulator. E. Balancing Valves: Quadrant-type, “Bell and Gossett” Circuit Setter,

“Armstrong”, or “Taco”.

23-22-00 Steam Specialties

A. Install valves and unions on both sides of float and thermostatic traps. B. Steam Traps: “Hoffman”, “Dunham-Bush” or approved equal

23-22-13 Steam and Condensate Piping and Fittings Hydronic Included

A. Steam and Hydronic Pipe and Fittings 1. Schedule 40 pipe. 2. Screwed cast iron fittings sizes 2-1/2 inches and less. 3. Above 2-1/2 inches screwed cast iron or butt weld. 4. Welders required to possess a current AWS welding certificate. 5. Malleable fittings are prohibited on steam and hydronic piping

23-30-00 HVAC - Air Distribution Must Comply With SMACNA Standards

23-31-13 Duct Work

A. Sheet metal. B. Fiberglass, flex duct and other alternative materials, by District approval. C. Duct board is not allowed D. Can use aluminum foil tape or duct sealer to seal joints. E. Duct tape is not allowed

23-32-36 Air-Distribution Floor Plenums

A. Floor Grilles B. Air distribution directly from floor is prohibited.



23-33-13 Dampers

A. Opposed blade dampers at diffusers, registers and grilles. B. Motorized Damper Access

1. Volume Dampers must be installed at every supply duct. 2. Dampers must be accessible. 3. Panels to all moving parts of motorized dampers for inspection, adjusting

and lubrication. 4. Dampers dimension 20" or more. Access via hinged and latched door of

sufficient size to crawl or walk through.

23-34-00 Fans

A. Supply and Return Air Fans 1. Cabinet units; bolted or metal screw construction. 2. Fans; with cold air by-pass equip with anti-wipe dampers. 3. Fans in confined areas equipped with split pillow block-type bearings. 4. Filtered.

23-40-00 Air Cleaning Devices

A. Filters 1. Temporary filters during construction phase. Replace construction filters

with permanent filters at completion work. 2. Filters must be easily accessible for routine maintenance.

23-51-23 Natural Gas Venting

A. Gas appliances vented separately through the roof.

23-52-00 Heat Generating Boilers

A. Natural gas fired high efficiency boilers. B. Cast iron sectional boilers are acceptable for hydronic heating systems only. C. Package boilers are acceptable for both steam and hydronic systems. D. “Cleaver-Brooks”, “Industrial Combustion” or district approved equal.

23-60-00 Central Cooling Equipment

A. Air Conditioning 1. New schools, design and size system for 12-month school year. 2. Central chilled water two-pipe system to local cooling coils. 3. VAV boxes or fan coil units. 4. Unitary systems are prohibited. 5. Packaged rooftop systems will be considered on a project-by-project

basis. 6. Cooling systems in order of preference:

a. Water-cooled chillers with closed loop cooling towers. b. DX systems with air-cooled condensers. c. Central ground water source heat pumps.

7. Locate equipment on the ground floor close proximity to the boiler room. 8. Purchase with manufacturers diagnostic controls with connection to the

Districts energy management system.



23-82-00 Convection Heating and Cooling

A. Heating Coils 1. Hinged access door sized for inspection and cleaning coil. 2. Steam coils over four feet in length. Supply at both ends with two

sequenced and sized valves of 1/3 to 2/3 capacity. 3. Heating coils with cast iron headers are not acceptable. 4. Isolation valves on both supply and return piping.

B. Unit Ventilators 1. Approved by the District on a project-by-project basis. 2. “Herman-Nelson” or “Dunham-Bush” or district approved equal 3. Steam or hot water type heating coil. 4. Damper controlled. 5. Filtered. 6. Pencil-proof grille. 7. Extended return air grilles under windows. 8. Removable access panels. 9. Cabinet enclosure unitized rigid all-welded design. 10. 3/16" minimum die-formed steel frame. 11. 16-gauge steel sheet back and inner front liner, or 14-gauge panelized

unit-frame construction. 12. Maximum strength design capable of supporting a 300-pound

concentrated load. 13. Noise level no greater than 50 decibels on the "A" scale. 14. Locate controls on opposite end of unit ventilator from coil connections. 15. 5" deep wall to cabinet pipe space extension. 16. Outside air opening sealed by airtight metal collar. 17. Raised base 4" high 16-gauge channel-shaped sub-frame to provide

pipe space under each unit. 18. Isolation valves on both supply and return piping.

23-82-36 Fin Tube Radiation

A. No free standing. B. Mounted on wall. C. In wall backing 1” plywood. D. Sloping tops. E. Isolation valves on both supply and return piping.

DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION Note: PPS is currently working on revising their standards for Division 25. Any future work on facility controls must be approved by PPS standards committee.

25-50-00 Integrated Automation Facility Controls

A. Energy Management System 1. Majority of PPS facilities are equipped with “Delta Controls” EMS. 2. New systems to have a graphical interface. 3. Existing systems control boilers, fans, and some lighting. 4. New construction or additions adding air-handling equipment will connect

to the EMS. 5. If fan motors are ½ horsepower or greater. 6. At least 1 representative temperature sensor for each system. 7. Air handling units with less than ½ horsepower motors will be controlled

locally.



B. Acceptable Systems 1. “Delta Controls” DDC (Direct Digital Controls) 2. “ALC Controls” (Automated Logic Corporation)

C. Substitutions 1. Other “BACNET” compatible systems will be considered. 2. Criteria for acceptance: able to be scheduled, manually controlled with

status monitored from “Delta EMS”. 3. Provide at no cost, adequate training for district personnel. 4. Contact PPS Energy Specialist.

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL New building design goal of achieving a minimum 30% energy savings. The district encourages the use of new and proven materials, means and methods of meeting this goal. However, whatever is specified must have a proven record of delivering energy savings while meeting the District’s demand for low operations and maintenance costs while delivering a life cycle of 75 years. http://www.ashrae.org/publications/page/1604 Due to the District’s requirement for greater flexibility and adaptability for education in the 21st century some portions of the electrical standards exceed code. While the standard requirement may increase the initial cost of a new or major renovation the long term outcome will reduce costs for future modifications. Effective January 1, 2008 House Bill 2620 requires public entities spend 1.5 percent of the total contract price of a public improvement contract for new construction or major renovation of a public building on solar energy technology. Modifications to existing electrical systems require special testing. See 01-45-33 Code Required Special Inspection and Procedures

26-01-00 Operation and Maintenance of Electrical Systems

A. General Electrical Provisions/Design Requirements 1. Design systems that stress durability, resistance to vandalism, and ease

of maintenance, reliability, and energy conservation. 2. Evaluate and provide design addressing existing electrical system for:

a. Compliance with current codes. b. Size for future expansion panels for service required and

anticipated in future needs. c. Age of equipment and availability of spare product parts. d. Physical constraints of existing main service room.

B. Location of Equipment: 1. Locate motors, starters, switches, relays, contactors, transformers and

similar electrical equipment in accessible and lighted spaces. 2. Specify ambient compensating equipment in high or low ambient

temperature atmospheres.

26-05-19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables

A. Wire and Cable Conductors 1. Terminate feeder conductors with indent compression lugs. 2. Feeder conductors copper; no substitution. 3. Aluminum wire prohibited in all sizes. 4. Insulation for new conductors shall be, "THHN" or "THWN" unless

approved by owner. 5. Conductors No. 18 AWG and larger shall be stranded.



6. Conductors installed in a manufacturer’s standard assembly, such as a light fixture, may be solid wire.

7. Size feeder conductors for 125% of connected feeder load. 8. Neutral conductors shall be full size or larger as required by non-linear

loads 9. Grounding conductors shall be installed with all new feeders and new

branch circuits 10. Multiple branch circuits in the same conduit may share a common

ground conductor 11. Conductors used for grounding shall be No. 12 AWG minimum. 12. MC (Metal Clad) CABLE IS PROHIBITED.

26-05-33 Race Ways and Boxes for Electrical Systems

A. Lead type drive anchors shall not be used to anchor electrical equipment, enclosures, and conduit.

B. Feeder conductors installed in rigid conduits with threaded connections. C. Approved conduit types shall be Galvanized steel or EMT. D. Underground conduit shall be Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC) or straight

runs of PVC with GRC elbows. E. Exterior above ground conduit to be Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC). No

substitutions F. Exterior junction boxes located below 8 feet from grade to be equipped with

security screws. G. Underground junction boxes / vaults to be concrete or stainless steel with

security screws. Plastic is prohibited H. Aluminum conduits prohibited. I. Cast EMT fittings are prohibited. J. EMT box connectors shall have nylon throats. K. Standard long radius elbows are required or District approved equal. L. Size branch circuits to allow 4 circuits per classroom with a maximum size

conduit not to exceed 1 inch. M. Use of existing feeder conduit is encouraged when possible. N. LB, LR, LL, and other such conduit bodies are prohibited unless District

approved equal. O. Flex conduit is prohibited as a substitute for rigid or EMT conduit. P. 6 feet maximum length flex conduit is allowed at devices such as motors. Q. MC (metal clad) cable is prohibited unless approved by owner. R. All conduits shall be routed below the lowest level of a Metal Deck profile. S. Roof conduit installations must be GRC unless owner approved. T. Roof conduit runs limited to 10’ in length unless owner approved. U. Roof conduit and wiring shall be designed for easy disconnect and

reinstallation for roofing repairs or replacement.

26-05-53 Identification of Electrical Systems

A. Wire Identification 1. Phase, neutral and grounding conductors shall be color-coded at

equipment terminals, source, and junction boxes. Colored bands or with continuous color insulation are acceptable.

2. Wiring for 120/208V or 120/240V systems shall be continuously color coded in accordance with the following schedule: a. Phase A-Black b. Phase B (Orange - Wild leg in 240 V Delta)-Red c. Phase C-Blue d. Neutral-White e. Ground-Green



3. Wiring for 277/480 V systems shall be continuously color coded in accordance schedule: a. Phase A-Brown b. Phase B-Orange c. Phase C-Yellow d. Neutral-Gray e. Ground-Green

26-06-00 Schedules for Electrical

A. Electrical Record Drawings 1. Exact routing of feeders and service conduits. 2. Conduit dimensions. 3. Exact location of junction boxes. 4. Exact location of conduits installed for future construction. Provide

dimensions and depth of burial. 5. All Drawings of Record shall include a one-line diagram including Sub-

panels, and note Switchgear/Panel locations by room number. 6. All Switchgear and Panel Schedules shall be listed on Drawings of

Record.

26-06-20 Schedules for Low-Voltage Electrical Distribution

A. Electrical Labeling 1. Hand written labeling is not acceptable 2. Label panels with engraved labels 3. Label junction boxes with panel identification, voltage, and circuit

number. Label tape products acceptable. 4. Label devices with panel and circuit numbers. Label tape products

acceptable. 5. Label motor controller and disconnects with engraved labels.

26-22-00 Low-Voltage Transformers

A. Dry type autotransformers, “K” type to change 208V to 120/240V circuits. B. K rated transformers shall be used in all locations C. K-4 for the following loads: Discharge Lighting, UPS w/optional input filtering,

Welders, Induction heating equipment, PLCs and solid State Controls. D. K-13 for the following loads: Telecommunications equipment, UPS w/o input

filtering, concentrated computer work stations. E. K-20 for the following loads: Computer/server rooms, VFDs. F. Sized to reduce harmonic distortion, for shops, range and dryer outlets.

26-23-00 Low-Voltage Switch Gear

A. Distribution Switchboards 1. New service and distribution equipment shall be freestanding metal-

enclosed and seismically braced, dead-front type with bus bracing for a minimum interrupting current capacity of 100,000 amperes (A.I.C.).

2. Acceptable brands are Square D, Siemens, Cutler Hammer, GE or District approved equal.

3. Available fault current will be utilized to calculate and label all Switchgear with Arc-Flash hazard level and PPEs required.

4. Ground bus shall be provided in each section for continuous ground continuity.

5. Service and distribution equipment shall be of the fusible switch type, except for the main switchboard where a molded case main circuit breaker shall be used.



6. The main circuit breaker shall be 100% rated with short circuit interrupting capability of 65K RMS symmetrical amperes.

7. Over current protective devices shall be selected to clear any fault current that may be subjected to without damage to equipment.

8. Fusible switches shall be “J” type to 600 amperes and “L” type above 600 amperes.

9. Fusible switch shall be identified with an engraved nameplate. Cardholders are not acceptable.

10. Locate service and distribution equipment to permit future expansion. 11. Avoid locating service and distribution equipment in high ambient

temperature areas such as boiler rooms. 12. Size service equipment for total connected load plus minimum 1.5 times

design capacity. 13. Provide space in switchboard for future switches or circuit breakers. 14. Provide spare capped conduits stubbed into accessible areas from

switchboard unless such conduits can be installed with little difficulty in the future.

15. Generally, replace existing single phase of 120/240 V 3 phase delta systems with a 120/208V 4-wire WYE system.

16. Provide new main service grounding system, consisting of Ufer (?) Ground and Water Service if metallic.

17. Provide common bonding point at main service for other grounding systems to terminate.

18. Combine multiple metering schemes on one meter. B. Branch Circuit Panels

1. All panels will be labeled with Arc-Flash hazard level and PPEs required. 2. Panels shall be Panel Board type and “door in door” construction with

hinged doors. Acceptable brands are Square D, Siemens, Cutler Hammer, GE or District approved equal.

3. Flush lift latch and locks keyed to match building standard. 4. Use compression lugs on all feeder conductors. Set screw lugs not

permitted. 5. Equipped with molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker having a

minimum interrupting rating of 20,000 A.I.C. or greater if available fault current exceeds 20 A.I.C.

6. Bolt-on type circuit breakers. 7. All breakers shall have “SWD” rating. 8. Permanent numbers, engraved, stamped or painted shall be affixed to

each panel next to breakers. 9. Stick-on numbers are not acceptable. 10. Panels shall be identified with engraved nameplates. 11. All branch circuit conductors shall be labeled at breaker with circuit

number. 12. Branch circuit conductors shall be labeled at junction boxes and devices

with Panel ID and circuit number. 13. Multi-wire branch circuits and/or shared Neutrals prohibited. 14. Lighting: Provide separate panels with switch rated breakers. 15. Instructional technologies: Provide separate panels sized for 4

receptacle circuits per Non-computer Lab classrooms. 16. Branch panels: New, 42 circuits, 225 Amp 3, 4 wire with copper buss,

with neutral and ground busses rated at 200%. Provide sub-feed lugs for future connection of additional panel board. Provide isolated ground buss rated the same as neutral buss.

17. Futures: Flush mounted branch panels. Provide (three) 3/4 inch diameter capped conduits and (two) 1” electrical conduits into accessible spaces above and below.



18. Locate branch panels near center of loads. 19. Panels to be equipped with factory installed transient voltage surge

suppression (TVSS) devices built into panels. Factory approved components shall be used where retrofitting panels with TVSS is a factory approved option.

20. Circuits shall be identified for use and location, including room numbers, in panels with complete panel schedules attached.

C. Distribution Circuits 1. Concealed where possible. 2. Ground Fault Interrupters shall be installed where required. 3. “Wiremold” may be installed on the surface if extensive repairs will be

required for concealment. 4. Exposed wiring shall be “Wiremold”. 5. Surface conduit is prohibited in public spaces. 6. Surface conduit is allowed in mechanical areas, shops, boiler rooms, etc. 7. “Wiremold” and Plugmold should be used in labs, classrooms and areas

requiring numerous closely spaced outlets. 8. Ivory colored “Wiremold” and Plugmold fittings, boxes, etc. 9. Secured to minimize vandalism. 10. Use of existing concealed raceway systems is encouraged. 11. Classroom computers: Provided minimum of 5 duplex receptacles:

a. Isolated ground circuit. b. Outlets centered around designated network connection. c. Spaced 3’-0” on center. d. Locate to minimize vandalism.

12. Corridors: Duplex receptacles, each side on separate circuits. Each side 50 foot on center placed alternating sides 25-foot centers overall.

13. Lavatories and toilet rooms, locate duplex receptacles in corridors near entry. Do not install in lavatories or toilet rooms.

26-27-00 Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment

26-27-26 Wiring Devices

A. All devices shall be UL approved and labeled. B. Motor Starters or VFDs shall be Allen Bradley or District approved equal and

located in accessible lighted areas. C. VFDs, at a minimum, shall incorporate an appropriately sized internal or

external Line Reactor. D. Duplex receptacles shall be 20 AMP, Spec Grade minimum. E. GFI receptacles shall be 20 AMP, Spec Grade minimum. F. All receptacles shall be the grounding type. G. Designated computer outlets shall be isolated ground and Orange in color. H. 15 AMP receptacles are not allowed. I. Multi-outlet assemblies shall not be used where individual receptacles cannot

be replaced. J. Color: ivory. K. Control switches rated 20 AMP. L. Single pole, double pole 3-way and 4-way switches shall be toggle-type, or

keyed type when specified elsewhere in this document. M. Light Switches shall be located adjacent to room entry doors. N. Device plates and covers shall be brush finish stainless steel.



O. Plastic device covers are not acceptable. P. Floor outlets are discouraged. Q. When floor outlets necessary, provide flush type with brass cover and flange.

Types: “Hubble”, “Walker duct”, “Steel City” or District approved equal. R. Light switches shall be located near entry doors on the door strike side.

26-29-23 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers

A. All motors under VFD control shall be VFD Duty rated and equipped to mitigate bearing currents.

B. VFDs will have integral Harmonic Mitigation or have appropriately sized Line Reactors installed.

26-32-00 Packaged Generator Assemblies

26-32-13.13 Emergency Motor Generator

A. Diesel generator suitable for exterior or interior installation. B. Provisions shall be made for temporary connection of a Load Bank. Type

shall be Crouse-Hinds ED200 or ED400 Posi-lock with all phases, Neutral and Ground present. No substitutions.

C. UL2200 listed. D. Preferred location, away from residential properties, secured in alcove or

courtyard accessible for fuel delivery. E. Minimum enclosures, 9 gauge cyclone fence material. Framed with schedule

40 pipe including roof supports, secured with padlocked door. F. Consider neighborhood noise factor. G. Connect to Exit lighting, Egress lighting, Emergency lighting, fire alarms,

intrusion alarms, programmed clock systems, PBX phone system, and EMS systems control power.

H. Capacity for 24 hours of operation. I. Automatic weekly self-test, half hour Monday between 6 and 7 AM. J. Exercise Time Clock GRASSLIN - or District approved equal. K. One dry contact - Grasslin Digi 20AorE-xx (A= Surface E= Flush xx=

Voltage) Two dry contacts - Grasslin Digi 42AorE-xx

L. Manufacturers, “Cummins”, “Caterpillar” and “Kohler” or District approved equal.

26-42-00 Cathodic Protection

A. Corrosion Control 1. Systems piping shall be installed with corrosion control in mind. 2. Underground systems protected by cathodic protection magnesium

anodes or impressed direct current.

26-50-00 Lighting

A. Defer to PPS Energy Specialist for corrections/additions/substitutions of lighting sections 26-50-00 through 26-56-68.

B. PPS encourages the use of new emerging technologies that provide high quality lighting with greater efficiency. Designer and manufacturers should contact the PPS Energy Specialist with product information. 1. The owner has adopted energy conservation measures. 2. Designers are encouraged to introduce documented energy conserving

devices into lighting system designs.



C. Lighting Levels 1. Classrooms and offices 35 to 50 foot candles, 1.0 to 1.2 watts / square

foot. 2. Corridors, lavatories and stairways: 10-20 foot candles 3. Cafeterias and similar areas 20-30 foot-candles. 4. Elementary and non-competition/performance gymnasium: 20-35 foot-

candles of general illumination 5. High Schools and competition/performance gymnasium: 50-70 foot-

candles of general illumination. 6. Under no circumstance will any interior space exceed 2.1watts/square

foot. D. Lighting Controls

1. Classrooms and offices toggle switches. 2. Faculty lavatories toggle switches. 3. Mechanical rooms toggle switches. 4. Student lavatories, corridors, cafeterias, gymnasiums keyed switches. 5. Corridors, cafeterias, restrooms, locker rooms, gymnasiums and

stairwells key switches. 6. Storerooms, workrooms, lounges, and conference rooms, adjustable

sensitivity motion detection switches. 7. Breakers controlling lighting circuits are to be high use switch rated.

E. Interior Lighting Existing Facilities 1. The following standards are to be used for small remodels or repairs of

existing buildings. 2. Match existing when product is available. 3. Classrooms, offices, corridors, stairwells, restrooms, cafeterias, kitchens,

mechanical rooms, etc. 4. Fluorescent. 5. Replacement fixture for incandescent fixture. 6. Indirect lighting is acceptable when glare is of concern, i.e. offices and

computer labs. 7. Architectural indirect lighting using luminaries not listed below as

standard is to be avoided. 8. Fluorescent lamps 4 foot, F32T8TL30, standard color. 9. Fixtures are to be free of noise. 10. Flat opaque light defusing replaceable lenses. 11. Fixtures are to be selected for maximum durability. 12. Vandal resistant fixture for gyms, cafeteria, restrooms, and non-

supervised spaces open to students and CUB users. 13. Pendant or suspended ceiling flush mount. 14. Fixtures hung by chains are discouraged. 15. Finish white 85% minimum reflectance.

F. Interior Lighting New Facilities or Full Facility fixture Upgrades 1. Energy efficient high quality fixtures. 2. Fixtures are to be selected for maximum durability. 3. Pendant or suspended ceiling flush mount. 4. Fixtures hung by chains are discouraged. 5. Vandal resistant fixture for gyms, cafeteria, restrooms and non-

supervised spaces open to students and CUB users. 6. Fluorescent lamps standard color, 4 foot, T5 or T8, type to be

determined by Energy Specialist. 7. Submit product cut sheets for approval.

G. Gymnasium Lighting 1. Fluorescent lamps standard color, 4 foot, T5 or T8, type to be

determined by Energy Specialist. 2. Submit product cut sheets for approval.



H. Lighting Accessories 1. Ballasts manufacturers “Advanced”, “Universal”, “Sylvania” or District

approved equal.

26-52-00 Emergency Lighting

A. Provide an external identifier (“E”) on all emergency lighting system fixtures. B. Emergency Power System: See City approved Standard “Q” appeal.

26-53-00 Exit Signs

A. Battery powered – by written request and district approval only. B. High abuse vandal resistant all conditions. C. Exit signs to be substantially white in color with green lettering. D. Approved manufactures “Lithonia Extreme”, Kenall Trailmate 6500 high

abuse” LED or Cold Cathode or District approved equal. E. Incandescent is not approved.

26-56-16 Parking Lighting and Security

A. Fixture selection and placement to minimize glare outside property lines. B. Mogul or standard base lamps. C. Whenever possible accessible from the roof. D. Fixtures requiring a boom truck placed no higher than 50 feet from hard

surface. E. Elevation of exterior fixtures is to be high enough to preclude vandalism. F. Photoelectric controls and time clocks with skip-a-day and manual override

bypass. Alternate, included as part of the Energy Management System. G. Key or standard switches shall not be used.

26-56-33 Walkway Lighting

A. Exterior Exit and Entry Lighting 1. All exterior doors. 2. One-foot candle average path of egress. 3. Minimize glare to adjacent property. 4. “RUUD E8226-1 inch”, “Stonco” “Lytepro” series or “Morlite Vandal WP”

or District approved equal. 5. Vandal resistant cast metal base with poly carbonate lenses. 6. Stainless steel vandal wire guards are acceptable. 7. Photoelectric controls and time clocks with skip-a-day and manual

override bypass. Alternate, included as part of the Energy Management System.

8. Key or standard switches shall not be used.

26-56-68 Exterior Athletic Lighting

A. Stadium Lighting 1. High output metal halide. 2. Fixture rigging for lowering fixtures.

B. Covered Play Sheds 1. Fluorescent lamps standard color, 4 foot, T5 or T8, or plug in fluorescent,

type to be determined by Energy Specialist. 2. Lenses to be high impact resistant lexan or poly carbonate 3. Fixture to be equipped with fall protection chains

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS



For IT Standards see: Category 6 Structured Cabling Standards for Portland Public Schools Clock System Standards are under development. Contact PPS Document Control Coordinator for guidance on any clock projects.

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY The district selection of a single source manufacturer is intended to provide the users with common system that functions similarly throughout the district’s 100 plus facilities. Fire alarms - no substitutions – NFPA 72 strictly enforced

28-05-28 Pathways for Electronic Safety and Security

A. Fire Alarms and Security 1. To be in dedicated raceway with 12” minimum clearance from other

electrical. 2. To be concealed whenever possible. 3. “Wiremold V700, V2000, and/or V2400” series raceway to be used

(series based on fill rate) in spaces open to the public. Correct, un-modified series accessories shall be used at all times. No “500” series allowed.

4. Conduit to be used when protection is required and not visible to the public. See division 26 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System. Handy boxes” are not allowed. All “single / multiple gang” box cover plates shall be brushed stainless steel.

5. Above suspended ceilings, independently suspended D-rings or J-hooks with opening closed with zip ties.

6. Attics pathways and bottom cord of the roof truss conduit. Above bottom cord D-rings or J-hooks with opening closed with zip ties.

7. Wiring running underground, even in raceway, shall be direct burial type.

28-13-00 Access Control

Additions to existing access control must be wired as an independent home run from detection to the control panel. A. Casi-Rusco M-3000 enclosure including power/comm board, PXNplus

motherboard, 6 amp power supply and 12 volt 12ah back-up battery. 1. Host software: Facility Commander WnX. 2. Supply one 8rp reader processor card per every 8 card readers. Two

8rp’s per M3000 max. 2rp series cards not allowed. Supply 20DI. 16 DO, 16DOR board(s) if needed for system operation.

3. Dedicated AC power circuit w/lockout on IT breaker panel. Route AC power through 4” square junction box between M3000 and Altronix power supply using knockouts nearest the AC connections of each enclosure.

4. GE T-520SW full size gray proximity card reader (430210001). Charcoal or black color if specified or approved by PPS. 16 readers per M3000 max. Mount at ADA front wheelchair accessible height of 48”.

5. GE T-500SW mullion style gray proximity card reader (430209001) can be substituted for the T-520SW unit if approved by PPS.

6. Request to Exit sensor shall be GE “RCR-REX-G” or approved equivalent.

7. Door contact shall be GE-Sentrol “1078CW” or approved equivalent. Match color of the door jamb.



8. Wiring shall be Coleman Cable Inc. #56100 combination access cable, or approved equivalent, for “entry door” reader locations. For non “entry door” readers, such as elevator call, use CCI #67066 22/6 cable, or approved equivalent, from the M3000 to the reader location and CCI #51145 18/4, or approved equivalent, from the M3000 to the interface equipment.

9. (1) Altronix AL1024ULXPD16CB door strike/maglock power supply mounted beside each M3000 enclosure and connected by two ¾” conduits for low voltage. Supply (2) Yuasa NP7-12 batteries or approved equivalent.

10. Casi-Rusco DirecDoor controller with Altronix AL400ULX door strike power supply and (2) Yuasa NP7-12 batteries, for situations where expansion past 2 readers is not anticipated with PPS approval only.

B. Micro controller programming software and hardware will be expandable. C. Expandable features for future anticipated needs.

1. System may replace existing intrusion alarm systems. 2. Manipulate remote devices. 3. Access card readers. 4. Cameras. 5. Numeric keypads. 6. Intrusion alarm zone(s) bypass. 7. Notification to School Police who entered and exited the building. 8. Maintain access log. 9. Remotely programmable via LAN/WAN configuration from BESC. 10. Total system control through School Police. Remotely authorized entry or

denial in the event the cards are lost or stolen. D. The access/I.D. card will be generated through PPS Security Department.

The card will serve dual function. E. Install micro-controller in the main distribution frame equipment room.

Installation in HDF equipment rooms if approved by PPS. F. Provide Cat6 network drop from network patch panel to inside each access

control enclosure with 2 appropriate length Cat-6 patch cords per enclosure. G. All programming to be done by PPS. H. Manufacturer’s 1-year warranty. I. Warranty response time, within 24 hours. J. Concealed metal raceways.

28-16-00 Intrusion Detection

A. Additions to existing intrusion alarm systems must be wired as an independent home run from detection to the control. Adding to existing zones requires authorization from PPS Alarm Shop.

B. Intrusion Panel 1. DSC 4020 main panel. Supply “CLSH” cabinet lock, Elk “TRG1640”

transformer, and Yuasa NP 7-12 battery. 2. Elevation 72 inches top of panel 3. Locate in MDF equipment room

C. Satellite panels 1. Elevation 72 inches top of panel 2. Supply “CLSH” cabinet lock. Supply Yuasa NP 7-12 battery if panel is a

power supply. 3. Each floor zone 4. Locate in locked rooms in the order of preference

a. First: MDF Equipment rooms. b. Second: Storage rooms. c. Third: Custodial closets without sinks.



D. Intrusion Devices 1. Non Proprietary

a. Door switches i. ¾” recessed wide-gap. If not possible, consult with PPS

electronics shop. (GE-Sentrol 1078CW or approved equivalent). b. Motion Detectors

i. Combination of the both passive infrared and microwave. ii. 40’ x 40’ coverage minimum. iii. Optex DX-40 / DX-60 , based on room size, or approved

equivalent iv. Optex CX-702, for hallways over 50’ in length, or approved

equivalent. c. LCD Key Pad

i. Locate arm/disarm device at the direction of PPS Department of Security Services. Mount at 60” above finished floor.

d. Wiring i. Conceal intrusion alarm wiring where possible. Wire-mold

forbidden when raceway is concealed . Use “Wiremold V700/V2000/V2400 series raceway (based on fill rate) if not concealed.

e. Power Supply i. Emergency power circuit.

28-31-00 Fire Detection and Alarm

A. Fire Alarm System – Manufacturer’s specification must be followed. 1. 24 VDC, electrically supervised, microprocessor based fire detection and

alarm systems. 2. Power from dedicated power circuit. The panel shall not be used as a

junction or “pass through” for AC power to another fire panel. Provide external 4” sq junction box if needed. High voltage entry shall be through closest knockout to AC connection.

3. Both manual and automatic alarm initiation. 4. All schools non-coded, analog addressable, 5. For elementary and middle schools - Silent Knight 5820XL, latest

version. 6. For high schools – Silent Knight IFP-1000 FACP, latest version. 7. Silent Knight 5208 system may be substituted in small sites with prior

approval by PPS. B. Notification Expansion Panel (Power Supplies)

1. For fire alarm notification and critical devices Only. 2. Silent Knight 5895XL / RPS-1000 for addressable systems. SK5496

panels not allowed 3. Silent Knight 5499 for conventional systems or after 5895XL / RPS-1000

panels have reached system capacity. 4. Sized to provide sufficient amperage for

a. Charging batteries. b. Operate 24VDC horns at rated audible decibel level. c. Power supplies are to be installed on dedicated circuit. The panel

shall not be used as a junction or “pass through” for power to another fire panel. Provide external 4” sq junction box if needed. High voltage entry shall be through closest knockout to AC connection.

d. Breaker to be labeled. Locked out "on" position, red in color. C. Power Supplies

1. For Auxiliary non-critical devices only. Critical devices, such as open area detection, shall be powered from fire system panel(s).



2. E Altronix AL600ULPD4CB a. Each power supply to be dedicated to magnetic door holders, fire

dampers or fan shut down control. b. Provide two 12 volt 7ah sealed lead acid back-up batteries if not

used for any fail-safe devices such as door holder power. c. AC power from existing or new dedicated fire alarm breaker.

3. Sized to provide sufficient amperage for a. Charging batteries. b. Operate 24VDC rated devices at their Manufacture's recommended

voltage. c. Power supplies are to be installed on dedicated circuit. The panel

shall not be used as a junction or “pass through” for AC power to another fire panel. Provide external 4” sq junction box if needed. High voltage entry shall be through closest knockout to AC connection.

d. Breaker to be labeled. Locked out "on" position, red in color.

28-31-00 Zoning Fire Alarm System

A. Leave 20% of fire system addresses and NACs available for future expansion.

B. Zone building logically, i.e. East, West, Floor, Wing, Portables, Annex, etc. No more than 22,500 square feet per detector zone as per NFPA 72.

C. Pull stations - Separate duplicate zones from detection. D. Sprinkler flow, supervisory, and tamper alarms - Separate annunciation each.

28-31-13 Control Panel (FACP)

A. Elevation 72” top of panel. B. Locate within MDF equipment room. C. Size to provide future expansion notification to all classrooms. D. FACP equipped with integral, dual line digital communicator to District

assigned number via telephone lines. E. Communication format SIA 20. F. Battery backup. G. Follow manufacturer’s specifications. H. Batteries

1. Size & number to provide fire protection for 24 hours DC power. 2. At the end of the 24 hour period, sufficient power to operate audible &

visual alarm signaling for 5 minutes.

28-31-23 Remote Annunciator

A. Locate in main office visible from secretary's desk. B. Minimum 3’ clear space for Annunciator access. C. Annunciator shall be Silent Knight 5860R set to address “31” D. Mount at 60” above finished floor.

28-31-43 Fire Detection Sensors

Additions to existing fire alarm systems must be wired as an independent home run from detection to the FACP. Adding to existing zones requires authorization from PPS Alarm Shop. Manufacturer’s specifications must be followed. A. Detection Devices

1. All devices shall be labeled with its SLC number and address (if addressable), or its zone and sequence (if conventional), on Brother TZe-231 ½” white tape with black lettering set to its largest bold font size. Start addresses at 001 and up for addressable detectors.



2. All SLC and Zone wiring shall be 16awg solid, non-shielded, type FPL, FPLR or FPLP as needed.

3. Any room regardless of size leading to a corridor or stairwell excluding classrooms.

4. Detectors shall be ceiling mounted in an accessible location so that test/removal tools can be used from the floor. Vertical (wall mounted) detectors are not acceptable.

5. No relay base devices. B. Heat Detectors (135 to 150 degrees)

1. Rooms with doors opening to a corridor with the exception of classrooms.

2. Restrooms with door(s) to the corridor (no open doorways). 3. Home economics rooms. 4. Shop areas. 5. Mechanical rooms. 6. Arts and crafts areas. 7. Top of elevator shafts if a fire sprinkler is present. 8. Silent Knight SD505-AHS for addressable Silent Knight systems. 9. System Sensor 5601P 135 degree fixed and rate of rise for non-

addressable systems. C. Heat Detectors (194 to 200 degrees fixed temperature)

1. Boiler rooms. 2. Kitchens. 3. Generator rooms. 4. Areas with direct exposure to sunlight, ex. Skylight 5. Kiln rooms. 6. System Sensor 5604 194 degree fixed for non-addressable systems. 7. System Sensor 5604 194 degree fixed with a SD-500 AIM monitoring

module for addressable systems interfaced to a SD500-AIM module mounted to a 4sq box, top at 72”, at a readily accessible location in that room for addressable systems. Up to four 5604 heat detectors permitted on a SD500-AIM module inside the same room. Label conventional detectors attached to an addressable module with the modules address, sequence on the conventional circuit, and “EOL” for the last device (ie. 2-043.2EOL for SLC “2”, module “043”, last device #2).

D. Beam smoke detectors 1. Beam smoke detectors are required in gyms, auditoriums, some

cafeterias and other large rooms over 16 feet in height and areas specified by PPS.

2. We require protection for the beam smoke detectors from flying objects in gyms. Cover shall be STI 9706 or 9707 depending on detector mounting.

3. System Sensor BEAM1224S single ended reflector unit with built in NFPA sensitivity testing. Each beam shall have its own Silent Knight SD500-AIM module and System Sensor RTS151KEY remote test switch located together in a nearby secure accessible location on 4sq boxes (with 1g mud ring for the RTS151KEY). Label the detector, module, and switch with its address/location.

E. Auxiliary Fire Alarm Inputs (i.e. Fire Sprinkler Systems) 1. Supply Silent Knight SD500-AIM module per input mounted to accessible

height 4” square or 2g electrical box. 2. SD500-MIM modules not allowed.



28-31-46 Smoke Detection Sensors

Additions to existing fire alarm systems must be wired as an independent home run from detection to the FACP. Adding to existing zones requires authorization from PPS Alarm Shop. A. Smoke Detectors

1. All devices shall be labeled with its SLC number and address (if addressable), or its zone and sequence (if conventional), on Brother TZe-231 ½” white tape with black lettering set to its largest bold font size. Labels shall be on the “head” for addressable detectors. Labels shall be on the “base” for conventional detectors. Label shall be visible from the floor directly under smoke detectors. If the label cannot be centered on the “head”, it shall face the main entry to that room/area.

2. Two wire style for conventional detectors. 3. Hallways and corridors less than 20’ wide on 30-foot centers 4. Within 15 feet of any “end of corridor” including doorways with doors. 5. Offices 6. Media centers 7. Nurse’s rooms 8. Sleeping rooms 9. Day Care rooms 10. Kindergarten rooms 11. Restrooms without doors to corridors. 12. Top of elevator shafts if heat detection and fire sprinkler present 13. Auditoriums under balconies only 14. Auditoriums under 16 feet high 15. System Sensor 2WB non-addressable systems 16. Silent Knight SD505-APS for addressable systems 17. Match listed existing smoke detectors when adding to existing circuit. If

this is not possible, consult with PPS Electronics shop. B. HVAC Duct Smoke Detectors

1. Locate in return air ducts. 2. Duct detectors to initiate alarm. 3. Silent Knight SD505-DUCT(R) housing for addressable systems. 4. System Sensor D2 for conventional systems.

C. Smoke Damper 1. 24 VDC. 2. Where required. 3. Separate power supply. 4. Tied to FACP relay.

D. Fan Shut Down 1. 24 VDC controlled. 2. Where 2000 and greater CFM. 3. Tied to FACP relay.

E. Note: Auxiliary devices, magnetic door hold opens, smoke dampers, fan shutdown, etc. are to be connected to independent relays within the FACP.

28-31-53.13 Pull Stations

A. All devices shall be labeled with its SLC number and address (if addressable), or its zone and sequence (if conventional), on Brother TZe-231 ½” white tape with black lettering set to its largest bold font size. Label must be visible through the vandal guard.

B. Within 5 feet of all exterior doors (exception: classrooms with exterior doors that are only for use of said classroom, unless otherwise specified).

C. Within 5 feet of all exit pathways from each floor



D. “Notifier BNG 1R”. Silent Knight “PSDA” pull-stations for addressable systems.

E. Pull lever 48 inches above finished floor. F. Pull stations shall be mounted on “V5748” box for Wiremold raceways, or

4”sq box with 1gang mud ring for emt raceways. G. Pull Station Vandal Guards

1. Install vandal guards on all pull stations accessible to students. 2. Gyms, activity/play courts. Approved vandal guard “Safety Technology

International product number STI-1130 or approved by owner. 3. Other exits. Approved vandal guards guard “Safety Technology

International product number STI-1130. 4. Substitution by written approval of district.

28-31-63.13 Notification Appliances

A. All devices shall be labeled with its panel name, NAC and sequence (ie. 19-N2.5) on Brother TZe-231 ½” white tape with black lettering set to its largest bold font size.

B. NACs shall be run with14awg, 4 conductor solid, shielded type “FPL, FPLR or FPLP” as needed. 2 conductors of the 4 conductor cable shall be reserved for voice speaker use only, not for looping out and back of the NAC. Any NAC with a current drawn or voltage drop needing larger than 14awg conductors not allowed.

C. Ceilings greater than 10 feet 6 inches: Elevation up to 10 feet for wall mounted appliances (appeal granted).

D. Ceilings less than 10 feet 6 inches: Elevation 6 inches below ceiling for wall mounted appliances.

E. Corridors spacing not more than every 100 feet. F. 24 volt DC polarized. G. Synchronized temporal pattern. H. Locate devices consistent with rated light and sound transmission as per

NFPA. I. Kitchens. J. Media centers. K. Boiler rooms. L. Gyms – Install “Safety Technology International” STI-9705-R protective

covers. M. Auditoriums. N. Shop areas. O. Mechanical Rooms P. Special education rooms. Rooms used by children with physical and mental

disabilities. Q. System Sensor P2R Horn/Strobe for wall mounted locations. Mount on

Wiremold V5748-2 or V5744-2 box, with (4) Phillips head machine screws that do not protrude more than ½” into the box, if Wiremold raceway is used. Wiremold 5752/5753 boxes are not acceptable. System Sensor PC2R for ceiling mounted locations. Ceiling mounted units shall be mounted flush to finished surface or on 4”square box with BBSC-2 skirt for surface raceway. Use appropriate Wiremold accessory to transfer to/from Wiremold V700 raceway behind skirt if not EMT raceway.

R. Strobe Devices 1. 24 volt DC polarized. 2. Synchronized temporal pattern. 3. Locate devices consistent within line of sight. 4. Restroom rooms. 5. Conference rooms.



6. Kindergarten rooms. 7. Nurse’s rooms – 110cd minimum 8. All offices. 9. System Sensor SR Strobe for wall mounted locations. Mount on

Wiremold V5748-2 or V5744-2 box, with (4) Phillips head machine screws that do not protrude more than ½” into the box, if Wiremold raceway is used. Wiremold 5752/5753 boxes are not acceptable. System Sensor SCR for ceiling mounted locations. Ceiling mounted units shall be mounted flush to finished surface or on 4”square box with BBSC-2 skirt for surface raceway. Use appropriate Wiremold accessory to transfer to/from Wiremold V700 raceway behind skirt if not EMT raceway.

28-31-63.14 Shop Drawings

A. Point to point connections. B. Wiring and pathways. C. Riser locations. D. Address each device (device label info). E. Detail location of each device. F. Detail pull point J-boxes. G. Power supply. Panel location and breaker number. H. Signal expanders and DC power supplies, including panel name or address. I. Annunciators. J. Battery calculations for all panels. K. Voltage and current calculations for all panels and NACs. L. Consult Fire Marshall prior to final bid document. Verify locations and number

of devices. 1. Submit shop drawings. 2. Submit battery and voltage calculations.

28-31-63.14 As-Built Drawings

A. Point to point connections. B. Wiring and pathways. C. Riser locations. D. Address each device (device label info). E. Detail location of each device. F. Detail pull point J-boxes. G. Power supply. Panel location and breaker number. H. Signal expanders and DC power supplies, including panel name or address. I. Annunciators. J. Battery calculations for all panels. K. Voltage and Current calculations for all panels and NACs.

28-31-63.15 Documentation Cabinet

A. A lockable metal 24” x 24” x 5” cabinet will be installed near the FACP when a new fire alarm system is installed or the FACP on an existing system is replaced.

28-20-00 Electronic Surveillance

This section is currently under review

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS



32-11-13 Paving - Subgrade Modifications

A. At site paving, sub grade and gravel base must be sterilized with a chemical that is approved by the EPA and Oregon’s DEQ and PPS. Pramitol may be used before laying asphalt, but all manufacturers’ recommendations for application must be followed.

32-12-16 Asphalt

A. Service Driveways 1. Min. 6" compacted gravel base of 1-1/2" minus crushed rock, with a 1"

cushion course of 3/4" minus crushed rock. 2. Asphalt concrete surfacing min. 3" in depth and composed of Oregon

State Highway Division's Class C fine bin mix asphalted concrete. 3. Aggregate needs to be compacted to a minimum 90%. 4. Asphalt needs to be compacted to a minimum 88%. 5. New paving two (2) layers of 1-1/2” thickness. Refer to PPS District

Standard Drawing No. S-129. 6. Overlay paving compacted 1-1/2” thickness of Modified Class “C”

asphalt. 7. Where the paving is in a fire lane, the gravel base should be a minimum

of 9” and two lifts of asphalt at 2” each. The gravel base should be compacted in 3” lifts to 90% compaction.

B. Playgrounds and Walkways 1. 4" gravel base, 1" cushion course and 1-1/2" of asphalted concrete

meeting Oregon State Highway Division's Class D modified mix. 2. Overlay paving compacted 1-1/2” thickness of Modified Class “C”

asphalt. C. Asphalt Sealer Coatings

1. Refined asphalt emulsion containing fiber, filler and color pigments. 2. Sealer, Special Asphalt Products, Inc. or approved equal.

D. Asphalt edge conditions 1. Where asphalt is cut for the purpose of planters, etc., a concrete

curb/edge shall be installed to provide edge protection.

32-18-00 Athletic and Recreational Surfacing

A. Synthetic Grass Surfacing 1. Field to be designed by a reputable design firm with experience of

designing at least 7 synthetic grass fields in the last 5 years. 2. Oversight of installation of base and grass surface to be performed by a

consultant with experience of managing no less than five synthetic turf field installations.

3. A ten-year warranty is to be provided by the manufacturer of the synthetic grass surface. During the warranty period the GMAX levels will not drop below acceptable levels.

4. The Turf Contractor/Manufacturer shall provide indisputable evidence (in the form of the executed warranty policy itself or a certified letter from a Best A Rated Insurance Carrier confirming all aspects of the policy specified herein) that it offers an insured, non-prorated warranty and NON-CANCELABLE warranty insurance policy with an unlimited policy claim limit per project and ANNUAL aggregate limit of at least $7,000,000 in order to fully cover the full replacement cost of the turf system in the event of total failure. Insurance carrier must confirm that the policy is in force and premiums paid.

5. GMAX levels shall be between 110 and 140 throughout entire life of the synthetic turf. Testing of GMAX levels is to take place on an annual



basis in accordance with ASTM standard 355-A and Specification F1936. Testing is to be done by a third party commissioning agent or certified testing lab.

6. The lead concentration in the synthetic surface must not exceed 300 milligrams per kilogram.

B. Playground surfacing. 1. The district has a Very Strong preference for rubber surfacing installed

on existing hard surfaces or over compacted gravel. This is better for accessibility and maintenance. In some instances we may consider engineered wood chips for existing play areas. No other materials accepted. All new play equipment and surfaces must meet ADA requirements.

2. Rubber Tiles – acceptable products a. PlayBound Tile b. Playbound Ultra Tile c. SofTile d. Delta Flex e. SpectraBound f. Kid Kushion g. GT Impax Tiles h. SurfaceMax Tiles i. Or District approved equal.

3. Poured-in-Place Rubber – acceptable products a. Vitriturf Poured-in-Place b. PlayBound c. SpectraPour d. SofCrete e. Kid Krete f. GT Impax Poured-in-Place g. Sprinturf Pour & Play h. SurfaceMax Poured-in-Place i. Or District approved equal.

4. Engineered Wood Fiber – acceptable products a. Fibar b. Sof’ Fall c. GTImpax d. Woodcarpet Recreational Surfacing e. Or District approved equal.

C. Installation of playground surfacing. 1. All playground surfacing must comply with ASTM F1292 Standard

Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment.

2. Rubber Surfacing (poured-in-place or tiles) a. Provide rubber surfacing at minimum 2 1/2” thickness. b. Install over minimum 4” thick, 6”x6”, 10 gauge welded wire mesh-

reinforced concrete slab. Install as per manufacturer’s printed instructions.

c. Slope concrete slab and surfacing minimum 1/4” per foot for drainage.

3. Engineered Wood Fiber a. Install at 12” minimum thickness over drainage system. b. Provide a properly designed drainage system. Tie drainage into

stormwater retention basin or storm sewer, as deemed appropriate. c. Provide perimeter curbing to prevent asphalt from spalling. d. Provide minimum 2 concrete ramps into play area. Ramp shall not

be within the play equipment use zones.



D. Tracks 1. Engineered outdoor running surface. 2. Seamless cushion surface consisting of Molded and Vulcanized top and

bottom layers. 3. Approved manufacturer: Mondo or district approved equal.

32-30-00 Site Improvements

A. Include landscaping in design. B. Design separation between vehicles and pedestrians. C. Open clear line of sight designs are required for safety and security. D. Segregate public access from service access. E. Planting buffer strips between hard surfaces and window walls. F. Provide drainage at playground equipment. G. Protect existing landscape. H. Do not trench or compact within drip lines of trees. I. Replace all damaged vegetation or compensate. J. Provide photographic record of existing grounds.

32-31-13 Chain Link Fencing and Gates

A. Per PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-274 (fence). B. Top rail and terminal post must be schedule 40 pipe. C. The locking system for the gate must have a hole no smaller than 7/16” for

the lock. D. See 32-94-00 Planting Accessories E. Chain Gate

1. Place behind property line at all driveway entries. 2. 3 1/2 inch IPS schedule 40 pipe. 3. 3’9” above grade, 2’ below grade set in concrete. 4. ½” eyelet welded 3’6” above grade. 5. 3/16” proof coil chain permanently affixed to either post. The owner will

provide gate lock for other end. 6. Opening greater than 24 feet require removable intermediate post per

PPS District Standard Drawing No. S-162.

32-80-00 Irrigation Systems

A. Schedule 40 HDPE pipe for mains and branches. B. Irrigation sub meter-to-meter new irrigation systems. C. Sub meter shall be set inside property line near domestic water meter. D. Install sub meter in approved vault. E. Back-flow device may be installed with sub meter. F. Locate programmable electronic controllers in boiler rooms, field houses or

similar secure area not accessible to the public. G. System mains and laterals min. 18 inches below grade. H. Provide ¾” ball valve vents and drains for winterizing system in accessible

valve boxes. I. “Hunter” and “Toro” heads standards for design (or district approved equal). J. “Hunter” type “I-40” heads for large areas of turf (or district approved equal). K. Locate control valves for athletic fields outside the field of play.

32-90-00 Planting

A. A. General 1. Design site by site consistent with existing soil conditions and the

availability of automated irrigation. 2. Turf: Minimum 12-inch depth of amended topsoil.



3. Shrubs: Minimum 24-inch depth of amended topsoil. 4. Topsoil free of undesirable foreign materials and toxic substances. 5. 100% of topsoil shall pass a 1/4" mesh screen.

B. Finished Surface 1. Finish surface of lawn areas, shrub beds and tree pits to the grade of

existing landscape features. 2. Avoid the use of “raised” shrub beds. 3. Finished soil surface 1 inch below the top of pavement at pavement

edges. 4. Top dress with compost mulch (composted from plant material without

manure or other products) from a local vendor that is part of the US Composting Council (USCC) Seal of Testing Assurance Program.

32-91-00 Planting Preparation

A. Materials 1. Consistent with fertility and PH levels requirements of selected

specimen. 2. Free of toxins or noxious seed. 3. Shrub beds: 30 to 60 % fine grade plant compost. 4. Trees: acceptable native soils preferred with minimum use of

amendments. 5. Turf: sandy loam with 10 to 20 % fine grade plant compost to a depth to

support root structure. B. Soil Testing

1. Indicate pH, particle size and type, salt levels, chemical analysis, mechanical analysis and any chemical deficiencies deleterious to the proper growth.

2. Adhere to Board Policy 3.30.82 Environmentally Sustainable Business Practices section 2.i.A and 3.3.083 AD regarding Integrated Pest Management Protocol.

C. Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer(s) in the volume and type indicated in the soil test report. 2. Fertilizer placed separately from the soil amendments, but may be

blended by rototilling at the same time as the amendments. D. Placement

1. Soil amendments applied in a six-inch lift constituting the final soil placement.

2. Amendments rototilled into the top 4 inches of the previous soil layer prior to final grading.

3. Soil content, grading and placement to provide good drainage free of ponding.

32-92-00 Turf

A. Verify selection of seeded or sod systems with the District. B. Grass seed shall be “Oregon Blue Tag”, free of weed seed. C. Provide 1-year maintenance to include watering, fertilizing and weed control.

32-93-00 Plant Materials

A. Plants to meet current American Association of Nurserymen Standards for nursery stock.

B. Avoid invasive plants (English Ivy, Mint, Bamboo) C. Select plants that require minimal maintenance (pruning, mowing, weeding,

deadheading) or watering.



32-93-33 Shrubs

A. Native species preferred. B. Select drought tolerant species. C. Select slow growing species. D. Select disease and insect resistant species E. Avoid shrubs with thorns or toxic berries or leaves. F. Avoid shrubs that require annual maintenance such as roses. G. Plantings at existing facilities shall extend landscaping concept and plant

species mix. H. Shrubs 3-gallon minimum. I. Mature size of shrubs 36 to 42 inches in height.

32-93-43 Trees

A. Native species preferred. 1. No trees that the City of Portland has classified as “noxious”. 2. Species selection according to site compatibility. Selected species will

not require irrigation after the second year. 3. Select disease and insect resistant species. 4. Select species resistant to wind and ice damage. 5. No trees that bear fruit, berries, nuts, and thorns or create substantial

litter. B. Trees In 2-1/2 To 3 Foot Planting Strip – With Or Without Overhead Power

Lines 1. Bigleaf Snow Bell Tree - Styrax obassia 2. Blood Good Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Blood Good” 3. Butterfly Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Butterfly” 4. Columnar Goldenrain – Koetreutaria Pnaiculata “Fastigiata” 5. Japanese Snowbell – Styrax japonicus 6. Japanese Tree Lilac – Syringa reticulata 7. Rocky Mountain Glow Maple – Acer grandidentatum “Schmidt” 8. Sango Kaku Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Sango Kaku” 9. Or approved by owner.

C. Trees In 3 To 3-1/2 Foot Planting Strip – With Or Without Overhead Power Lines 1. Amur maple – Acer Ginnala 2. Blood Good Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Blood Good” 3. Butterfly Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Butterfly” 4. Crimson Sentry Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Crimson Sentry” 5. Flowering Ash – Fraxinus omus 6. Paperbark Maple – Acer griseum 7. Persian Parrotia – Parrotia persica 8. Rocky Mountain Glow Maple – Acer grandidentatum “Schmidt” 9. Sango Kaku Japanese Maple – Acer palmatum “Sango Kaku” 10. Trident Maple – Acer buergeranum 11. Or approved by owner.

D. Trees In 4 To 5-1/2 Foot Planting Strip – With Overhead Power Lines 1. Capital Pear – Pyrus calleryana “Capital” 2. Chinese Dogwood – Comus kousa chinensis 3. Cleveland Select Pear (Chanticlear) – Pyrus calleryana “Glen’s Form” 4. Columnar Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Columnar” 5. Columar Sargent Cherry – Prunus sargentii “Columnaris” 6. Edith Bogue Magnolia – Magnolia grandiflora “Edith Bogue” 7. Flowering Ash – Fraxinus omus 8. Golden Desert Ash – Fraxinus excelsior “Aureafolla”



9. Hedge Maple – Acer campestre 10. Pacific Sunset Maple – Acer truncatum x A. platanoldes “Warrenred” 11. Paperbark Maple – Acer griseum 12. Persian Parrotia – Parrotia persice 13. Queen Elizabeth Maple –Acer campestre “Elevyn” 14. Redspire Pear – Pyrus calleryana “Redspire” 15. Saratoga Ginkgo – Ginkgo biloba “Saratoga” 16. September Goldenrain – Koelreuteria paniculata “September” 17. Varigated Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Drummondia” 18. Or approved by owner.

E. Trees In 4 To 5-1/2 Foot Planting Strip – Without Overhead Power Lines 1. American Hophornbeam – Ostrya virginiana 2. Aristocrat Pear – Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 3. Autumn Applause Ash – Fraxinus Americana “Autumn Applause” 4. Chancellor Linden – Tilia cordata “Chancole” 5. Cleveland Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Cleveland” 6. Cleveland Select Pear (Chanticlear) – Pyrus calleryana “Glen’s Form” 7. Columnar Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Columnar” 8. Hedge Maple – Acer campestra 9. Katsura Tree – Cercidphyllum japonicum 10. Kobus Magnlia – Magnolia kobus 11. Norwegian Sunset Maple – Acer truncatum x A. platanoldes “Keithform” 12. Parkway Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Columnarbroad” 13. Patmore Ash – Fraxinus pennsylvanica “Patmore” 14. Pyramidal European Hornbeam – Carpinus betulus “Fastiglata” 15. Queen Elizabeth Maple – Acer campestre “Elevyn” 16. Royal Red Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Royal Red” 17. Skyline Honeylocust – Gleditala triacanthos “Skycode” 18. Sterling Silver Linden – Tilla tomentosa “Sterling” 19. Tricolor Beech – Fagus slycatica “Roseo-marginata” 20. Or approved by owner.

F. Trees In 6 To 8 Foot Planting Strip – With Overhead Power Lines 1. Akebono Flowering Cherry – Prunus x yedoensis “Akabono” 2. American Hophornbeam – Ostyra virginiana 3. Black Tupelo – Nyssa sylvatica 4. Chinese Dogwood – Cornus kousa chinensis 5. Cleveland Select Pear (Chanticlear) – Pyrus calleryana “Glen’s Form” 6. Edith Bogue Magnolia – Magnolia grandflore “Edith Bogue” 7. Globe Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Globosum” 8. Hedge Maple – Acer campestre 9. Kwanzan Cherry (on 6’ min. graft) – Prunue serrulata “Kwanzan” 10. Pacific Sunset Maple – Acer truncalum x A. platanoldes “Warrenred” 11. Paperbark Maple – Acer griseum 12. Queen Elizabeth Maple – Acer campestre “Evelyn” 13. Raywood Ash – Frexinus oxycarpa “Raywood” 14. Redbud – Cercis Canadensis 15. Redspire Pear – Pyrus calleryana “Redspire” 16. Saratoga Ginkgo – Ginkgo biloba “Saratoga” 17. September Goldenrain – Koelreuteria paniculata “September” 18. Sourwood – Oxydendrum arboreum 19. Yellowwood – Cladrestis lutea 20. Or approved by owner.

G. Trees In 6 To 8 Foot Planting Strip – Without Overhead Power Lines 1. Accolade Elm – Ulrnus japonica X wilsoniana “Morton” 2. Autumn Purple Ash – Fraxinus americana “Jungiger” 3. Crimson King Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Crimson King”



4. Emerald King Norway Maple –Acer platanoldes “Emerald Queen” 5. Eurpoean Hornbeam – Carpinus betulus 6. Glenleven Linden – Tilla cordata “Glenleven” 7. Green Vase Zelkova – Zelkova serrata “Green Vase” 8. Katsura Tree – Cercidiphyllum japonicum 9. Legacy Sugar Maple – Acer saccharum “Legacy” 10. MarshallR17;s Seedless Ash R11; Fraxinus pennsylvanica “Marshall’s

Seedless” 11. Red Sunset Maple – Acer rubrum “Frankred” 12. Rivers Purple Beach – Fagus Sylvatica “Riversii” 13. Skyline Honeylocust – Gleditsia triacanthosa “Skycole” 14. Sycamore Maple – Acer pseudoplatanus 15. Urbanite Ash – Fraxinus pennsylvanica “Urbanite” 16. Village Green Zelkova – Zelkova serrata “Village Green” 17. Or approved by owner.

H. Trees In 8-1/2 Foot Or Greater Planting Strip – With Overhead Power Lines 1. Akebono Flowering Cherry – Prunus x yedoensis “Akabono” 2. American Hophornbeam – Ostrya virginiana 3. Cardinal Royal Mountain Ash – Sorbus aucuparia “Michred” 4. Chinese Dogwood – Cornus kousa chinensis 5. Globe Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Globosum” 6. Hedge Maple – Acer campestre 7. Kwanzan Cherry (on 6’ min. graft) – Prunus serrulata “Kwanzan” 8. Norwegian Sunset Maple – Acer truncaturn x A. Ppatanoldes

“Keithsform” 9. Queen Elizabeth Maple – Acer campestre “Evelyn” 10. Raywood Ash – Fraxinus oxycarpa “Raywood” 11. Redbud – Cercis Canadensis 12. Saratoga Ginkgo – Ginkgo biloba “Saratoga” 13. Sourwood – Oxydendrum arboreum 14. Tricolor Beach – Fagus sylvatica “Roseo-marginata” 15. Varigated Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Drummondii” 16. Yellowwood – Cladrastis lutea 17. Yoshino Cherry – Prunus x yedoensis 18. Or approved by owner.

I. Trees In 8-1/2 Foot Or Greater Planting Strip – Without Overhead Power Lines 1. Accolade Elm – Ulrnus japonica x wilsoniana “Morton” 2. Bloodgood London Plantree – Platanus x acerifolla “Bloodgood” 3. Coast Redwood – Sequoia samervirens 4. Douglas Fir – Pseudotsuga menziesii” 5. Empress Fir – Paulownia tomentosa 6. Green Vase Zelkova – Zelkova serrata “Green Vase” 7. Kentucky Coffee Tree – Gymnocladus dioicus 8. Red Maple – Acer rubrum 9. Red Oak – Quarcus rubra 10. Rivers Purple Beech – Fagus sylvatica “Riversii” 11. Schwedler Norway Maple – Acer platanoldes “Schwedleri” 12. Skyline Honeylocust – Gleditsia triacanthos “Skycole” 13. Sycamore Maple – Acer psedoplatanus 14. Tuilp Tree – Liriodendron tulipifera 15. Urbanite Ash – Fraxinus pennsylvanica “Urbanite” 16. Or approved by owner.

J. Execution 1. At maturity trees may not encroach into athletic playing zones. 2. Maintain 20 feet of unobstructed mowing space around tree.



3. Maintain 20 feet of distance from play structures. 4. Plant trees at least 20 feet from property lines. 5. No placement of trees that will allow access to the roof at maturity. 6. No planting trees over underground utilities. 7. No plantings on steep hillsides that will make mowing unsafe for

equipment operators. 8. Street Trees to meet City of Portland Forestry requirements.

K. Maintenance 1. Provide 1-Year maintenance to include watering, fertilizing and weed

control. L. Warrantee

1. Shrubs and trees for 2 years.

32-94-00 Planting Accessories

A. Mowing Strips 1. Lawn areas adjacent to vertical barriers, a concrete mowing strip shall be

provided. 2. Size and configuration as indicated on PPS District Standard Drawing

No. S-274 Standard Fence Detail – Typical Post & Plan details.

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

33-47-26 Storm Drainage Ponds and Reservoirs

A. Water retention facilities (bioswales) 1. See City of Portland BES at

http://www.portlandonline.com/bes/index.cfm?c=47953&a=205451

33-49-00 Storm Drainage Structures

A. Manholes 1. a. Manhole lids anchored in place with brass or stainless steel screws.

DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTEGRATION

40-17-00 Oxygen and Acetylene Pipe and Fittings

A. Industrial arts welding & cutting 1. Remote Emergency Shut Off with in Bottle Storage. 2. Schedule 40 steel, butt welded. 3. Certified welders. 4. Acetylene equipped with flash arresters at outlets. 5. Sign identifying Emergency Shut Off.

B. Valves/Gas Lines – Science rooms 1. AGA full port ball valves with “Teflon” seats 2. Gas cocks is not permitted. 3. Class rooms; install natural gas solenoid valves wired to shut-off with

classroom lights. 4. Natural gas outlets; needle valve, similar to “Chicago 981 with 901 w/

lever handle”. a. Installation of gas outlets (turrets) in science labs require drilling

the turret body to accept 1/8” (minimum diameter) roll pins inserted from beneath the counter tops. This is to prevent vandals from unscrewing the turret causing gas leakage.



DIVISION 42 - PROCESS HEATING, COOLING AND DRYING EQUIPMENT The district standard operational policy for kilns is: Kilns are not to be operational when the building is UNOCCUPIED (Custodian is not in the building). Special design requirements are required that exceed the national electrical code and local AHJ requirements.

42-14-33.13 Ceramics and Glass Melting Furnaces (KILNS)

A. Standards derived from National Electric Code, 2007 Oregon Mechanical Specialty Code, PPS Facilities Maintenance, and Kiln Manufacturer. 1. Acceptable kiln manufacture: Skutt or District Approved Equal. 2. Acceptable venting method: Skutt Envirovent or District Approved Equal.

B. Room 1. Kiln room shall be sized to facilitate specified clearances. Minimum room

size to be 10’-0” x 10’-0”. 2. Kiln shall be installed a minimum 18” from non-combustible walls or 36”

on all sides, from combustible materials. 3. If a kiln is located in a space with wall(s) constructed of combustible

material, the wall(s) are to be protected by ½” cement board affixed to the wall via mechanical fasteners (screws). A ½” dead air space between the cement board and the combustible wall is required.

4. A wall-mounted sign shall be placed near the kiln with the following language: “Caution: No Material Storage within 36” of Kiln”.

5. Paint or approved tape marking shall be applied to the floor indicating the 36” clearance perimeter.

6. Combustible flooring material shall have a minimum 2” masonry or concrete barrier extending 12” beyond the perimeter of the kiln.

7. Kiln base shall be a minimum of 8” from the mounting surface. 8. Provisions for storage shall not interfere with kiln clearance

specifications; access to electrical disconnects, or kiln controls. 9. Kilns shall not be sited directly below a fire sprinkler. 10. Room fire sprinkler heads shall be rated to avoid activation from normal

kiln use. If ratings higher than 286F are needed, a permit is required prior to installation.

11. Kilns are not to be located in boiler rooms under any circumstance. 12. Provide additional ventilation if room will exceed 100F.

C. Electrical 1. Kiln shall be rated for available supply voltage. 2. Minimum Kiln circuit wire size shall be #6 THHN or THWN. 3. Wiring shall be sized to accommodate a load with a circuit voltage drop

not to exceed 3% from the sub-panel to the kiln, or per manufacturer specifications. (Whichever is greater)

4. Dedicated circuit required for each Kiln. 5. Load study shall be completed before connecting kiln to the supply panel

(NEC 220.87). 6. Connection method shall be NEMA 6-50 plug for single phase, NEMA

15-50 for three phase, or direct wired. D. Safety System

1. Minimum 3 pole lockable safety disconnect for 1 phase kilns or 4 pole lockable safety disconnect for 3 phase kilns.

2. 12 hour mechanical spring-wound timer without hold feature. 3. 1 to 4 hour electrical delay timer, 11 pin round, adjustable time and

adjustable mode.



4. Acceptable: 3 or 4 pole contactor for 1 phase or 3 phase kilns, respectively.

5. 120 volt, 60 watt, red indicator light or District approved non incandescent equal, with protective cover, mounted in corridor required.

6. The safety system is designed to prevent firing a kiln longer than 12 hours, either intentionally or as a result of kiln control failure and ensures the continued operation of the “EnviroVent” for a determined time period after the kiln firing cycle terminates.

7. Where an EnviroVent is not directly ducted to the exterior, a proof of airflow device is required.

8. Fans need to be interlocked to the kiln. E. Venting

1. An “EnviroVent” downdraft vent system shall be used to capture and expel odorous and toxic fumes safely outside of the building no less than 25 feet from environmental air intakes.

2. Each kiln shall have independent venting systems. 3. All venting components shall be factory approved. 4. Venting shall be directed to the outside through the wall or ceiling

independent of existing or other venting systems. 5. Provisions shall be made for makeup air at least equal to that being

removed from the kiln room. 6. Room temperature shall not exceed 105F while kiln is in operation.

F. Additional Criteria 1. The District will on a case by case basis evaluate school’s request to

operate kilns during hours when the building is not occupied. In addition to the criteria listed above the facility must possess the following: a. The room will be constructed of noncombustible materials. b. The door to the space will have a fire rating of 90 minutes minimum. c. The space will be fully sprinkled. d. The space will be equipped with early warning fire alarm detection

connected to the FACP. Standalone protection is forbidden. e. A 105 degree F high temperature limit switch will be installed in the

center of the room on the ceiling. The limit switch will control kiln operation, turning off the power to the kiln if room temperature exceeds 105 degrees F.

f. No combustible material will be placed within 10 feet of the kiln. The floor will be marked and signs will be posted.

DIVISION 44 - POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT

44-11-16 Industrial Dust Collectors

A. Dust Collection Equipment – Industrial Arts – Wood Shops 1. Cabinet type collectors. 2. Rated 99.99% efficiency one-micron particulate. 3. Fabric filter. 4. Manual filter shaker, and dust storage compartment. 5. Collector, re-circulated air type. 6. Exhaust silencer. 7. Sound level measured on the "A" scale at 10-feet not to exceed 72

decibels. 8. Collectors shall be sound level tested. 9. Design to facilitate easy removal and replacement of filters and access

and removal of dust collection hoppers.



APPENDIX A - DETAIL DRAWINGS



APPENDIX B - DISTRICT LOCKSET SCHEDULE

District Lockset Schedule

ID Property Keyway ID Property Keyway

131 ABERNETHY E 263 LANE E132 AINSWORTH F 265 LAURELHURST E230 ALAMEDA E 264 LEE F316 ALBINA YOUTH OPPORTUNITY SCHOOL F 266 LENT E134 APPLEGATE F 267 LEWIS F232 ARLETA E 120 LINCOLN F136 ASTOR E 269 LLEWELLYN EF234 ATKINSON F 218 MADISON E140 BEACH E 172 MAPLEWOOD F235 BEAUMONT F 170 MARKHAM F115 BENSON E 220 MARSHALL E100 BESC EF/E 268 MARYSVILLE EF141 BOISE-ELIOT F 270 MEEK PROFESSIONAL TECHNICAL F301 BOYS AND GIRLS AID SOCIETY 154 MLC E958 BREAKTHROUGH 955 MORRISON CENTER238 BRIDGER F 176 MT. TABOR F142 BRIDLEMILE F 901 NICKERSON CENTER143 BUCKMAN E 178 OCKLEY GREEN E144 CAPITOL HILL E 738 OPEN MEADOW916 CENTRAL CATHOLIC 312 OREGON HEALTH SCIENCE UNVSITY146 CHAPMAN E 925 PARKROSE HAND IN HAND182 CHAVEZ 307 PARRY CENTER148 CHIEF JOSEPH EF 180 PENINSULA F150 CLARENDON F 904 QUIMBY240 CLARK E 274 RICE F213 CLEVELAND E 275 RICHMOND EF353 COLUMBIA EF 183 RIEKE F905 COMMUNITY TRANSITION CENTER ON MLK 276 RIGLER F243 CRESTON EF 124 ROOSEVELT F370 CSC E 175 ROSA PARKS E365 DAVINCI ARTS MIDDLE SCHOOL 278 ROSE CITY PARK F362 DIVISION STREET F 951 ROSEMONT244 DUNIWAY E 254 ROSEWAY HEIGHTS F246 EDWARDS E 279 SABIN F248 FAUBION EF 368 SACAJAWEA EF900 FAZZIO FRUIT AND PRODUCE WRHSE 282 SCOTT E249 FERNWOOD F 283 SELLWOOD F152 FOREST PARK EF 184 SITTON F367 FOSTER EF 186 SKYLINE E215 FRANKLIN E 188 SMITH E156 GEORGE EF 920 ST MARYS157 GLENCOE EF 190 STEPHENSON EF217 GRANT EF 191 SUNNYSIDE F158 GRAY F 366 TERWILLIGER E305 GREEN THUMB F 199 TUBMAN F255 GROUT E 284 VERNON EF236 HARRISON PARK EF 286 VESTAL F160 HAYHURST F 314 WAVERLY CHILDRENS HOME306 HOLLADAY CENTER EF 372 WEST SYLVAN - EAST256 HOLLYROOD E 196 WEST SYLVAN - WEST C/F908 HOLY REDEEMER 288 WHITAKER E257 HOSFORD F 375 WHITAKER LAKESIDE164 HUMBOLDT E 315 WHITE SHIELD259 IRVINGTON E 290 WHITMAN F174 JACKSON E 292 WILCOX E166 JAMES JOHN E 126 WILSON F118 JEFFERSON F/EF 239 WINTERHAVEN EF261 KELLOGG F 294 WOODLAWN F258 KELLY F 296 WOODMERE F168 KENTON E 297 WOODSTOCK E262 KING F 298 YOUNGSON F

April, 2011



APPENDIX C - STANDARD ‘Q’ REQUIREMENTS



APPENDIX D - DISTRICT STANDARD FORMS

Facilities & Asset Management

Request for change to District Standards.doc

Request for Modification of “District Design Standards” Thank you for submitting a modification request. Your proposal will be reviewed by the Design Standards Committee and you will be notified once a decision is made. Please provide all information requested below to ensure a timely and complete review of this request.

Submit completed proposals to: Kristin Wells, 503.916.3217, [email protected]

Your Information: Date: Name: Department: Email: Phone: Proposed Change: Section: Page Number: Paragraph: Existing Language: Insert text as it currently appears in the Standards (or attach a copy)

Proposed Language: Insert revised proposed language (or attach a copy)

Reason for Request: Please provide a reason why this change is being proposed

Existing Standard is no longer available

Existing Standard has proved to be substandard/not meet district needs

Proposed change is superior environmentally

Existing Standard is not in line with current professional practice

Other (please explain):

Decision: Proposal Approved Proposal Denied

Reason for Denial (if applicable):

_____________________ ______________________________________ __________ CRAFT FOREMAN / COMMITTEE MEMBER SIGNATURE DATE

Randy Miller, Assistant D ector: ______________________________________ __________ irFACILITIES and ASSET MANAGEMENT SIGNATURE DATE

Jerry Lively, Manager: ______________________________________ __________ MAINTENANCE SERVICE DEPT. SIGNATURE DATE

Kristin Wells: ______________________________________ __________ CHAIRMAN STANDARDS COMMITTEE SIGNATURE DATE

Effective date of change:

mailto:[email protected]

Facilities & Asset Management

Request for Substitution of District Standards.doc

Request for Substitution of “District Design Standards” Thank you for submitting a substitution request. Your proposal will be reviewed by the Design Standards Committee and you will be notified once a decision is made. Please provide all information requested below to ensure a timely and complete review of this request.

Submit completed proposals to: Kristin Wells, 503.916.3217, [email protected]

Your Information: Date: Name: Firm/Company: Email: Phone: Proposed Substitution: Section: Page Number: Substitution Description:

Reason for Request: Please provide a reason why this change is being proposed

Existing Standard is no longer available

Existing Standard has proved to be substandard/not meet district needs

Proposed change is superior environmentally

Existing Standard is not in line with current professional practice

Other (please explain):

Decision: Substitution Approved Substitution Denied

Comments:

_____________________ ______________________________________ __________ CRAFT FOREMAN / COMMITTEE MEMBER SIGNATURE DATE

Randy Miller, Assistant Director: ______________________________________ __________ FACILITIES and ASSET MANAGEMENT SIGNATURE DATE

Jerry Lively, Manager: ______________________________________ __________ MAINTENANCE SERVICE DEPT. SIGNATURE DATE

Kristin Wells: ______________________________________ __________ CHAIRMAN STANDARDS COMMITTEE SIGNATURE DATE



APPENDIX E – DIVISION 00 TEMPLATE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

SECTION 00 11 00 BID ADVERTISEMENT

Invitation to Bid No. ITB # (i.e. 2011-ITB-C-1367 ) Project Name

Portland Public Schools, School District No.1J, Multnomah County, Oregon (“District”) seeks responses from qualified bidders interested in submitting a bid as prime contractor for Project Summary. All work shall be performed on the Project Site located at Project Address. The construction budget for this work is estimated to be approximately Cost Estimate.

SEALED BIDS, in an envelope clearly listing the vendor name and ITB title, will be received until the BID CLOSING DATE AND TIME noted below at the Bid Desk of the Procurement Department at

Portland Public Schools

Bid Desk - Procurement Department Attn: Lynn Faulkenberry, Contract Analyst

501 North Dixon Street, 2nd

Floor Portland, Oregon 97227

Experienced firms are invited to submit a bid for consideration by the District. The Invitation to Bid documents may be obtained at the ORPIN website, www.orpin.oregon.gov. Firms must be registered with ORPIN to obtain and download documents. Drawings and specifications pertaining to this ITB are available electronically at the Ford Graphics Public Project web page found at http://fordgraphics.com. Bidders should consult the ORPIN System regularly until Bid Closing to avoid missing any Addenda.

BID CLOSING: Up until Time on Day and Date

BID OPENING: Time on Day and Date in the Location Name, Location Address A Mandatory Pre-Bid meeting will be held on Day and Date, commencing at Time. Bidders shall meet at the Location Name project site located at Project Address. Bids shall only be accepted from those Bidders who attend and sign the pre-bid attendance roster(s). This Contract is a Public Work subject to ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870. Direct all questions regarding this ITB to: Lynn Faulkenberry

[email protected]

SECTION 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID

Portland Public Schools (“District”) seeks to contract for the construction services specified in this Invitation to Bid (ITB).

1.01. SUMMARY OF WORK

Upon execution of a contract to be awarded pursuant to this ITB, the successful bidder shall furnish labor, materials and services necessary to . The anticipated construction start period shall occur between and . Please see drawings and specifications for the all work described in this ITB, which are available electronically at the Ford Graphics Public Project web page found at http://fordgraphics.com.

1.02 CRITICAL ITB DATES AND TIMES:

A. RECEIPT OF BIDS

SEALED BIDS will be received at the Bid Desk - Procurement Services, Attn: Lynn Faulkenberry, Portland Public Schools, 501 North Dixon Street, 2nd Floor, Portland, Oregon 97227. All accepted Bids shall be time stamped up until Time. on Day and Date (“Bid Closing Date”). Late Bids shall be rejected.

B. MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING AND SITE VISIT.

The mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at the time, place and date shown on the cover of this document. Questions asked during the pre-bid meeting may not be recorded by District staff and addressed in addenda to the ITB unless submitted in writing to the ITB Contact. Statements or remarks made by District staff during the pre-bid meeting shall not be binding on the District. An official response will be made only to questions which are submitted by potential bidders in writing to the ITB Contact. Any Bidder requiring clarification of terms or conditions of the ITB, drawings, specifications, or Contract Documents shall make a request for clarification in writing, to the ITB Contact listed on the cover page of this document.

C. BID FORM

Bid Form shall be due up until 2:00:00 p.m. on the Bid Closing Date. Failure to submit complete Bid by this due date and time may result in Bid rejection.

D. FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM

The first-tier subcontractor disclosure form is due up until 4:00:00 p.m. on the Bid Closing Date. Failure to submit first-tier subcontractor disclosure form by this due date and time may result in Bid rejection.

E. PUBLIC OPENING OF BIDS

The Public Bid Opening will be held at 2:15 p.m. on Bid Closing Date in the Windows Cafeteria at Portland Public Schools, 501 North Dixon Street, 2nd Floor, Portland, Oregon 97227.

1.03 BID REQUIREMENTS:

A. FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE

As per the form of first-tier subcontractor disclosure set forth in ORS 279C.370, Bidder shall submit to the District a disclosure of the first-tier subcontractors that:

1. Will be furnishing labor or will be furnishing labor and materials in connection with the public improvement contract; and

2. Will have a contract value that is equal to or greater than five percent of the total project bid or $15,000, whichever is greater, or $350,000 regardless of the percentage of the total project base bid. Bidder must submit this documentation in accordance with Section 00 21 13, 1.02, I.

B. BID SECURITY

Bid security in the form of either:

(1) a bid bond in the form set forth in Section 00 43 13,

(2) an irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008, or

(3) a certified check or cashier’s check,

in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the submitted Bid, which has been executed in favor of Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon, 501 North Dixon Street, Portland, Oregon 97227, shall accompany each Bid exceeding $100,000, as per Section 00 21 13, 1.02, C.

C. OREGON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD

Bidders shall be licensed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board prior to bidding in order to bid on this project.

D. FINGERPRINTING AND CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECK REQUIREMENTS

An Oregon Department of Education criminal background check and fingerprinting, administered by the District, is required for each of the selected contractor’s employees and subcontractors who will be working on any property of the District in performance of services pursuant to the Contract Documents, as per the contract terms and conditions. The current cost of such a check is $82 but is subject to change. The selected contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with such security clearance, if necessary.

E BIDDER’S QUALIFICATION

Bidder shall submit to the District a Bidder’s Responsibility Information Form in accordance with Section 00 45 13 Bidder’s Qualifications. District reserves the right to verify information provided on this form in determining the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the Work.

F. REFERENCES

In accordance with District Contracting and Purchasing Rules and ORS 279C.375, District reserves the right to investigate references other than those listed in Bidder’s submission. Investigation may include, without limitation, past performance of any Bidder with respect to its successful performance of similar projects, compliance with

specifications and contractual obligations, its completion or delivery of a project on schedule, and its lawful payment of employees and workers

G. UTILIZATION OF MINORITY-OWNED, WOMEN-OWNED AND EMERGING SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

Presently, the District has not yet officially adopted a policy regarding utilization of minority-owned, women-owned and emerging small business (“M/W/ESB”) enterprises. The District does strongly encourage utilization of M/W/ESB enterprises on its projects.

1.04 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

A. PREVAILING WAGES

The contract is for a public work and shall be subject to the prevailing wage requirements of ORS 279C.800 to ORS 279C.870. The selected contractor and its subcontractors shall pay the applicable prevailing wages to their workers as required by ORS 279C.840, and as listed in the most current Bureau of Labor and Industries (“BOLI”) prevailing wage rate publication (i.e. Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon) as of the issue date of this ITB. This ITB and the resulting Contract are subject to the following BOLI wage rate requirements and the prevailing wage rates set forth in the following booklets:

The “Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon” dated January 1, 2011, as amended by the April 1, 2011 Amendment, and any amendments issued by BOLI prior to the issue date of this ITB.

The “PWR Apprenticeship Rates” dated January 1, 2011, as amended by the April 1, 2011 Amendment to PWR Apprenticeship Rates, and any other amendments issued by BOLI prior to the issue date of this ITB.

The complete publications may be found online at the BOLI website (http://egov.oregon.gov/BOLI/WHD/PWR/pwr_book.shtml) and is hereby incorporated by reference.

The fee required by ORS 279C.825(1) will be paid by the District to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries under the administrative rules of the Commissioner.

B. PUBLIC WORKS BOND

Before starting Work the successful Bidder shall file with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board, and maintain in full force and effect, the separate public works bond required by ORS 279C.836, unless otherwise exempt under those provisions. The successful Bidder shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring each subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board before starting Work, unless otherwise exempt, and shall verify that the subcontractor has filed a public works bond before permitting the subcontractor to start Work.

A disadvantaged, minority, women or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055 may, for up to four years after certification, elect not to file a public works bond as required under section 279C.836 (1).

http://www.oregon.gov/BOLI

C. CONTRACT, BONDS AND INSURANCE

The successful Bidder will be required to enter into a Contract with District as per Section 00 52 13 Agreement Form and obtain and maintain insurance and bonding as per Section 00 61 13 Performance Bond, Section 00 61 14 Labor and Materials Payment Bond, and Section 00 52 13 Agreement Form. The successful Bidder shall obtain a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond issued by a surety which is authorized to transact surety business in the State of Oregon and which has an A.M. Best “A VII” or better rating.

1.05 AVAILABILITY OF ITB DOCUMENTS

This ITB, including all Addenda to the ITB, are posted on the Oregon Procurement Information Network (ORPIN) at http://orpin.oregon.gov and will not be mailed to prospective bidders. Bidders should consult the ORPIN System regularly until Bid Closing to avoid missing any Addenda.

Drawings and specifications pertaining to this ITB are available electronically at the Ford Graphics Public Project Website at http://fordgraphics.com.

To access the documents, complete the following:

1) Go to http://fordgraphics.com . 2) Click on “Oregon / SW Washington”. 3) Click on “Enter Planroom”. 4) Locate the “Public Planroom” and click “Go.” 5) Scroll down the list of projects to locate the drawings and specifications for this ITB.

Drawings and specifications may be printed from the Ford Graphics Public Project Website or ordered from Ford Graphics at bidder’s cost.

1.06 ITB/PROJECT CONTACT

All questions, requests for clarification and specification protests must be addressed to the ITB contact shown on the cover page of this document.

http://fordgraphics.com/

INVITATION TO BID NO. ITB # (i.e. 2011-ITB-C-1367 )

Project Name

PROJECT MANUAL

Direct all questions regarding this ITB to: Lynn Faulkenberry [email protected] (503) 916 - 3696

BID CLOSING: Not Later than Time on Day and Date

BID OPENING: Time on Day and Date in the Location and Address

LATE BIDS SHALL BE REJECTED

A Mandatory Pre-Bid meeting will be held on Day and Date, commencing at Time. Bidders shall meet at the Location Name project site located at Project Address. Bids shall only be accepted from those Bidders who attend and sign the pre-bid attendance roster(s).

All questions and contacts with Portland Public Schools (hereinafter referred to as “District”) regarding this ITB must be addressed in writing to the ITB Contact listed above. Any questions or issues that may arise regarding the Specifications, the bidding process, and/or the award process shall be directed to the ITB Contact. The District’s official response to any questions or requests will be through the addendum process. Contact with other District staff without prior clearance from the ITB Contact listed above may result in bidder disqualification. This ITB, including all Addenda to the ITB, are posted on the Oregon Procurement Information Network (ORPIN) at http://orpin.oregon.gov and will not be mailed to prospective bidders. Drawings and specifications pertaining to this ITB are available electronically at the Ford Graphics Public Project Website at http://fordgraphics.com. Bidders should consult the ORPIN System regularly until Bid Closing to avoid missing any Addenda. ISSUE DATE: Date

http://orpin.oregon.gov/

INVITATION TO BID NO. ITB # (i.e. 2011-ITB-C-1367 )

Project Name

INVITATION TO BID (ITB) TIMELINE

ITB ISSUED

Day and Date

MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING

Day and Date, Time

DEADLINE FOR QUESTIONS

Day and Date

FINAL ADDENDA ISSUED

Day and Date

BIDS DUE

Day and Date, Time

SECTION 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.01 SOLICITATION PROTEST; REQUEST FOR CHANGE; REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION

A. PROCEDURE: The appropriate means of seeking clarifications or modifications to provisions of an ITB are through (a) requests for clarification; (b) requests for changes to contractual terms, Specifications, or Plans; and (c) protests of contractual terms, Specifications, or Plans. Any Bid that includes non-approved alternate product brands or that takes exception to the Specifications or Plans or contractual terms of the ITB may be deemed non-responsive and may be rejected.

B. METHOD OF SUBMITTING REQUESTS FOR MODIFICATION OF ITB PROVISIONS: Envelopes containing requests for clarification, requests for change, and protests must be marked as follows:

Request for Clarification/Request Change /Protest ITB Number Closing Date Closing Time

and must be received by the Single Point of Contact listed on Page 1 of the ITB no later than seven calendar days prior to the Bid Closing Date. Unless this specific deadline is extended by subsequent Addenda, no requests for substitution, requests for clarification, requests for change, or protests pertaining to provisions contained in the originally-issued ITB will be considered after the date specified herein.

C. REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION: Any Bidder who finds discrepancies in, or omissions from, any provision of the ITB, Plans, Specifications, or Contract Documents, or has doubt as to the meaning, shall make a request for clarification in writing, to the Single Point of Contact listed on Page 1 of the ITB. To be considered, the request for clarification must be received by the Bid Desk - Procurement Office by the deadline specified in Paragraph B above.

D. REQUEST FOR CHANGES TO CONTRACTUAL TERMS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR PLANS: Any Bidder may submit a request for changes to contractual terms, Plans, or Specifications, in writing, to the Single Point of Contact listed on Page 1 of the ITB. To be considered, the request for changes must be received by the Bid Desk - Procurement Office by the deadline specified in Paragraph B above. The request must include the specific changes requested, and the reason for requested changes supported by factual documentation.

E. PROTEST OF SOLICITATION OR CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS OR SPECIFICATIONS: Any Bidder may submit a protest of solicitation terms and conditions, Contract terms and conditions or Specifications, in writing, to the Single Point of Contact listed on Page 1 of the ITB. To be considered, the protest must be received by the Bid Desk - Procurement Office by the deadline specified in Paragraph B above. The protest shall include the legal and factual grounds for the protest, a description of the resulting prejudice to the Bidder if the protest is not granted, and a statement of the relief or changes proposed.

F. RESPONSE TO REQUESTS FOR CLARIFICATION: Clarifications, whether verbal, in writing, do not change Plans, Specifications, contractual terms, or procurement requirements of an ITB. If a request for clarification raises an issue that the District

determines should be handled by formally amending the ITB, the District will do so only by announcing such a change in an Addendum, not through information identified as a "clarification."

G. RESPONSE TO REQUESTS FOR CHANGE, AND PROTESTS: The District shall promptly respond to each properly-submitted written request for change, and protest. If District determines that any additions, deletions, clarification or interpretation is necessary, such information or interpretation will be supplied in Addenda posted to the ORPIN website at http://orpin.oregon.gov and thereby made available to all interested parties.

All such Addenda shall have the same binding effect as though contained in the ITB Document. Such addenda shall be issued not less than three (3) calendar days prior to the Bid Closing Date. Statements made by the District’s representatives are not binding on the District unless confirmed by written Addendum.

Failure to protest solicitation terms and conditions, Contract terms and conditions or Specifications as provided in Section 00 21 13, 1.01 precludes appeal or protest of a decision to award based upon such solicitation terms and conditions, Contract terms and conditions or Specifications.

1.02 BID SUBMITTAL

A. BID FORMS:

Bids shall be submitted on unaltered Bid Forms furnished by the District, or on exact duplicates thereof. Bids shall be made in accordance with all instruction requirements and specification to be considered. All blanks on Bid Forms shall be either typewritten or printed in ink. Alterations and erasures shall be initialed by the signatory of the Bid.

B. STATE OCCB REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS:

Bidders shall be licensed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board prior to bidding on this project. Failure to comply with this requirement shall result in Bid rejection. Bidders shall insert Bidder's current, valid registration number and expiration date thereof in the spaces provided on the Bid Form. Landscaping contractors and all subcontractors participating in this project shall be licensed respectively, by the State Landscape Contractors Board, as required by ORS 671.530 and the Oregon Construction Contractors Board, as required by ORS 701.026, at the time they propose to engage in subcontract work. Any bid received from a Bidder identified by the Oregon Construction Contractors Board as ineligible to hold public contracts in accordance with ORS 701.227 shall be disqualified from consideration.

C. BID SECURITY: BIDS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BID SECURITY

Bid security in the form of either:

(1) a bid bond in the form set forth in Section 00 43 13,

(2) an irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008, or

(3) a certified check or cashier’s check,

in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the submitted Bid, which has been executed in favor of Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J,

Multnomah County, Oregon, 501 North Dixon Street, Portland, Oregon 97227, shall accompany each Bid exceeding $100,000.

Bid security of the successful Bidder will be returned or released after the Bidder's written Contract, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and required certificates of insurance have been promptly and properly executed and delivered to and accepted by the District. If the successful Bidder fails to (1) promptly and properly execute the Contract, (2) furnish a good and sufficient Performance Bond and a good and sufficient Payment Bond, and/or (3) furnish required certificates of insurance within seven (7) calendar days of the written notification of intent to award a Contract, then the District may cash the check, draw under the letter of credit or otherwise collect under the bid security.

The District reserves the right to retain the bid security of the next two (2) lowest Bidders until the successful Bidder has been awarded a Contract or until no more than 60 days after Bid opening, whichever is shorter. Bid security of all other Bidders will be returned as soon as practicable after Bid opening.

D. SEALED BIDS:

Sealed Bids will be received at the Bid Desk, Procurement Services, Attn: Lynn Faulkenberry, Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon, 501 North Dixon Street, 2

nd Floor, Portland Public Schools, Portland,

Oregon, 97227. All Bids shall be time stamped no later than the Bid Closing Date and time indicated in Section 00 11 16.

Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope appropriately marked with the Bid Title, Bid Number, and the name and address of the Bidder.

It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to assure that the Bid is delivered and time stamped at the Bid Desk by the deadline specified. All late Bids shall be rejected.

E. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID

After submittal, Bids may be modified or withdrawn on written request received from Bidders prior to the Bid Closing Date and Time. Modifications shall be sealed and submitted in same manner as the bid.

Bids may not be modified or withdrawn after closing except as provided in District Contracting and Procurement Rules.

F. DURATION OF BIDS

Each Bid shall be irrevocable for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of Bid. Award of a Contract to any Bidder shall not constitute rejection of any other Bid.

G. REQUIRED SIGNATURES

Bids shall be signed with ink or indelible pencil, with name typed or printed in the space provided. Where Bidder is a corporation, Bids shall be signed with the legal name of the corporation and the legal signature of an officer authorized to bind the corporation to a contract. Electronic signatures not accepted.

H. RESIDENT BIDDER

Bidder shall indicate on the Bid Form whether Bidder is a "resident bidder" as defined in ORS 279A.120. A “non-resident bidder” means a bidder who has neither paid

unemployment taxes nor income taxes in the State of Oregon during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of its Bid, nor has a business address in the State of Oregon.

In determining the lowest responsive Bidder for this Work, a percentage may be added to the Bid of a non-resident Bidder equal to the percentage, if any, of the preference given to that Bidder in the state in which the Bidder resides. This percentage, if utilized, shall not be added to the dollar value of Contract to be awarded as a result of this ITB.

I. LIST OF FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS

In accordance with ORS 279C.370, Bidders are required to complete and submit the first-tier subcontractor disclosure form, provided in Section 00 43 36, within two (2) hours of the Bid Closing Date and time.

J. ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS/SITE VISITATION

The Bidder, by making a Bid, represents that:

1. The Bidder has read and understands the bid documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith.

2. The Bidder has visited each project site, become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents.

3. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, systems, required by the bid documents without exceptions.

K. RESERVATIONS

1. The District reserves the following rights:

To reject all bids.

To reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements and to reject for good cause any or all bids upon a finding that it is in the public interest to do so.

To reject bids which it determines to be non-responsive.

To reject bids upon the District’s finding that the Bidder:

o Has been declared ineligible under ORS 279C.860 by the Commissioner of Bureau of Labor and Industries;

o Has been identified by the Oregon Construction Contractors Board as ineligible to hold public contracts in accordance with ORS 701.227; or

o Is not responsible.

To waive any informalities in bids submitted.

In the event two or more Bidders quote identical amounts for the same Work, to award the contract by drawing lots between such Bidders or by

such other means as it deems appropriate.

To return the bid unopened, in the event only one Bid is received.

L. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT

Work to be performed under the contract shall require the bidder or any subcontractors to be licensed for asbestos abatement work under ORS 468A.720.

1.03 APPEALS & PROTEST OF AWARD

Adversely affected or aggrieved Bidders shall have seven (7) calendar days from the date of the Intent-to-Award Announcement within which to file a written protest. All appeals must be in writing and physically received by the Director of Procurement Services no later than 10:00 AM on the seventh (7th) calendar day after the date of the Intent-to-Award Announcement.

Address appeal to:

APPEAL OF AWARD TO ITB NO. 2011-ITB-C-1367 Attn: Director of Procurement

School District No.1J, Multnomah County, Oregon Portland Public Schools

Procurement Services Department 501 North Dixon Street, 2

nd floor

Portland, Oregon 97227

Protests submitted after that date will not be considered. Protests must specify the grounds upon which the protest is based.

In order to be an adversely affected or aggrieved Bidder, the Bidder must claim to be eligible for award of the Contract as the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder and that any and all lower Bidders are ineligible to receive Contract award.

An actual Bidder who is adversely affected or aggrieved by the award of the Contract to another Bidder may protest award, in writing, within the timeline established. The written protest shall state the grounds upon which the protest is based. No protest of award shall be considered after the deadline.

No protest against award shall be considered because of the content of solicitation terms and conditions, contract terms and conditions or Specifications after the deadline established for submitting protests of solicitation terms and conditions, contract terms and conditions or Specifications.

1.04 CONTRACT, BONDS AND INSURANCE

A. CONTRACTOR CONTRACT EXECUTION

Within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of Notice of Intent to Award, the successful Bidder shall be prepared to execute the Contract provided by the District, a sample of which is included in Section 00 52 13 of this ITB. At the same time, the successful Bidder shall furnish a Performance Bond, a Payment Bond, and required Certificates of Insurance. Prior to starting work under the Contract, the selected contractor shall provide a performance bond and a payment bond each issued by a

surety satisfactory to the District, in an amount equal to the full dollar value of the Contract for the faithful performance of the Contract and all provisions thereof.

B. DISTRICT CONTRACT EXECUTION

After receipt and acceptance of the properly executed Contract, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and Certificates of Insurance, the District will execute the Contract and issue a Notice to Proceed. No work shall be performed until the Contract is fully executed and a written Notice to Proceed is issued.

C. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT, PROVIDE CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE AND/OR FURNISH PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS

A successful Bidder who fails to execute the Contract or furnish the Performance Bond, Payment Bond and Certificates of Insurance in the time and manner indicated herein shall forfeit its Bid security.

D. PUBLIC WORKS BOND:

Before starting Work the successful bidder shall file with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board, and maintain in full force and effect, the separate public works bond required by ORS 279C.836, unless otherwise exempt under those provisions. The successful bidder shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board before starting Work, unless otherwise exempt, and shall verify that the subcontractor has filed a public works bond before permitting the subcontractor to start Work.

A disadvantaged, minority, women or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055 may, for up to four years after certification, elect not to file a public works bond as required under section 279C.836 (1). If a business enterprise elects not to file a public works bond, the business enterprise shall give the Oregon Construction Contractors Board written verification of the certification and written notice that the business enterprise elects not to file the bond.

Questions regarding payment of prevailing wages may be directed to BOLI at the BOLI website (www.oregon.gov/BOLI) or at the following address:

Bureau of Labor and Industries Wage and Hour Division

Prevailing Wage Unit 800 N.E. Oregon Street, #32

Portland, Oregon 97232

1.05 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

The selected contractor shall be required to comply with the District’s standard construction contract provisions as provided in Section 00 52 13. In addition, the selected contractor shall comply with and require its subcontractors to comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, orders, rules and regulations which pertain to the work specified in this ITB.

http://www.oregon.gov/BOLI

SECTION 00 31 43 PERMIT INFORMATION

1.01 LAND USE APPROVAL

The District is in the process of obtaining any required land use approvals from the City of Portland for all school sites affected by the Work.

1.02 BUILDING PERMITS

Except for the permits and fees that are the responsibility of the selected contractor under the Contract Documents, the District will secure site specific approvals and permits necessary for the Work.

SECTION 00 41 13 BID FORM

BID FORM (PAGE 1 OF 3)

INVITATION TO BID NO. ITB # (i.e. 2011-ITB-C-1367 ) Project Name

The undersigned hereby certifies that Bidder:

1. Has the authority and/or responsibility to submit a Bid and to represent the organization in all phases of this Bid process.

2. The information is true and accurate to the best of their knowledge.

3. Shall furnish, in strict compliance with the Bid and Contract Documents for the above-referenced Project, all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, appliances, tools, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary to perform the Work described therein, and to perform said Work in strict compliance therewith, for the amounts set forth in this Bid.

4. Is a Resident Bidder, Non-Resident Bidder, as defined in ORS 279A.120

A “non-resident bidder” is a bidder who has neither paid unemployment taxes nor income taxes in the State of Oregon during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of this Bid, nor has a business address in the State of Oregon.

In determining the lowest responsive Bidder for this Work, a percentage may be added to the Bid of a non-resident Bidder equal to the percentage, if any, of the preference given to that Bidder in the state in which the Bidder resides. This percentage, if utilized, will not be added to the dollar value of the contract to be awarded as a result of this ITB.

5. Understands any false statement may disqualify this Bid from further consideration or be cause for contract termination.

6. Has read, understands and agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions herein.

7. Understands by submitting this Bid, the undersigned certifies conformance to the applicable Federal Acts, Executive Orders and Oregon Statutes and Regulations concerning Affirmative Action toward equal employment opportunities. All information and reports required by the Federal or Oregon State Governments, having responsibility for the enforcement of such laws, shall be supplied to the District upon request for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such acts, regulations, and orders.

8. Acknowledges Receipt of Addenda No's. _____________ Through __________________ inclusive.

Please check the applicable box regarding bid security:

Bid security in form of cashier's check , certified check , bid bond in the form set forth in Section 00 43 13 , irrevocable letter of credit issued by an insured institution as defined in ORS 706.008 (check applicable clause) in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the submitted Bid, which has been executed in favor of Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon, 501 North Dixon Street, Portland, Oregon 97227, is enclosed.

Bid Price is for $100,000 or less; therefore, bid security is not required.

SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1J, MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OREGON

PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS


The Base Bid will be the sum of the following items and represents all work set forth in this ITB, the Contract Documents (including without limitation the Drawings and Specifications):

BASE BID**

ITEM DESCRIPTION Amount

TOTAL BASE BID

(Expressed both in written words and numbers)

ALTERNATE BID ITEM**

ITEM DESCRIPTION Amount

Bids will be evaluated to identify the lowest responsive Bid based on the Total Base Bid. Bid shall be

submitted by a responsible Bidder and not otherwise disqualified.


REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

Bidder shall submit Bidder’s Responsibility Information Form as per section 00 45 13 Bidder’s Qualifications along with the Bid Form and any other required bid submittals. BIDDER’S EMPLOYERS FEDERAL TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (EIN) ____________________ OR SOCIAL SECURITY IDENTIFICATION NUMBER________________________________________

BIDDER'S OREGON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD LICENSE NUMBER _________________

EXPIRATION DATE __________________ The undersigned hereby certifies under penalty of perjury that to the best of my knowledge the Bidder does not discriminate in its employment practices with regard to race, creed, age, religious affiliation, sex, disability, sexual orientation, or national origin. Nor has Bidder or will Bidder discriminate against a subcontractor in the awarding of a subcontract because the subcontractor is:

• A minority-owned, women-owned, or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055, or • A business enterprise that is owned or controlled by or that employs a disabled veteran, as defined in ORS 408.225.

The undersigned hereby certifies under penalty of perjury that to the best of my knowledge the Bid was prepared independently from all other Bidders, and without collusion, fraud, or other dishonesty. The Bid submitted is in response to the specific language contained in the ITB, and Bidder has made no assumptions based upon either (a) verbal or written statements not contained in the ITB, or (b) any previously-issued ITB, if any. The undersigned hereby certifies that Bidder has the authority and/or responsibility to submit a Bid and to represent the Bidder in all phases of this Bid process.

Bidder’s (Company) Name: __________________________________ Date: Signature ___________________________________________

Name _______________________________________ (Please Print)

Title _______________________________________________ Street Address ________________________ City____________________ State___ Zip________ Phone ____________________FAX__________________ E-Mail __________________________________________ FAILURE TO COMPLETE, SIGN AND SUBMIT THIS FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR BID REJECTION. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES NOT ACCEPTED.

SECTION 00 43 13 FORM OF BID BOND

We, as “Principal,” and

(Name of Principal) (Name of Surety)

an

Corporation,

authorized to transact Surety business in Oregon, as “Surety,” hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to pay unto Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon, 501 North Dixon Street, Portland, Oregon 97227 (“Obligee”) the sum of

($ ) dollars.

WHEREAS, the condition of the obligation of this bond is that Principal has submitted its proposal or Bid to the Obligee in response to Obligee’s procurement document ( Invitation to Bid No.

ITB # ) for the project identified as:

Project Name

which proposal or Bid is made a part of

this bond by reference, and Principal is required to furnish bid security in an amount equal to ten (10%) percent of the total amount of the Bid pursuant to ORS 279C.365(5) and the procurement document. NOW, THEREFORE, if the proposal or Bid submitted by Principal is accepted, and if a contract pursuant to the proposal or Bid is awarded to Principal, and if Principal enters into and executes such contract within the time specified in the procurement document and executes and delivers to Obligee its good and sufficient performance bond and payment bond required by Obligee within the time fixed by Obligee, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have caused this instrument to be executed and sealed by our duly authorized legal representatives this day of 20

PRINCIPAL:

BY ATTORNEY-IN-FACT: Power-of-Attorney must accompany each surety bond]

By

Signature Name

Official Capacity Signature

Attest:

Corporation Secretary Address

SURETY:

City State Zip

Phone Fax

SECTION 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

TO:

SOLICITATION NUMBER:

PROJECT NAME:

SPECIFIED ITEM/PRODUCT:

Page No. Item/Product No. Description

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

Attached data includes manufacturer’s product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data, and include one (1) sample adequate for evaluation of the request including identification of applicable data portions.

Attached data also includes the description of changes to Contract Documents and the requirements of the proposed substitution for proper installation.

The undersigned certifies the following items, unless modified by attachments, are correct: 1. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown (only if supplied with bid documents). 2. Undersigned pays for changes to building/equipment design, including engineering design,

detailing, and proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements.

3. Maintenance and service parts are available locally or are readily obtainable for the proposed substitution.

Undersigned further certifies function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item.

Undersigned agrees, if this page is reproduced, terms and conditions for substitutions found in Bidding Documents apply to this proposed substitution.

Request Submitted by:

Name (Printed or typed) For use by Portland Public Schools Staff:

Signature Approved Approved as noted

Vendor Name Not Approved Received too late

Street Address

By

City, State, Zip

Date

Date

Remarks:

Telephone Number

Email

Fax Number

SECTION 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS (PRE-BID)

1.01 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS

A. During Bidding, the District and its architect will consider written Substitution Requests received at least ten (10) days prior to bid date. Requests received after that time will not be considered.

B. Submit requests in triplicate on a copy of the attached Substitution Request Form with a self-addressed and stamped envelope.

C. Prepare separate requests for each product. Combined requests will be rejected.

D. In making Substitution Request, Bidder represents:

1. Bidder has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified.

2. Bidder will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for product or method specified.

3. Bidder will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, making such changes as may be required for Work to be completed in all respects.

4. Bidder waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions which consequently become apparent.

E. All accepted substitutions will be confirmed by inclusion in an addendum. Items not appearing in such addendum shall be deemed REJECTED.

1.02 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

A. The Substitution Request Form is attached.

SECTION 00 43 36 FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM

PROJECT NAME:

BID #: BID CLOSING DATE: TIME:

This form must be submitted at the location specified in the Invitation to Bid on the advertised Bid Closing Date and within two hours after the advertised Bid Closing Time (“Disclosure Deadline”). List below the name of each subcontractor that will be furnishing labor or will be furnishing labor and materials and that is required to be disclosed, the category of work and the dollar value of the subcontract. Enter the word "NONE" if there are no first-tier subcontractors subject to disclosure. ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NECESSARY.

NAME CATEGORY OF WORK DOLLAR VALUE

1. $

2. $

3. $

The above listed first-tier subcontractor(s) are providing labor or labor and materials with a Dollar Value equal to or greater than:

a. 5% of the total project bid, or $15,000, whichever is greater. [If the Dollar Value is less than 15,000.00, do not list the subcontractor above.]; or

b. $350,000 regardless of the percentage of the total Contract Price.

FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM BY THE DISCLOSURE DEADLINE WILL RESULT IN A NON-RESPONSIVE BID AND SUCH NON-RESPONSIVE BID WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED FOR AWARD. Bids which are submitted by Bid Closing, but for which the disclosure submittal has not been made by the specified deadline, are NOT Responsive and shall NOT be considered for Contract award.

Form submitted by (Bidder Name):

Contact Name: Phone #: ______________________________

Deliver Form to Agency: Bid Desk – Procurement Services, Portland Public Schools, 2nd Floor Person Designated to Receive form: Lynn Faulkenberry, Phone #: (503) 916-3696 Agency's Address: 501 North Dixon Street, Portland, Oregon 97227

UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN THE ORIGINAL SOLICITATION, THIS DOCUMENT SHALL NOT BE FAXED. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF BIDDERS TO SUBMIT THIS DISCLOSURE FORM AND ANY ADDITIONAL SHEETS, WITH THE BID NUMBER AND PROJECT NAME CLEARLY MARKED, AT THE LOCATION INDICATED BY THE SPECIFIED DISCLOSURE DEADLINE. SEE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.

SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1J PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS

MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OREGON

http://faxed.it/

SECTION 00 45 13 BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS

1.01 Each Bidder shall submit a completed Bidder’s Responsibility Information Form along with its Bid.

The Bidder’s Responsibility Information Form will be used to evaluate the qualifications of any Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for award of Contract. Prior to award and execution of a Contract, the District will evaluate whether the apparent successful Bidder meets the applicable standards of responsibility identified in ORS 279C.375 and PPS Rule 49-0390. See also PPS Rule 49-0440(1)(c)(H). In doing so, the District may investigate Bidder and request information in addition to that already required in this document, when the District, in its sole discretion, considers it necessary or advisable. Submission of a signed bid shall constitute approval for the District to obtain any information that the District deems necessary to conduct the evaluation. Bids will be evaluated to identify the lowest responsive Bid submitted by a responsible Bidder which is not otherwise disqualified. (Refer to ORS 279C.375 and PPS Rules 49-0390 and 49-0440). The District may postpone the award of the Contract after announcement of the apparent successful Bidder in order to complete its investigation and evaluation. Failure of the apparent successful Bidder to demonstrate responsibility shall render the Bidder non-responsible and shall constitute grounds for Bid rejection, as required under PPS Rule 49-0390. Any Bidder who fails to submit a completed form will be deemed to be unresponsive and will not be considered for Award of Contract. If a bidder is found not to be responsible, documentation of the reasoning will be sent to the Oregon Construction Contractor’s Board (OCCB). Such documentation will be based upon the criteria set forth in ORS 279C.375(3).

1.02 Bidder’s Responsibility Information Form is attached.

BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY INFORMATION FORM PAGE 1 OF 6

1. EXPERIENCE: List the number of years Bidder has been operating its business under its current license. If Bidder’s business has been in continuous existence under a current active license and a previous license number, then identify the previous license number. List and briefly describe a minimum of five (5) similar projects performed by Bidder in the past five (5) years that best characterize Bidder’s capabilities. Include relevant data such as the type of work involved and project dates. Describe how Bidder meets this experience requirement (use separate sheet if additional space is needed):

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

2. LAWSUITS/JUDGMENTS: Within the past 5 years, has Bidder had any lawsuits filed against it

involving contract disputes? For the purposes of this request, "lawsuits" include requests for arbitration and "judgments" includes arbitration awards. YES / NO If “YES” indicate dates and ultimate resolution of suit (with regard to judgments, include jurisdiction and date of final judgment or dismissal.)

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

3. BANKRUPTCY: Within the past 36 months, has Bidder filed a bankruptcy action, filed for reorganization, made a general assignment of assets for the benefit of creditors, or had an action for insolvency instituted again it? YES / NO If “YES” supply filing dates, jurisdictions, type of action, ultimate resolution, and dates of judgment or dismissal, if applicable.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

4. LAWSUITS BY CREDITORS: Within the past 24 months, has Bidder had any lawsuits filed against it

by creditors? YES / NO If “YES” indicate dates and ultimate resolution of suit (with regard to judgments include jurisdiction and date of final judgment or dismissal).

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


5. OREGON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD LICENSING: Is Bidder licensed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board at the time Bidder submits a bid for the Work under this ITB? YES / NO If “YES” indicate Oregon Construction Contractors Board license number and expiration date.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

6. ABILITY TO PERFORM WITHIN TIME SPECIFIED: List the project titles, original contract time and change order extensions for three specific projects in the past three (3) years. Bidder shall document that it achieved substantial completion of such three projects of similar size and scope within no more than 105% of the final contracted time for completion (including change ordered adjustments). If the bidder cannot document three such projects, the bidder may submit alternative documentation of one or more similar projects where the bidder did not achieve substantial completion within 105% of the final contract time, a calculation of the total percentage of time over the final contract time necessary to achieve substantial completion, and an explanation as to why the required additional time was beyond the bidder's control.

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

7. DEBARMENT: Has Bidder been debarred by any public agency within the past two (2) years? YES / NO If “YES” identify the public agencies. _______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

8. NON-COMPLETION: Has Bidder failed to complete a contract in the last five (5) years? YES / NO If “YES” identify the project(s).

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY INFORMATION FORM PAGE 3 OF 6 9. COMPLETION BY SURETY: Has Bidder ever defaulted on a contract forcing a surety to suffer a

loss? YES / NO If “YES” identify the project(s). _______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

10. SUSPENSION, DISMISSAL, DEFAULT: Has Bidder been suspended, dismissed or declared in

default from a project during the last five (5) years? YES / NO If “YES” identify the project(s) and the type of action taken against Bidder.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

11. BONDABILITY REQUIREMENT: For the project described under this ITB, Bidder shall obtain

payment bond and performance bond issued by a surety which is authorized to transact surety business in the State of Oregon and which has an A.M. Best “A” or better rating. YES / NO If “YES” identify name of surety, contact name, address, phone number, & email address.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

12. LIENS AND SURETY CLAIMS: Have there been any liens or surety claims against your company on

any contracts which have been performed or are in the course of being performed by your company? YES / NO If “YES” identify the project and explain the nature of the claims.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

13. REVOKED LICENSE: Has your company or any key person in your company, had a license revoked

by the Oregon Construction Contractors Board? YES / NO If “YES” explain the underlying reason for the revocation of the license.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY INFORMATION FORM

PAGE 4 OF 6 14. CRIMINAL OFFENSE: Has your company or any key person in your company been convicted of a

crime involving fraud, material misrepresentation or any crime involving the awarding of a contract for a government construction project or the bidding or performance of a government contract? YES / NO

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

15. DEMAND ON PERFORMANCE BOND: In the last five years, has an owner ever made a demand on

your performance bond? YES / NO

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

16. TERMINATION OF BONDING/INSURANCE COVERAGE: In the last five years, has a surety or insurance company terminated existing bonding and/or insurance coverage due to excessive claims history and/or nonpayment of premiums? YES / NO

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

17. CITATIONS OR ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS. Within the last five years, has the Bidder been cited or subject to any enforcement action for violation of any applicable law or regulations related to its performance of a prior construction contract? For the purposes of this section, "applicable law or regulations" includes without imitation any building, zoning, environmental, site development, or Oregon Public Contracting Code regulations with which a prior project was required to comply, including non-discrimination regulations and prevailing wage requirements. YES / NO If so, please state the date, nature, and final resolution of every such citation or enforcement action." YES / NO

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

18. BONDING. What is the largest contract you have had bonded through the surety company named in

Question #11 above? Please identify the project name, the nature of the project, the date of the project and the original contract price.

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

BIDDER’S RESPONSIBILITY INFORMATION FORM PAGE 5 OF 6 BIDDER REFERENCES FOR COMPARABLE PROJECTS IN SIZE AND SCOPE

Bidder shall provide a list of three different project references with their Bid that can be contacted regarding the quality of workmanship and service that the Bidder provided on projects of comparable size and scope within the past 5 years. Bidder must provide all information requested below and may use either the form provided in this section or their own form. PLEASE NOTE: If a different form is used, it must still include ALL information required below, including a project description.

Project Reference #1 Name and Dates of Project: ___________________________________________________

Project Location: ______________________________________________________________

Project Description:

Contact Person #1 Name:

Contact Person #1 Firm Name:

Contact Person #1 Phone: ________ Fax:

Contact Person #2 Name: ________________________________


Contact Person #2 Phone: ________ Fax: Project Reference #2 Name and Dates of Project: ___________________________________________________








Contact Person #2 Phone: ________ Fax: Project Reference #3 Name and Dates of Project: ___________________________________________________










Failure to submit the above-required information to the satisfaction of the District may render the bid non-responsive.

CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Page 1 of 3

SECTION 00 52 13 AGREEMENT FORM – STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIMECONTRACT)


between


(PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS)

and

_____________________

CONTRACT TRACKING No. _________

THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE BINDING ON DISTRICT ONLY IF IT IS

SIGNED BY THE DEPUTY CLERK OR AUTHORIZED DESIGNEE

This Contract for Construction (“Contract”) is made by and between School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon

(“Portland Public Schools” or “District”) and ______________ (“Contractor”) for ___________________ (“Work”) on

_________________________ (“Project”). The parties agree as follows:

CONTRACTOR DATA

Contractor attests that it is an independent contractor solely responsible for the work performed under this Contract.

Contractor, its subcontractors, employees, and agents shall not be deemed employees of District. Contractor shall be

responsible for all federal, state, and local taxes and any and all fees applicable to payments for services under this Contract.

Full Business Name:

Address:

City, State, ZIP:

Business Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

Federal Tax Identification Number (“TIN”) or Social Security Number (“SSN”):

Oregon Construction Contractors Board License Number:

Workers’ Compensation Carrier:

Workers’ Compensation Policy:

Expiration Date:

Payment information will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service under the name and TIN or SSN, whichever is

applicable, provided above by Contractor.

Contractor certifies under penalty of perjury that Contractor is a

Sole Proprietor Corporation Limited Liability Company

Partnership Nonprofit Corporation Government Agency Other [describe: ]


Page 2 of 3

1.1 Work. Contractor shall fully execute the Work described by the Contract Documents, unless

specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. The term “Work” means the

construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and

includes, except as otherwise specifically stated in this Contract, all other labor, materials, equipment, tools,

permits, fees, licenses, facilities, taxes, transportation, supervision, temporary constructions of every nature, and

all other services, management, and facilities of every nature whatsoever necessary to fulfill Contractor’s

obligations by executing and completing this Contract within the Contract Time. The Work may constitute the

whole or a part of the Project.

1.2 Enumeration of Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract for

Construction, the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior

to execution of this Contract, and Modifications issued after execution of this Contract, all of which form the

Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached hereto or repeated herein, and the following exhibits

to this Contract, including:

Exhibit A: List of Drawings, Specifications, and other Attachments

Exhibit B: Insurance Requirements.

Exhibit C: Drug-Free Workplace Certification

Exhibit D: Certification Statement for Corporation or Independent Contractor

Exhibit E: Workers Compensation Certification

Exhibit F: Prevailing Wage and Related Labor Requirements Certification

Exhibit G: Criminal Background Investigation/Fingerprinting Certification

1.3 The Contract Time. Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the Work under this Contract

within ( ) consecutive calendar days (“Contract Time”) from the date specified in District's Notice to

Proceed, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.

1.4 Reserved.

1.5 The Contract Sum. District shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in the lump sum amount of

Dollars ($ ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall

include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.

1.6 Notice and Communications

.1 Notices and communications between the parties to this Contract may be sent to the following

addresses:

District: Contractor:


Page 3 of 3

.2 The party giving notice will provide notice in writing, dated and signed by the party giving notice or

by a duly authorized representative of that party. Notice is not effective for any purpose whatsoever

unless served in one of the following manners:

.3 If notice is given by personal delivery, it is deemed delivered on the day of delivery.

.4 If notice is given by overnight delivery service, it is deemed delivered one (1) day after date

deposited, as indicated by the delivery service.

.5 If notice is given by depositing same in United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, it is

deemed delivered three (3) days after date deposited, as indicated by the postmarked date.

.6 If notice is given by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, it is

deemed delivered on the day the notice is signed for.

Contractor has the power and authority to enter into and perform this Contract; the persons executing this

Contract on behalf of Contractor have the actual authority to bind Contractor to the terms of this Contract

CONTRACTOR

Contractor Firm Name

Signature

Printed Name and Title

Date

DISTRICT

Portland Public Schools

School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon

Gregory C. MacCrone, Deputy Clerk

Date

APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM

Jollee F. Patterson, General Counsel


Exhibit A-1




EXHIBIT A

LIST OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Drawings

Number Title Date

B. The Specifications

Section Title Date Pages

C. The Addenda

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents.

D. Other Documents forming part of the Contract Documents

END OF DOCUMENT


Exhibit B-1




EXHIBIT B

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE.

1. General Insurance Requirement. The Contractor will purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the State of Oregon such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:

a. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit, and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed;

b. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees;

c. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees;

d. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage and commercial general liability coverage (or its equivalent as approved in advance by the District);

e. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;

f. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person, or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance, or use of a motor vehicle;

g. Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;

h. Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents;

i. Claims for third-party injury and property damage (including without limitation clean-up costs) as a result of pollution conditions arising from the Contractor's operations or completed operations; and

j. Claims involving the Contractor's professional liability, solely to the extent that the Contractor accepts design or design/build responsibilities under the Contract.

2. Required Coverage. Without waiver of any other requirement of the Contract Documents, the Contractor will provide, pay for, and maintain in full force and effect at all times during the performance of the Work until final acceptance of the Work or for such further duration as required, the following policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier. All of the Contractor's insurance carriers will be rated A VII or better by A.M. Best's rating service, unless otherwise approved by the District.

a. Workers' Compensation. Workers' compensation coverage sufficient to meet statutory liability limits.

b. Employer's Liability. The Contractor will purchase and maintain employer's liability insurance in addition to its workers' compensation coverage with at least the minimum limits in C below.


Exhibit B-2

c. Commercial General Liability. The Contractor will purchase and maintain commercial general liability ("CGL") insurance on an occurrence basis, written on ISO Form CG 0001 (12/04 or later) or an equivalent form approved in advance by the District. CGL coverage will include all major coverage categories including bodily injury, property damage, and products/completed operations coverage maintained for at least six years following final payment. The CGL insurance will also include the following: (1) separation of insured; (2) incidental medical malpractice; and (3) per-project aggregate for premises operations.

d. Professional Liability/Errors and Omissions: To the extent that the Contractor accepts design or design/build responsibilities, the Contractor will purchase and maintain professional liability/errors and omissions insurance or cause those subcontractors providing design services do so.

e. Automobile Liability. The Contractor will purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance with coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles on ISO form CA 00 01 or an equivalent form approved in advance by the District. The automobile liability insurance will include pollution liability coverage resulting from vehicle overturn and collision.

f. Pollution Liability. The Contractor will purchase a contractors' pollution liability policy. Coverage will include third-party claims for bodily injury, property damage, and environmental damage resulting from pollution conditions caused during the performance of covered operations for both on-site and migrating from the job site. Such coverage will include pollution conditions arising from covered operations including work performed by its subcontractors and third-party claims against the Contractor alleging improper supervision of its subcontractors.

g. Commercial Umbrella/Excess Coverage. The Contractor will purchase or maintain a commercial umbrella or excess liability policy to meet the minimum limits set out below. Commercial umbrella/excess liability coverage will include: (1) "Pay on behalf of" wording; (2) concurrency of effective dates with primary coverage; (3) punitive damages coverage (where not prohibited by law); (4) application of aggregate (where applicable) in primary coverage; and (5) drop-down feature. Excess/umbrella coverage will be scheduled to the CGL, employee's liability, and automobile liability policies.

3. Limits. The insurance required by this Contract will be written for at least the limits of liability specified herein or required by law, whichever is greater.

a. Workers' Compensation. Statutory Limits

b. Employer's Liability. Each Accident: $1,000,000 Each Bodily Injury Disease: $1,000,000 Aggregate Bodily Injury Disease: $1,000,000

c. Commercial General Liability. Each Occurrence: $1,000,000 General Aggregate: $2,000,000 Product/Completed Operations: $2,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000 Fire Damage Limit: $ 100,000 Medical Expense Limit: $ 5,000

d. Automobile Liability. Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

e. Pollution Liability. Single Limit: $1,000,000 Aggregate: $1,000,000

f. Commercial Umbrella/Excess Coverage. Each Occurrence: $1,000,000

4. Additional Insured Parties. The Contractor's third-party liability insurance policies will include the District and its officers, employees, agents, volunteers, partners, successors, and assigns as additional insureds.


Exhibit B-3

The policy endorsement must extend premise operations and products/completed operations to the additional insureds. The additional insured endorsement for the CGL insurance must be written on ISO Form CG 2010 (11/85), a CG 2037 (07/04) together with CG 2033 (07/04), or the equivalent; but will not use the following forms: CG 20 10 (10 93) or CG 20 10 (03 94). The additional insured endorsement for the CGL insurance shall be maintained for six years following final payment.

5. Joint Venture. If the Contractor is a joint venture, the joint venture will be a named insured for the liability insurance policies.

6. Primary Coverage. The Contractor's insurance will be primary insurance coverage and may not seek contribution from any insurance or self-insurance carried by the District or the Architect including any property damage coverage carried by the District. Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or suit is brought. The Contractor's insurance will not include any cross-suit exclusion or preclude an additional insured party from asserting a claim as a third party.

7. Contractor's Failure to Maintain Insurance. If the Contractor for any reason fails to maintain required insurance coverage, such failure will be deemed a material breach of the Contract and the District, at its sole discretion, may suspend or terminate the Contract pursuant to the Contract. The District may, but has no obligation to, purchase such required insurance, and without further notice to the Contractor, the District may deduct from the Contract Sum any premium costs advanced by the District for such insurance. Failure to maintain the insurance coverage required by the Contract will not waive the Contractor's obligations to the District.

8. Certificates of Insurance. The Contractor will supply to the District Certificates of Insurance and additional insured endorsements for the insurance policies under the Contract prior to the commencement of the Work and before bringing any equipment or construction personnel onto the Project site. Such Certificates of Insurance shall set forth all applicable Contractor self-insured retentions or deductibles, if applicable, on the insurance policies described in the Contract.

a. Additional Certificates. To the extent that the Contractor's insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage will be submitted with the final Application for Payment. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the general aggregate, or both, will be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief.

b. Prohibition of Access. The District will have the right, but not the obligation, to prohibit the Contractor and its subcontractors from entering the Project site until the required certificates (or other competent evidence that insurance has been obtained in complete compliance with the Contract) are received and approved by the District.

c. Deductibles/Self-Insured Retentions: Payment of deductibles or self-insured retention is a Cost of the Work within the Guaranteed Maximum Price and does not justify a Change Order. Satisfaction of all self-insured retentions or deductibles will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

9. Subcontractor Insurance. The Contractor will cause each subcontractor to purchase and maintain in full force and effect policies of insurance as provided herein, except for coverage limits, subject the District’s prior written consent. The Contractor will be responsible for the subcontractors' coverage if the subcontractors fail to purchase and maintain the required insurance. When requested by the District, the Contractor will furnish copies of certificates of insurance establishing coverage for each subcontractor.

10. Limitations on Coverage.

a. No insurance provided by the Contractor under the Contract will be required to indemnify the District, the Architect, or their employees or agents to the extent of liability for death or bodily injury to persons or damage to property caused in whole or in part by their own negligence, but will require indemnity to the extent of the fault of the Contractor or its agents, representatives, or subcontractors.

b. The obligations of the Contractor under the Contract will not extend to the liability of the Architect or its consultants for (1) the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change


Exhibit B-4

Orders, designs, or specifications, or (2) the giving or failure to give directions or instructions, to the extent that the directions, or failure to provide directions, are the cause of the injury or damage.

c. By requiring insurance, the District does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect the Contractor. Insurance in effect or procured by the Contractor will not reduce or limit the Contractor's contractual obligations to indemnify and defend the District for claims or suits that result from or are connected with the performance of the Contract.

B. PROPERTY INSURANCE:

1. Builder's Risk. As applicable to the project, District will provide builder's risk insurance for the Project covering physical loss or damage to the Work in the amount of the total Project sum. Such insurance will cover the work, false work, temporary structures, all supplies and materials furnished in connection therewith and destined to become a part of the Work, and will include some limited amount of off-site storage and transit coverage. Builder’s risk coverage shall include "care, custody, and control" coverage that follows the form for primary coverage.

a. If such builder's risk insurance has a deductible, the Contractor will be responsible for the first $5,000 under the deductible. The remainder of such deductible, if any, will be the responsibility of the first named insured on the policy.

b. Should District decide not to provide builder's risk insurance District will immediately notify Contractor of such decision and allow Contractor to procure builder's risk insurance. The District will also allow Contractor to submit a Change Order to District for the reimbursement of the cost of builder's risk insurance as procured by the Contractor.

2. Contractor's Responsibility. Contractor must provide insurance for its own machinery, tools, equipment, or supplies that are not to become a part of the Project.


Exhibit C-1

C. SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1J, MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OREGON

D. (PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS)


EXHIBIT C

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION

PROJECT/CONTRACT NO.: between Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah

County, Oregon (“District”) and (“Contractor”).

This Drug-Free Workplace Certification form is required from the successful Bidder pursuant to the federal Drug-Free

Workplace Act of 1990. The Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990 requires that every person or organization awarded a

contract or grant for the procurement of any property or service from any state agency receiving federal funds must certify

that it will provide a drug-free workplace by doing certain specified acts. In addition, the Act provides that each contract or

grant awarded by a state agency may be subject to suspension of payments or termination of the contract or grant, and the

contractor or grantee may be subject to debarment from future contracting, if the contracting agency determines that specified

acts have occurred.

Contractor certifies that it will provide a drug-free workplace by doing all of the following:

a. Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation,

possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the person’s or organization’s workplace and

specifying actions which will be taken against employees for violations of the prohibition;

b. Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees about all of the following:

(1) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace.

(2) The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace.

(3) The availability of drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee-assistance programs.

(4) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.

c. Requiring that each employee engaged in the performance of the contract or grant be given a copy of the

statement required above, and that, as a condition of employment on the contract or grant, the employee

agrees to abide by the terms of the statement.

The undersigned, agrees to fulfill the terms and requirements of law listed above and to publish a statement notifying

employees concerning (a) the prohibition of controlled substance at the workplace, (b) the establishment of a drug-free

awareness program, and (c) the requirement that each employee engaged in the performance of the contract be given a copy

of the statement and agree to abide by the terms of that statement.

If the District determines that the undersigned has (a) made a false certification herein, or (b) violated this certification by

failing to carry out the requirements of this section, that the Contract awarded herein is subject to termination, suspension of

payments, or both. Should the undersigned violate the terms of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990, the Contractor may be

subject to debarment in accordance with the requirements of this section.

On behalf of the undersigned, I acknowledge that I am aware of the provisions of and hereby certify that Contractor will

adhere to the requirements of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990.

Date:

CONTRACTOR

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:


Exhibit D-1




EXHIBIT D

CERTIFICATION STATEMENT FOR CORPORATION OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR



A. CONTRACTOR IS A CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, OR A PARTNERSHIP.

I certify under penalty of perjury that Contractor is a [check one]:

Corporation Limited Liability Company Partnership authorized to do business in the State of Oregon.

Signature Title Date

a. OR

B. CONTRACTOR IS A SOLE PROPRIETOR WORKING AS AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.

Contractor certifies under penalty of perjury that the following statements are true:

1. If Contractor is providing labor or services under this Contract for which registration is required under ORS

Chapter 701, Contractor has registered as required by law, and

2. If Contractor performed labor or services as an independent Contractor last year, Contractor filed federal and

state income tax returns last year in the name of the business (or filed a Schedule C in the name of the business

as part of a personal income tax return), and

3. Contractor represents to the public that the labor or services Contractor provides are provided by an

independently established business, and

4. All of the statements checked below are true.

Check all that apply.

A. The labor or services I perform is primarily carried out at a location that is separate from my

residence or is primarily carried out in a specific portion of my residence that is set aside as the

location of the business.

B. I purchase commercial advertising or I have business cards for my business, or I am a member of

a trade association.

C. My business telephone listing is separate from my personal residence telephone listing.

D. I perform labor or services only under written contracts.

E. Each year I perform labor or services for at least two different persons or entities.

F. I assume financial responsibility for defective workmanship or for service not provided by

purchasing performance bonds, errors and omission insurance, or liability insurance, or providing

warranties relating to the labor or services I provide.

Signature Date


Exhibit E-1




EXHIBIT E

WORKERS' COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION



I am a representative of the Contractor; I am familiar with the facts herein certified; and I am authorized and

qualified to execute this certificate on behalf of Contractor.

As required by ORS 656.017, Contractor will provide workers’ compensation coverage in accordance with

ORS Chapter 656 for all subject workers. Contractor and all subcontractors of Contractor that employ subject

workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon will comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the

required Workers' Compensation coverage, unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor

shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements and will submit certification of

insurance to District.

I am aware of the provisions of ORS Chapter 656 which require every employer to be insured against liability for

workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and certify

that Contractor will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of the

Contract.

Date:

CONTRACTOR

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

END OF DOCUMENT


Exhibit F-1




EXHIBIT F

PREVAILING WAGE AND RELATED LABOR REQUIREMENTS CERTIFICATION





I hereby certify that Contractor will conform to the State of Oregon requirements regarding prevailing wages,

benefits, on-site audits with 48-hours notice, payroll records, and apprentice and trainee employment

requirements, for all Work on the Project including, without limitation, the District’s labor compliance program, if

in use on the Project.

Date:

CONTRACTOR

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

END OF DOCUMENT


Exhibit G-1




EXHIBIT G

CRIMINAL BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION/ FINGERPRINTING CERTIFICATION



The undersigned does hereby certify to the governing board of the District as follows:



I acknowledge that “unsupervised contact” with students means contact that provides a person opportunity and

probability for personal communication or touch with students when not under direct District supervision. As

required by ORS 326.603, Contractor will ensure that Contractor, any subcontractors, and their officers,

employees, and agents will have no direct, unsupervised contact with students while on District property.

Contractor will work with District to ensure compliance with this requirement. If Contractor is unable to ensure

through a security plan that none of its officers, employees, or agents or those of its subcontractors will have

direct, unsupervised contact with students in a particular circumstance or circumstances, Contractor will notify

District before beginning any work that could result is such contact. Contractor authorizes District to obtain

information about Contractor and its history and to conduct a criminal background check, including

fingerprinting, of any Contractor officers, employees, or agents who will have unsupervised contact with students.

Contractor will cause its employees and/or subcontractors, if any, to authorize District to conduct these

background checks. Contractor will pay all fees assessed by Oregon Department of Education for processing the

background check. District may deduct the cost of such fees from a progress or final payment to Contractor under

this Contract, unless Contractor elects to pay such fees directly.

Date:

CONTRACTOR

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

END OF DOCUMENT Date:

CONTRACTOR

Signature:

Print Name:

Title:

END OF DOCUMENT

SECTION 00 61 13 FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND

PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS, SCHOOL DISTRICT #1J, MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OREGON

Bond No. __________________________________

Bond Value: $ _______________________________

Principal:

Name

Address

Phone

Surety:

Name

Address

Phone

Obligee: Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon 501 North Dixon Street Portland, Oregon 97227 Solicitation:

(503) 916- Invitation to Bid No. ITB #

Agreement: Principal has entered into a contract (“Contract”) with Obligee for the following Project:

Project Name

We,

as Principal, and the above identified Surety, authorized to transact

surety business in Oregon, as Surety, hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns firmly by these presents to pay unto the Obligee the sum of (Total Penal Sum of Bond)

and WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, the plans, specifications, terms and conditions of which are contained in the above-referenced Solicitation; WHEREAS, the terms and conditions of the contract, together with applicable plans, standard specifications, special provisions, schedule of performance, and schedule of contract prices, are made a part of this Performance Bond by reference, whether or not attached to the contract (all hereafter called “Contract”); and

WHEREAS, the Principal has agreed to perform the Contract in accordance with the terms, conditions, requirements, plans and

specifications, and all authorized modifications of the Contract which increase the amount of the work, the amount of the Contract, or constitute an authorized extension of the time for performance, notice of any such modifications hereby being waived by the Surety: NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND IS SUCH that if the Principal herein shall faithfully and truly observe and comply with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Contract, in all respects, and shall well and truly and fully do and perform all matters and things undertaken by Contractor to be performed under the Contract, including without limitation warranty and maintenance work required under the Contract, upon the terms set forth therein, and within the time prescribed therein, or as extended as provided in the Contract, with or without notice to the Sureties, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee, its officers, employees and agents, against any direct or indirect damages or claim of every kind and description that shall be suffered or claimed to be suffered in connection with or arising out of the performance of the Contract by the Principal or its subcontractors, and shall in all respects perform said contract according to law, then this obligation is to be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. Nonpayment of the bond premium will not invalidate this bond nor shall the Obligee be obligated for the payment of any premiums. This bond is given and received under authority of ORS Chapter 279C, the provisions of which hereby are incorporated into this bond and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WE HAVE CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE EXECUTED AND SEALED BY OUR DULY AUTHORIZED LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES.

Dated this day of 20

PRINCIPAL:


By

Signature Name


Attest:


SURETY:

City State Zip

Phone Fax

SECTION 00 61 14 FORM OF LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND

Bond No. __________________________________

Bond Value: $ _______________________________

Principal:

Name

Address

Phone

Surety:

Name

Address

Phone

Obligee: Portland Public Schools, School District No. 1J, Multnomah County, Oregon 501 North Dixon Street Portland, Oregon 97227 Solicitation:

(503) 916- Invitation to Bid No. ITB#

Agreement: Principal has entered into a contract (“Contract”) with Obligee for the following Project:

Project Name

We,

as Principal, and the above identified Surety, authorized to

transact surety business in Oregon, as Surety, hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns firmly by these presents to pay unto the Obligee the sum of (Total Penal Sum of Bond)

and WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, the plans, specifications, terms and conditions of which are contained in above-referenced Solicitation; WHEREAS, the terms and conditions of the contract, together with applicable plans, standard specifications, special provisions, schedule of performance, and schedule of contract prices, are made a part of this Payment Bond by reference, whether or not attached to the contract (all hereafter called “Contract”); and

PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS, SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1J MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OREGON

WHEREAS, the Principal has agreed to perform the Contract in accordance with the terms, conditions, requirements, plans and specifications, and schedule of contract prices which are set forth in the Contract and any attachments, and all authorized modifications of the Contract which increase the amount of the work, or the cost of the Contract, or constitute authorized extensions of time for performance of the Contract, notice of any such modifications hereby being waived by the Surety:

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND IS SUCH that if the Principal shall faithfully and truly observe and comply with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Contract, in all respects, and shall well and truly and fully do and perform all matters and things by it undertaken to be performed under said Contract and any duly authorized modifications that are made, upon the terms set forth therein, and within the time prescribed therein, or as extended therein as provided in the Contract, with or without notice to the Sureties, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee, its officers, employees and agents, against any claim for direct or indirect damages of every kind and description that shall be suffered or claimed to be suffered in connection with or arising out of the performance of the Contract by the Contractor or its subcontractors, and shall promptly pay all persons supplying labor, materials or both to the Principal or its subcontractors for prosecution of the work provided in the Contract; and shall promptly pay all contributions due the State Industrial Accident Fund and the State Unemployment Compensation Fund from the Principal or its subcontractors in connection with the performance of the Contract; and shall pay over to the Oregon Department of Revenue all sums required to be deducted and retained from the wages of employees of the Principal and its subcontractors pursuant to ORS 316.167, and shall permit no lien nor claim to be filed or prosecuted against the Obligee on account of any labor or materials furnished; and shall do all things required of the Principal by the laws of the State of Oregon, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. Nonpayment of the bond premium will not invalidate this bond nor shall the Obligee be obligated for the payment of any premiums. This bond is given and received under authority of ORS Chapter 279C, the provisions of which hereby are incorporated into this bond and made a part hereof. For the purposes of this bond, a claimant is any person who has a right of action against the bond under ORS 279C.600. A claimant’s right of action on this bond and limitations on the institution of an action shall be governed by ORS 279C.380. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WE HAVE CAUSED THIS INSTRUMENT TO BE EXECUTED AND SEALED BY OUR DULY AUTHORIZED LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES:

Dated this day of 20

PRINCIPAL:


By

Signature Name


Attest:


SURETY:

City State Zip

Phone Fax

CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION: GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00 72 13

General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 1 of 28

SECTION 00 72 13 GENERAL CONDITIONS




GENERAL CONDITIONS

Article 1 General Provisions

1.1 Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Contract for Construction

between District and Contractor (“Contract”) and consist of the Contract, Conditions of the Contract (General,

Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, additions or deletions to, material changes in, or

general interest explanations of a Solicitation Document (“Addenda”) (other than Addenda relating to bidding

requirements) issued prior to the bid, other documents listed in the Contract, and Modifications issued after

execution of the Contract. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper

execution and completion of the Work by Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is

required by one will be as binding as if required by all; performance by Contractor will be required only to the

extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce

the indicated results.

1.2 Contract Schedule. The graphical representation of the practical plan for carrying out the Work and

completing the Work within the Contract Time as set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contract Schedule

provides a list of intended events and times to complete each event as set forth in the Contract Documents.

1.3 Drawings. The “Drawings” are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing

the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules

and diagrams.

1.4 Modification. A “Modification” is (1) a written amendment to this Contract signed by both parties, (2) a

Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued

by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Contract, the Contract Documents do not include the

advertisement or invitation to bid, instructions to bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by District in

anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, Contractor’s bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to

bidding requirements.

1.5 Organization of Drawings and Specifications. Organization of the Specifications into divisions,

sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings will not control Contractor in dividing the Work among

subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.

1.6 Project. The “Project” is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract

Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by District and by separate

contractors.

1.7 Project site. The “Project site” is the property upon which the Project lies and District’s property that

surrounds the Project, extending to the District’s property boundary.

1.8 Specifications. The “Specifications” are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written

requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of

related services.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 2 of 28

Article 2 District

2.1 Authorized Representative. District will designate a person in writing to be the authorized

representative with express authority to bind District with respect to all matters requiring District’s approval or

authorization.

2.2 Permits and Access. District will secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and

charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing

facilities.

2.3 Relocation of Utilities. District will provide the removal, relocation, and protection of main or trunk

utility lines and facilities located on the Project site at the time of commencement of the Work under this Contract

with respect to any utility facilities that are not identified in the Contract Documents. District will not assess

Contractor liquidated damages for delay in completion of the Project that is caused by District’s failure to provide

the removal or relocation of utility facilities. At District's request, Contractor will make available to District the

results of any other site investigation, analyses, studies, or other tests conducted by or that are in possession of

Contractor or any of its agents.

2.4 Subsurface Surveys. District will make available to Contractor, and Contractor will study, the results of

such test borings and information that District has concerning subsurface conditions and site geology.

2.5 Utility Locates. District will provide approximate locations of existing utilities in the Contract

Documents. Contractor will use special care to confirm the exact location of each utility. Contractor will contact

the appropriate regional notification center at least two days prior to commencing any excavation if the excavation

will be conducted in an area or in a private easement that is known, or reasonably should be known, to contain

subsurface installations other than the underground facilities owned or operated by District, and obtain an inquiry

identification number from that notification center. Contractor will not commence or carry out any excavation

unless an inquiry identification number has been assigned to Contractor or any subcontractor and Contractor has

given District the identification number. Contractor's assumes the sole risk and expense of any failure to make

appropriate notification without consideration for an extension of the Contract Time. Contractor will exercise

special care in executing subsurface Work in proximity of known subsurface utilities, improvements, and

easements, including excavating and disposing of each on-site utility, and replacing, rerouting, or capping each

off-site utility as required by the Work and as may be included in the Contract Documents.

Article 3 Contractor

3.1 Contractor’s License. Contractor and each of its subcontractors will be licensed with the Oregon

Construction Contractors Board at the time of solicitation of any Work and throughout the entire course of the

Work.

3.2 Project Correspondence. Contractor will provide District and the Project Manager with a copy of all

written communication between Contractor and Architect at the same time as that communication is made to

Architect, including, without limitation, all requests for information, correspondence, submittals, claims, and

proposed change orders. Contractor will confirm important communications in writing.

3.3 Surveys. Contractor will furnish required surveys by an Oregon-licensed civil engineer surveyor (unless

surveys are required for the execution of the Work and Contractor requests them from District in writing) or other

information as to the physical characteristics of, legal limitations of, or utility locations for the Project site,

beyond that provided in the Contract Documents. Contractor will immediately notify District of utilities that are

discovered and not identified in the Contract Documents.

3.4 Benchmarks and Monuments. Contractor will protect and preserve established benchmarks and

monuments and will not change locations of benchmarks and monuments without District’s prior written

approval. Contractor will replace any benchmarks or monuments that are lost or destroyed subsequent to proper

notification of District and with District’s approval.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 3 of 28

3.5 Field Verification. Contractor will, as a condition precedent to commencement of the Work, (a) become

familiar with the Project site and review all analyses, studies, and test data available to Contractor concerning the

conditions of the Project site, (b) inspect the location of the Work and satisfy itself as to the condition thereof,

including all structural, surface, and observed subsurface conditions, and (c) determine (i) that the Contract Sum

is just and reasonable compensation for all the Work, including all foreseen and foreseeable construction risks,

hazards, and difficulties in connection therewith, (ii) that the Contract Time is adequate for the performance of the

Work, and (iii) that the Work will not result in any lateral or vertical movement of any adjacent structure.

Contractor will notify District in writing in advance of commencement of the Work if it determines that it cannot

satisfy these conditions.

3.6 Reporting Inconsistencies. Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in

accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but Contractor

will promptly report any nonconformity it discovers to District and the Architect. Contractor will be liable to

District for damages if it fails, in the exercise of normal diligence, to recognize any error, inconsistency, omission

or difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents. Contractor will promptly report any errors,

inconsistencies or omissions it discovers as a request for information in such a form as District or Architect may

require. Contractor will not be entitled to any modification in Contract Sum or Contract Time solely by the

request for information. Contractor will carefully study and compare all Contract Documents, including

Drawings, Specifications, and other instructions and will at once report, in writing with a copy to District's Project

Inspector(s), to District and Architect any error, inconsistency, or omission that Contractor or its employees or

subcontractors may discover.

3.7 Unnecessary Inquiries. Contractor is liable for costs incurred by District for professional services for

interpretations or decisions of matters where the information sought is equally available to the party making the

request.

3.8 New Materials. Unless otherwise specified, Contractor will provide all materials in new condition and

the best of their respective kinds and grades as noted or specified, and Contractor will provide workmanship of

good quality.

3.9 Quantities of Materials. Contractor will provide materials in ample quantities and at such times as to

insure uninterrupted progress of Work and will store materials properly and protect materials as required.

3.10 Complete Assembly. For all materials and equipment specified or indicated in the Drawings,

Contractor will provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for complete assemblies and

complete working systems, functioning as intended. Contractor will furnish incidental items not indicated on

Drawings, nor mentioned in the Specifications, that can be legitimately and reasonably inferred to belong to the

Work described, or necessary in good practice to provide a complete assembly or system, as though itemized here

in every detail. In all instances, Contractor will install material and equipment in strict accordance with each

manufacturer’s most recent published recommendations and specifications.

3.11 Timely Ordering of Materials. Contractor will, after award of Contract by District and after relevant

submittals have been approved, place orders for materials and/or equipment as specified so that delivery of same

is made without delays to the Work. Contractor will, upon demand from District, present documentary evidence

showing that orders have been placed.

3.12 Placement of Materials Order by District. District reserves the right but has no obligation, for any

neglect in complying with the above instructions, to place orders for such materials and/or equipment as it may

deem advisable in order that the Work is completed at the date specified in the Contract, and Contractor will pay

for all expenses incidental to the procuring of said materials and/or equipment.

3.13 No Right to Lien. Contractor warrants good title to all material, supplies, and equipment installed or

incorporated in Work and agrees upon completion of all Work to deliver the site to District, together with all

improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by it, and free from any claims, liens, or charges.

Contractor and any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any materials or labor for any Work covered by this


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 4 of 28

Contract will not have any right to lien any portion of the Project site or any improvement or appurtenance

thereon, except that Contractor may install metering devices or other equipment of utility companies or of

political subdivision, title to which is commonly retained by utility company or political subdivision. In the event

of installation of any such metering device or equipment, Contractor will advise District as to the ownership

thereof.

3.14 Payment Bond Claim. Nothing contained in this Article defeats or impairs the rights of persons

furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by Contractor for their protection or any rights under any law

permitting such protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due Contractor in

hands of District. Contractor will insert this provision in all subcontracts and material contracts. Contractor will

give notice of its provisions to all persons furnishing material for Work when no formal contract is entered into

for such material.

3.15 Materials and Equipment Warranty. Contractor warrants to District that materials and equipment

furnished under this Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit

otherwise. Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents

and will be free from defects. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be

considered defective. Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to

the Work not executed by Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear

and tear and normal usage. If required by District, Contractor will furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and

quality of materials and equipment.

3.16 Defective Work. At District’s sole option, Contractor will repair or replace any and all of that Work,

together with any other Work that may be displaced in so doing, that may prove defective in workmanship and/or

materials within a one (1) year period from Final Completion of the Work without expense whatsoever to District.

In the event of failure of Contractor and/or Surety to commence and pursue with diligence said replacements or

repairs within ten (10) days after being notified in writing, Contractor and Surety hereby acknowledge and agree

that District is authorized to proceed to have defects repaired and made good at expense of Contractor and/or

Surety who hereby agree to pay costs and charges therefore immediately on demand.

3.17 Correction of Work. If, in the opinion of District, defective Work creates a dangerous condition or

requires immediate correction or attention to prevent further loss to District or to prevent interruption of

operations of District, District will attempt to give the notice required above. If Contractor or Surety cannot be

contacted or neither complies with District's request for correction within a reasonable time as determined by

District, District may, notwithstanding the above provision, proceed to make any and all corrections and/or

provide the attention that District believes is necessary. The costs of correction or attention will be charged

against Contractor and Surety pursuant to the guarantees provided in this Article or elsewhere in this Contract.

3.18 Manufacturer’s Warranties. The above provisions do not in any way limit the guarantees on any

items for which a longer guarantee is specified or on any items for which a manufacturer gives a guarantee for a

longer period. Contractor will furnish to District all appropriate guarantee or warranty certificates as indicated in

the Specifications or upon request by District. Contractor will obtain and preserve for the benefit of District,

manufacturer’s warranties on material, fixtures, and equipment incorporated into the Work. Contractor will

furnish District with all guarantee or warranty certificates as indicated in the Specifications or upon District’s

request.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 5 of 28

3.19 Taxes. Contractor will pay all applicable taxes for the Work provided by Contractor that are legally

applicable at the time the bid is submitted, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.

3.20 Permits, Fees and Notices. Contractor will secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and certificates

necessary for prosecution of Work before the date of the commencement of the Work or before the permits,

licenses, and certificates are legally required to continue the Work without interruption. Contractor will obtain and

pay, when legally required, for all licenses, permits, inspections, and inspection certificates required by any

authority having jurisdiction over any part of the Work included in the Contract. Contractor will deliver all final

permits, licenses, and certificates to District before demand is made for final payment.

3.21 Allowances. Contractor will include all allowances stated in the Contract Documents in the Contract

Sum. Unless the Contract Documents provide otherwise, Contractor will include in the Contract Sum, separate

from allowances, amounts necessary to cover the cost of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all

required taxes, less applicable trade discounts, Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor,

installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance. District will adjust the

Contract Sum through a Change Order whenever costs are more than allowances. District will provide a Change

Order amount that reflects the difference between actual costs and the allowances and changes in Contractor’s

costs.

3.22 Supervision. During progress of the Work, Contractor will keep on the Project site, and at all other

locations where any Work related to this Contract is being performed, a competent project manager, construction

superintendent and support staff who are employees of Contractor, to whom District does not object and at least

one of whom is fluent in English, written and verbal. Contractor will provide efficient supervision to the Work,

using its best skill and attention. Before commencing the Work, Contractor will give written notice to District of

the name of its project manager and construction superintendent. Contractor is bound by all directions given to

Contractor’s project manager and/or construction superintendent as if such direction was given to Contractor.

3.23 Replacement of Supervision. Contractor will not otherwise remove or replace the construction

superintendent or project manager for any reason, including their need to work on other projects, or to take

extended vacations, without submitting 30 days written notice to District. If Contractor’s project manager,

construction superintendent, or support staff are no longer employed by Contractor, Contractor will provide

District with notice of the termination of the employment relationship and will consult with District with respect

to replacement personnel.

3.24 Discipline and Removal. Contractor will at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among its

subcontractors and employees and will not employ or work any unfit person, or anyone not skilled in work

assigned to that person. District may require Contractor to permanently remove unfit persons from Project site.

Contractor will not employ any person whom District may deem incompetent or unfit on the Project except with

the prior written consent of District. District may require removal and replacement of any or all construction

superintendents or project managers upon 10 days notice to Contractor.

3.25 Acts or Omissions. Contractor is responsible to District for acts and omissions of Contractor’s

employees, subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of

the Work for or on behalf of Contractor or any of its subcontractors.

3.26 Schedule. Contractor, within 5 days after being awarded the Contract, will submit a construction

schedule for the Work to Architect and District that: i) does not exceed the time allowed under the Contract

Documents for project completion, ii) is related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract

Documents; iii) identifies all tasks with start and finish dates and contract milestone completion dates; and iv) is

in a format approved by District (e.g. Primavera).

3.27 Schedule Update. Contractor will revise the schedule at a minimum, once each month, and at such

other appropriate intervals as required by District or the conditions of the Work and Project.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 6 of 28

3.28 Submittal Schedule. Contractor will prepare and keep current, for the Architect’s approval, a schedule

of submittals which is coordinated with the construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to

review submittals.

3.29 Execution of Schedule. Contractor will perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent

schedules submitted to, and approved by, District and Architect.

3.30 Record Documents. Contractor will continuously maintain at the Project site, or at such other location

as District may authorize in writing, one legible copy of all Contract Documents annotated with all changes

(“Record Documents”), including Addenda and Change Orders. Contractor will keep these documents in good

order and available to District, Construction Manager, Architect, Architect’s representatives, the Project

Inspector(s), and all authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor will coordinate with Architect and Project

Manager and will submit its verified report(s) according to Oregon law.

3.31 Daily Job Reports. Contractor will maintain, at a minimum, at least one (1) set of reports on the

Project that is prepared by Contractor's employee(s) who are present on site, and includes, at a minimum, a brief

description of all Work performed on that day, a summary of all other pertinent events and/or occurrences on that

day, a list of all subcontractor(s) working on that day, a list of each Contractor employee working on that day and

the total hours worked for each employee, a complete list of all equipment on the Project that day, whether in use

or not, a complete list of all inspections and tests performed on that day, a list of Contractor’s work equipment at

the site that day, the exact time Work commenced and ended, weather, accidents, and progress made for that day

(“Daily Job Report”). Each day Contractor will provide a copy of the previous day’s Daily Job Report to District

or District’s Representative as established pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof.

3.32 Maintenance of Records after Final Payment. Contractor will make available at its office at all

reasonable times the materials described in this paragraph for the examination, audit, or reproduction until three

(3) years after final payment under this Contract: (a) all Daily Job Reports or other Project records of

Contractor’s project manager(s), construction superintendent(s), and/or project foreperson(s); (b) all certified

payroll records and/or related documents including, without limitation, payroll, payment, timekeeping and

tracking documents; (c) all books, estimates, records, contracts, documents, bid documents, bid cost data,

subcontract job cost reports, and other data of Contractor, any subcontractor, and/or supplier, including

computations and projections related to bidding, negotiating, pricing, or performing the Work or Contract

modification, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost, manpower, coordination,

supervision, or pricing data at no additional cost to District. These documents may be duplicative and/or be in

addition to any bid documents held in escrow by District.

3.33 Submittals. Contractor will, in accordance with the submittals schedule, submit shop drawings, product

data, samples and mock ups as required by the Contract Documents that have been verified and coordinated with

the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. Contractor will not perform any portion of the

Work until the submittals for that portion have been approved by the Architect.

3.34 Professional Design Services. District will not require Contractor to perform professional services

which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the

Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless Contractor needs to provide such services in order to

carry out Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract. District will specify all performance and design criteria

that such professional services must satisfy.

3.35 Project Boundary. Contractor will confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances,

permits and the Contract Documents and will not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.

3.36 Field Verification. Prior to the commencement of the Work, Contractor will review the Project site

with District in detail and identify the area of the Work, staging areas, connections or interfacing with existing

structures and operations, and restrictions on the Work site area. Contractor will ensure that all forces on the

Project site are instructed about the acceptable working and staging areas and restrictions on use of the site.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 7 of 28

Contractor, with advance consent of District, will erect such barriers and devices as are necessary to restrict

access within the Work site to approved areas and to prevent unauthorized access to non-Work areas.

3.37 Storage. Contractor and its subcontractors will obtain prior approval from District before delivering or

storing any materials or tools on District's premises. Upon approval, Contractor will store materials and tools so

that they do not hamper the operation of equipment or persons and do not present a fire or safety hazard.

3.38 Cutting and Patching. Contractor will do all cutting, fitting, patching, and preparation of Work as

required to make its several parts come together properly, to fit it to receive or be received by work of other

contractors, and to coordinate tolerances to various pieces of work, showing upon, or reasonably implied by, the

Drawings and Specifications for the completed structure, and will conform them as District and/or Architect may

direct.

3.39 Alteration of Work by Contractor or Others. Contractor will not endanger any Work performed by it

or anyone else by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering Work and will not cut or alter Work of any other

contractor except with consent of District.

3.40 Cleaning up. Contractor will keep the Project site and surrounding area, including public rights of way,

free from dust, mud, dirt or accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.

At completion of the Work, Contractor shall clean the site, streets and sidewalks and shall remove from and about

the Project waste materials, rubbish, Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials.

3.41 Access to Work. Contractor will provide District and Architect access to the Work in preparation and

progress wherever located.

3.42 Identification Badges. The Architect and its consultants, Contractor and its subcontractors, and the

employees and the agents of any of them will comply with District’s policies and requirements to obtain, display,

and return identification badges at any time while they are present on District’s property

3.43 Ownership of Drawings and Specifications. All copies of Drawings, Specifications, and copies of

other incidental architectural and engineering work, or copies of other Contract Documents furnished by District,

including those in electronic form, are the property of District.

3.44 Copyright and License. Neither Contractor nor any subcontractor, or material or equipment supplier,

will own or claim a copyright in the documents prepared by the Architect. District hereby grants Contractor,

subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers a limited license to use applicable

portions of the Drawings and Specifications prepared for the Project in the execution of their Work under the

Contract Documents.

3.45 Royalties, Licenses and Copyrights. Contractor will obtain and pay, when required by law, all

royalties and license fees necessary for prosecution of Work before the earlier of the date of the commencement

of the Work or the date the license is legally required to continue the Work without interruption. Contractor will

defend suits or claims of infringement of patent, copyright, or other rights and will hold District, the Architect,

and the Construction Manager harmless and indemnify them from loss on account thereof except when a

particular design, process, or make or model of product is required by the Contract Documents. However, if

Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process, or product is an infringement of a patent or

copyright, Contractor will indemnify and defend District, Architect and Construction Manager against any loss or

damage unless Contractor promptly informs District of its information.

3.46 Intellectual Property. The review by District or Architect of any method of construction, invention,

appliance, process, article, device, or material of any kind is limited to a review for adequacy for the Work and is

not approval for use by Contractor in violation of any patent or other rights of any person or entity.

Article 4 Administration of the Contract

4.1 Architect. The Architect will represent District during the Project and will observe the progress and

quality of the Work on behalf of District. The Architect will act on behalf of District to the extent expressly


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 8 of 28

provided in the Contract Documents and to the extent determined by District. The Architect may reject

materials, workmanship, and/or the Work whenever rejection is necessary, in Architect’s reasonable opinion, to

insure the proper execution of the Work. The Architect will, with District and on behalf of District, determine the

amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of all parts of the Work, and interpret the Specifications, Drawings, and

will, with District, interpret all other Contract Documents.

4.2 Construction Manager. If a consulting construction manager is used on this Project (“Construction

Manager”), the Construction Manager will provide administration of this Contract on District's behalf and will

represent District as “District’s Representative.” After District's formal written notification authorizing

Contractor to proceed with the Work after execution of this Contract (“Notice to Proceed”), Contractor and

District will each direct Project correspondence and communications to the other through the Construction

Manager. The Construction Manager will not have responsibility, control, or charge of construction means,

methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or for safety precautions in connection with the Work, for which

Contractor will remain responsible. The Construction Manager may reject materials and/or workmanship not

conforming to the Contract Documents, as determined by District, the Architect, or the Construction Inspector.

The Construction Manager may require special inspection or testing of any portion of the Work, whether it has

been fabricated, installed, or fully completed. Any decision made by the Construction Manager, in good faith,

does not give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Construction Manager to Contractor, any subcontractor, or

their agents, employees, or other persons performing any part of the Work. The Construction Manager will have

free access to the Work at any time.

Article 5 Subcontractors

5.1 Subcontractor Disclosure. Contractor will provide District a list of all subcontractors with a name,

address, telephone and fax numbers, Oregon state contractors license number, classification, and monetary value

of all subcontracts for labor, material, or equipment. If District objects, District will promptly provide a written

objection. Contractor will not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom District reasonably objects, and

will procure a replacement subcontractor that is acceptable to District. District will provide a Change Order before

commencement of substitute subcontractor’s Work for the increase or decrease in the Contract Sum and Contract

Time occasioned by such change.

5.2 Pass-Through. Contractor will require each subcontractor, by written agreement, to be bound to

Contractor by terms of this Contract to the extent it applies to the Work performed by subcontractor.

5.3 No Waiver. District’s consent or failure to object to any subcontractor does not relieve Contractor of any

obligations under this Contract and is not a waiver of any provisions of this Contract.

5.4 Substitution and Assignment. Contractor will not, without District’s written consent:

5.4.1. Substitute any person as a subcontractor in place of the subcontractor designated in the original bid.

5.4.2. Permit any Subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or allow any portion of the Work to be performed

by anyone other than the subcontractor listed in the original bid; or

5.4.3. Sublet or subcontract any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) of

Contractor’s total bid as to which his original bid did not designate a subcontractor.

5.5 Coordination of Work. Contractor will coordinate the trades, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and

material or equipment suppliers working on the Project.

5.6 Subcontractor Dispute Resolution. Contractor will settle any difference between Contractor and its

subcontractor(s) or between subcontractors.

5.7 Assignment. Contractor will include assignment provisions in each subcontract as indicated in the

termination provisions set forth in these General Conditions.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 9 of 28

5.7.1. Contingent Assignment of Subcontractors. Contractor will assign to District each subcontract

agreement for a portion of the Work provided that:

.1 Assignment is effective only after termination of this Contract by District for cause or stoppage of

the Work by District, and only for those subcontract agreements which District accepts by notifying

the subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and

.2 Assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to this

Contract.

5.7.2. Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, District will equitably

adjust subcontractor's compensation for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.

5.8 Prompt Payment of Subcontractors. As required by ORS 279C.515:

5.8.1. If Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to make prompt payment of any claim for labor or services

furnished to Contractor or a subcontractor by any person in connection with this Contract as such claim becomes

due, District may pay such claim to the person furnishing the labor or services and charge the amount of the

payment against funds due or to become due Contractor by reason of this Contract. The payment of a claim in the

manner authorized in this section does not relieve Contractor or Contractor’s surety from any obligation with

respect to any unpaid claims.

5.8.2. Unless the payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580, if Contractor or any

first tier subcontractor fails to pay any claim for materials or labor furnished under this Contract within 30 days

after being paid by District, interest is due on such claim as specified in ORS 279C.580(4) at the end of the 10-

day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580. A person with any such unpaid claim may file a complaint

with the Oregon Construction Contractor’s Board unless the complaint is subject to a good faith dispute as

defined in ORS 279C.580.

5.9 Contractor’s Relations with Subcontractors. As required by ORS 279C.580, Contractor will include

in each subcontract for property or services with a first tier subcontractor a clause that obligates Contractor to pay

the first tier subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within 10 days out of such amounts

as are paid to Contractor by District. Contractor will also include in each subcontract a clause that states that if

Contractor fails to pay any claim for materials or labor furnished under this Contract within 30 days after being

paid by District, interest is due on such claim as specified in ORS 279C.515(2) at the end of the 10-day period

that payment is due. Contractor will require each first tier subcontractor to include a payment clause and interest

clause conforming to the requirements of ORS 279C.580(3) in each of its subcontracts, and to require each of its

subcontractors to include a similar clause in each contract with a lower tiered subcontractor or supplier.

Article 6 Construction by District

6.1 District may let other contracts and/or perform work with its own forces, in connection with the Project.

Contractor will afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of materials and

execution of their work and will properly coordinate and connect the Work with the work of other contractors. If

Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by District, Contractor will

make such claim in the manner provided in the Contract Documents.

6.1.1. Contractor will protect the work of other contractors that it encounters while working on the Project.

6.1.2. If any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon completion of the work of District or others for proper

execution, Contractor will inspect and promptly report to District any discrepancy or defective condition in such

work. Contractor’s failure to inspect and report will be deemed acceptance of all work of others as fit and proper

for reception of Contractor’s Work. Contractor is liable for damages for work of others that Contractor failed to

inspect, except for defects that were not discoverable and may develop in District’s or any other contractor’s work

after execution of Contractor’s Work.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 10 of 28

6.2 Mutual Responsibility. Contractor will reimburse District for costs incurred by District which are

payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of

Contractor. District will reimburse Contractor for costs incurred by Contractor because of delays, improperly

timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor.

6.3 District’s Right to Clean Up. If a dispute arises among Contractor, separate contractors and District as

to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from

waste materials and rubbish, District may clean up and the District’s Representative will allocate the cost among

those responsible.

Article 7 Changes in the Work

7.1 Change Orders.

7.1.1. Contractor will not perform any change Work without an executed Change Order or written

Construction Change Directive duly authorized and executed by District. Contractor will not impose liability on

District for cost or any extension of time resulting from any change from the Contract Documents without such

written authorization.

7.1.2. Price Request. A price request is a written request prepared by the Architect requesting Contractor to

submit to District and Architect an estimate of the effect of a proposed change in the Work on the Contract Sum

and the Contract Time. Contractor will respond to the price request with an estimate of the adjustment to price

and time that would be required to perform the Work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications included

with the price request.

7.1.3. Change Order. A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by

District, Contractor, Construction Manager, and Architect, stating their agreement upon: i) change in the Work; ii)

the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and iii) the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the

Contract Time.

7.1.4. Proposed Change Order. A Proposed Change Order is a written request prepared by Contractor

requesting that District issue a Change Order based upon the proposed change to the Work.

7.1.5. Agreement on Change Order. Agreement on any Change Order is a final settlement of all matters

relating to the change in the Work that is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, all direct

and indirect costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the

construction schedule.

7.1.6. Deducting Overhead and Profit on Change Orders. For deductive Change Orders, Contractor will

include a minimum five percent (5%) total profit and overhead to be deducted with the amount of Work of the

Change Order, including subcontractor work.

7.1.7. Credits. Contractor will credit all trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from the sale of

surplus material to District.

7.1.8. Cost Accounting Records. Contractor will provide all cost accounting records to District upon

District’s request.

7.2 Construction Change Directives. A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the

Architect and signed by District, Construction Manager, and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to

agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. District may by Construction

Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the

Contract, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. District and Contractor may use a

Construction Change Directive in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. Upon receipt of

a Construction Change Directive, Contractor will promptly proceed with the change in Work involved and advise

the Architect and District of Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the

Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 11 of 28

7.2.1. Force Account. When a definite price has not been agreed upon in advance and it is to be paid on a

force account basis, District will establish a not-to-exceed budget. Contractor will submit daily all direct costs

necessarily incurred and paid for labor, material, equipment, permit fees, taxes, and increased costs of bonds and

insurance related to the Work for approval by District. Contractor will not exceed the budget unless District

specifically authorizes the overrun in writing. District will pay only for actual costs verified in the field by District

on a daily basis. When District and Contractor reach agreement upon the adjustment for price and time,

Contractor and District will prepare and execute an appropriate Change Order.

7.2.2. Negotiating Changes. If District and Contractor are unable to agree upon change order terms, or if in

the opinion of District the Work must proceed before an agreement can be negotiated, District will order

Contractor to proceed with the changes, and Contractor will comply. In such event, Contractor will keep daily

records as to all labor employed in connection with the changes. Contractor's records will itemize costs for labor,

materials, equipment rental, and transportation. Contractor will submit the records for approval by the Architect

and District. If Contractor fails to keep such records, all such Work will be deemed to have been performed at

Contractor's own expense. District and Contractor will attempt to negotiate fair and reasonable adjustments to the

Contract for changes in the Work. Contractor will submit to District all evidence in support of Contractor's

proposals.

7.2.3. Change Pricing. In the absence of applicable unit prices or other agreement, the changed Work will

be priced in accordance with the following provisions.

.1 For additional Work to be performed by Contractor's subcontractors, Contractor will add an amount

equal to each subcontractor's direct costs for labor, materials, equipment rental, and transportation,

plus ten percent (10%) thereof to cover all other charges for or in connection with such Work. The

costs for materials will include taxes, if any. The percentage fee includes, but is not limited to,

layout, supervision (field and home office), small tools and related items, general expenses, overhead,

and profit of Contractor and its subcontractors.

.2 For additional Work to be performed by Contractor's own forces, Contractor will add an amount

equal to Contractor's direct costs for labor, materials, equipment rental, and transportation, plus five

percent (5%) thereof to cover all other charges for or in connection with such Work. The costs for

materials will include taxes, if any. The percentage fee includes, but is not limited to, all charges for

layout, supervision (field and home office), small tools and related items, general expenses, overhead,

and profit.

.3 For Work to be deleted, Contractor will deduct an amount equal to the direct cost savings for labor,

material, equipment, transportation, and taxes deleted from the Work, plus five percent (5%), to cover

all other savings from, or in connection with, such deleted Work. The costs for materials will include

taxes if any. The percentage fee includes only those charges for layout, supervision (field and home

office), small tools and related items, general expenses, overhead, and profit attributable to the

deleted Work.

7.2.4. Markup. No fee or other markup of any kind will be applicable to any premium portion of wages,

taxes, or related benefits. In the event of addition or deletion of like items in a change order or change directive,

the like item quantity will be summed and the unit prices or the percentage fee will be applied to the total.

7.2.5. Written Authorization Required. In no event will Contractor proceed with changes in the Work

without a written order from District to so proceed. District will be under no obligation to pay for unauthorized

extra, additional or changed Work performed by Contractor without a written Change Order or other written order

to proceed duly authorized and executed by District.

7.2.6. Reserved.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 12 of 28

Article 8 Time

8.1.1. Time is of the Essence. Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the

Contract. Contractor will proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and will achieve Substantial Completion

within the Contract Time.

8.1.2. No Work Without Insurance. Contractor will not, except by written direction by District,

prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance to be furnished

by District and Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work is not changed by the effective date of

insurance.

8.1.3. Notice to Proceed. District will issue a Notice to Proceed within a reasonable time following the date

of execution of this Contract. Contractor is not entitled to any claim of additional compensation as a result of

postponement of the issuance of Notice to Proceed, but if postponement will cause a hardship to Contractor,

Contractor may terminate this Contract by written notice. District may then award this Contract to the next lowest

responsive bidder.

8.1.4. Working Hours. Contractor will perform Work during regular working hours as permitted by

District. Contractor will, when required to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time, Work

outside of regular working hours such as evenings and/or weekends at no additional cost to District. Contractor

will perform all evening and/or weekend work only upon District’s advance approval and in compliance with all

applicable rules, regulations, laws, and local ordinances including, without limitation, all noise and light

limitations.

8.2 Delays and Extensions of Time

8.2.1. Float and Slack. Float or slack is the amount of time between the early start date and the late start

date, or the early finish date and the late finish date, of any activity in the schedule. Float or slack is not for the

exclusive use or benefit of either District or Contractor. District will determine the use of float or slack.

8.2.2. Adverse Weather. Contract Time is determined with consideration given to the average climate

weather conditions prevailing in the County in which the Project is located. Contractor is allowed a time

extension for adverse weather if it causes delays that unreasonably extends the time required to complete the

scheduled tasks on the day affected by adverse weather not reasonably anticipated. Contractor will not be allowed

an increase in Contract Sum for the delay. Contractor will work additional days if necessary at no cost to District,

irrespective of adverse weather, to maintain access and the Contract Schedule, and to protect the Work from the

effects of Adverse Weather.

8.2.3. Extensions of Time. District will grant Contractor an extension of Contract Time upon Contractor’s

written request demonstrating that circumstances beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of

Contractor or its subcontractors justify delay. Such occurrences may include industry-wide labor dispute, fire,

unusual and extended delays in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions not reasonably

anticipated, or other occurrences that District determines may justify delay. District will grant the extension net of

any delays caused by or due to the fault or negligence of Contractor, and net of any contingency or “float”

allowance included in the Progress Schedule. Contractor will not be allowed an increase in Contract Sum for an

extension of Contract Time.

8.2.4. Requests for Extension. Contractor will submit requests for extension of time in writing and will

include i) the duration of the activity relating to changes in the Work and the resources, including manpower,

equipment, and material, required to perform the activities within the stated duration, ii) specific logical ties to the

Contract Schedule for the proposed change showing the activities that are affected by the change and/or delay;

and iii) recovery schedule.

Article 9 Protection of Persons, Property, and the Environment

9.1 Safety Program. Contractor will initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions and programs in

connection with performance of the Contract. Contractor acknowledges the unique safety risks associated with


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 13 of 28

construction of school facilities in the presence of faculty, students, staff, and visitors. Contractor is solely and

completely responsible for conditions of the Work site, including safety of all persons and property during

performance of the Work. This requirement will apply continuously and is not limited to normal working hours.

9.2 District’s Policies. This Contract and all individual contracts and purchase orders incorporate by this

reference District’s safety policies current as of the date of commencement of Work, which have been or will be

made available to Contractor. Contractor will schedule and attend a preconstruction meeting with District and

Architect to review compliance with District’s Contractor Safety and Hazard Notification Policy and District’s

Risk Management and Environmental Safety and Pollution Policy. Contractor, as a condition to commencement

of the Work, will instruct all personnel of Contractor and its subcontractors, prior to their performing any of the

Work, of the elements of these policies with which the personnel will be required to comply.

9.3 Subcontractor Safety. In addition to the policies identified above, Contractor will review with all

subcontractors the methods, materials, tools, and equipment to be used to verify their compliance with all safety

standards and laws and Contractor will comply with them, to ensure safe, hazard-free conditions for all persons

visiting or working on the entire Project site and District’s adjoining facilities.

Contractor will implement and maintain a safety program that is specifically adapted for the Project and

complies with all applicable requirements of Oregon OSHA. Contractor will furnish a copy of the safety

program to District before commencing Work.

9.4 MSDS Sheets. Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets to District for all chemicals used on

the Project site as required by law.

9.5 Safety Coordinator. Contractor will designate a responsible member of its organization on the Project,

whose duty is to post information regarding protection and obligations of workers and other notices required

under occupational safety and health laws, to comply with reporting and other occupational safety requirements,

and to protect the life, safety, and health of workers. Contractor will report the name and position of person so

designated to District.

9.6 Correction of Unsafe Conditions. Contractor will correct any violations of safety laws, rules, orders,

standards, or regulations. Contractor will correct violations promptly upon the issuance of a citation or notice of

violation by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health.

9.7 Hard Hats. Contractor will wear hard hats at all times. Contractor will supply sufficient hard hats to

properly equip all employees and visitors.

9.8 Safety Devices. Contractor will take, and require subcontractors to take, all reasonably necessary

precautions for safety of workers on the Project. Contractor will furnish, erect, and properly maintain at all times,

all necessary safety devices, safeguards, construction canopies, signs, nets, barriers, lights, and watchmen for

protection of workers and the public and will post danger signs warning against hazards created by such features

in the course of the Work.

9.9 Barricades and Signage. Contractor will post necessary warning signs and barricades to ensure the

safety of all school occupants. Contractor will not display any signs not required by law or the Contract

Documents without District’s prior written approval.

9.10 Labeling of Containers. Contractor will ensure proper labeling of substances on the Project site.

9.11 Storage. Contractor will confine apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of workers to

limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of District’s Representative, and will not interfere with

the Work or unreasonably encumber the Project site or overload any structure with materials. Contractor will

enforce all instructions of District and District’s Representative regarding signs, advertising, fires, and smoking,

and require that all workers comply with all regulations while on Project site

9.12 Protection of Work. Contractor will maintain the Work, materials, and apparatus free from all damage

or accident, including damage from extreme heat, cold, rain, snow, wind, flooding, and dampness. Contractor will


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 14 of 28

provide any temporary roofs, window and door coverings, boxings, or other construction as required by the

Architect to protect the Work, materials, and apparatus.

9.13 Protection of Existing Structures. Contractor will protect existing structures, walks, curbs, pavements,

roads, trees, landscaping, survey markers, monuments, or other devices marking property boundaries or corners,

and/or improvements in working areas, utilities, and adjoining property (including, without limitation, protection

from settlement or loss of lateral support). Contractor will replace same at his expense with same kind, quality,

and size of Work or item if temporary removal is necessary, or damage occurs due to the Work.

9.14 Dust Control. Contractor will provide dust barriers to isolate dust and dirt from construction

operations. Contractor will clean to the original state any areas beyond the Work that become dust laden as a

result of the Work.

9.15 Housekeeping. Contractor will maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage

and will make a fire extinguisher, fire blanket, and/or fire watch, as applicable, available at each location where

cutting, braising, soldering, and/or welding is being performed or where there is an increased risk of fire.

9.16 Appropriate Behavior. Contractor’s conduct will be appropriate for a school site. Contractor will not

engage in profanity, or verbal or physical contact with neighbors, students, or faculty and will ensure that each of

its subcontractors, employees or vendors authorized by Contractor to enter onto the Project site in compliance

with the Contract Documents for the purpose of supplying services or materials to the Project, shall receive and

sign a copy of the District’s rules regarding allowable activities and conduct on District property, including

without limitation, Sections 20.1 and 20.2 of these General Conditions.

9.17 Security and Site Access. Contractor will ensure that all existing or operating systems, utilities,

existing on-site services and access avenues are on and in operating condition before leaving the Project site each

day. If any system, utility, or access avenue is not operable, Contractor will notify District before Contractor

leaves the Project site that day.

Article 10 Hazardous Materials

10.1 Hazardous Materials. Hazardous materials are any substance defined or designated as being

radioactive, infectious, hazardous, dangerous, or toxic by any federal, state, or local statute, regulation, or

ordinance presently in effect or subsequently enacted.

10.2 HazMat Program. Contractor will implement and enforce a program to inventory and properly store

and secure all hazardous materials that may be used or present on the Project site. Contractor will include a

provision in the hazardous materials program and in the Contactor’s safety program for notification of all

personnel of potential chemical hazards.

10.3 Hazardous Materials List. Contractor will submit to District a list of all hazardous materials to be

brought by Contractor onto District property.

10.4 Hazardous Material Storage. Contractor will store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and

remove them from the Project site daily. Contractor will prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous

conditions. Contractor will provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.

10.5 Storm Water Discharge. Contractor will comply with any District storm water requirements that are

approved by District and applicable to the Project, at no additional cost to District.

10.6 Pollution Prevention and Hazard Mitigation. Contractor, without special instruction or authorization,

will act, at its discretion, to prevent threatened loss or injury resulting from an emergency affecting safety of life,

Work or of adjoining property. District will equitably compensate Contractor for emergency Work.

10.7 Discovery of Hazardous Condition. Contractor will notify District in writing immediately upon

discovery of any hazardous materials or other subsurface or latent conditions that differ from those indicated in

the Contract Documents, including unknown physical conditions at the Project site of any unusual nature,


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 15 of 28

different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the

character provided for in this Contract.

10.8 Emergencies. Contractor will act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and will immediately

notify District of any emergency affecting safety of persons or property.

Article 11 Insurance and Bonds

11.1 Contractor’s Insurance. Contractor will procure prior to commencement of Work and maintain for the

duration of this Contract, or such longer time as may be provided, insurance against claims for injuries to persons

or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work by Contractor, its

agents, representatives, employees and subconsultants as set forth in Exhibit D. Contractor’s liabilities, including

but not limited to Contractor’s indemnity obligations, under this Contract, will not be deemed limited in any way

to the insurance coverage required herein. Maintenance of insurance coverage is a material requirement of this

Contract and Contractor’s failure to maintain or renew coverage or to provide evidence of renewal during the term

of this Contract, as required or when requested, may be treated as a material breach.

11.2 Performance Bond and Payment Bond. As required by ORS 279C.380, Contractor will execute and

deliver to District (i) a good and sufficient performance bond, in a form acceptable to District, in a sum equal to

100% of the Contract Sum solely for the faithful performance of the Work pursuant to the terms of this Contract

and (ii) a good and sufficient payment bond, in a form acceptable to District, in a sum equal to 100% of the

Contract Sum solely for labor and material payments associated with the Work in protection of claimants under

ORS 279C.600.

Article 12 Uncovering and Correction of Work

12.1 Uncovering of Work. If a portion of the Work is covered without Project Inspector and/or Architect

approval or not in compliance with the Contract Documents, Contractor will, if required in writing by District,

Project Inspector, or Architect, uncover the Work for observation and replace it at Contractor’s expense without

change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.

12.2 Correction of Work. Contractor will, at its own expense, promptly correct Work that is rejected by

District, Architect, or any governmental authority or otherwise fails to conform to the requirements of the

Contract Documents, regardless of when it is discovered and regardless of whether the Work is fabricated,

installed or completed. Contractor will pay for all additional testing, inspection, or other compensation including

District and Architect’s additional services required for the correction of Work.

12.3 Correction of Work after Substantial Completion. If, after Substantial Completion any Work is not

in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, District will provide Contractor with written

notice to correct the Work promptly after discovery of the condition. Contractor will promptly correct the

nonconforming Work after receipt of notice. Contractor will respond immediately in writing, and in no case more

than 10 days of notice, with a schedule and procedure for taking corrective action.

Article 13 Rights and Remedies

The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available are in addition

to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No

action or failure to act by any party will constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded the party under this

Contract, nor does any act or omission constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach, except as may be

specifically agreed in writing.

13.1 Project Inspector

.1 District will retain the Project Inspector to monitor compliance with Plans and Specifications for the

Project, Title 24, Building Regulations of the Code of the City of Portland, Oregon and Oregon

Administrative Rule Chapter 918 (Building Codes Division).


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 16 of 28

.2 Contractor will not carry on Work except with the knowledge and under the inspection of the Project

Inspector(s). The Parties will provide the Project Inspector(s) access to all parts of the Work at any

time. Contractor will furnish Project Inspector(s) reasonable opportunities for obtaining such

information as may be necessary to keep Project Inspector(s) fully informed respecting progress and

manner of work and character of materials. Inspection of Work does not relieve Contractor from an

obligation to fulfill this Contract. Contractor will stop Work at the direction of the Project Inspector if

the Project Inspector deems the Work out of compliance with the Contract Documents. Contractor

will not impose any liability on District for any action of the Project Inspector done in the scope of

monitoring compliance in accordance with this Contract, including Work stoppage.

13.2 Tests and Inspections

.1 Contractor will notify District's representative a sufficient time in advance of its readiness for

required observation or inspection. District will select and pay for an independent testing laboratory

to conduct the tests. District or the independent testing laboratory will select the materials that require

testing. Contractor will not select the materials that require testing.

.2 Contractor will notify District's representative a sufficient time in advance not less than seventy two

(72) hours prior, of the manufacture of materials, if the Contract Documents require testing of the

material, in order that District may arrange for the testing of same at the source of supply.

.3 Contractor will not incorporate any material into the Project that has not satisfactorily passed testing

and inspection, or, if testing and inspection of the material is not required, prior to the Project

Inspector’s receipt of notice from Contractor that testing and inspection of the material is not

required.

.4 Contractor will reimburse District, or District may deduct from Contract Sum, the costs of testing for

any materials found not in compliance with the Contract Documents and the costs of testing offsite or

outside the Project Inspector’s regular working hours.

13.3 Independent Contractor Status

13.3.1. Contractor is engaged as an independent Contractor. Although District reserves the right (i) to

determine (and modify) the delivery schedule for the Work and (ii) to evaluate the quality of the completed

performance, District cannot and will not control the means or manner of Contractor's performance, nor provide

any tools or equipment for the performance of the Work, except as provided elsewhere in this Contract.

Contractor will determine the appropriate means and manner of performing the Work.

13.3.2. Contractor is wholly responsible for the manner in which it and its subcontractors perform the Work

required of it by the Contract Documents. District may monitor Contractor’s activities to determine compliance

with the terms of this Contract.

13.3.3. Contractor will pay all federal or state taxes applicable to compensation or payments paid to

Contractor under this Contract and, unless Contractor is subject to backup withholding, District will not withhold

from such compensation or payments any amount(s) to cover Contractor's federal or state tax obligations.

13.3.4. Contractor is not an employee of the federal government or the State of Oregon.

13.3.5. Contractor is not a contributing member of the Public Employee’s Retirement System.

13.3.6. Neither Contractor, nor any of Contractor’s subcontractors, agents or employees are “officers,”

“employees,” or “agents” of District or any of District's employees or agents, as those terms are used in ORS

30.265. Contractor bears exclusive responsibility for the acts of its employees as they relate to the services to be

provided during the course and scope of their employment. Contractor, its subcontractors, agents, and its

employees are not entitled to any rights or privileges of District employees.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 17 of 28

Article 14 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

14.1 Contractor will comply with all laws, codes, regulations, and applicable requirements imposed by

governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, including but not limited to, environmental, zoning,

building code, public contracting, and other related laws. Contractor will bill contractual services which occur as a

result of any unforeseeable changes in such laws or regulations occurring after this Contract is in effect as

additional services billed at the rates in effect at the time the services are performed.

14.2 Environmental Mitigation. Contractor will comply will all applicable mitigation measures, if any,

adopted by any public agency with respect to this Project pursuant to the environmental protections laws of the

State of Oregon.

14.3 Work Performed Illegally. Contractor will bear all costs arising from Work performed that it knew, or

through exercise of reasonable care should have known, was contrary to any applicable laws, ordinance, rules, or

regulations.

14.4 Prior Approvals. Contractor will obtain approval of material, processes or procedures by the Oregon

state agencies or other body or agency where required by the Specifications or Drawings.

Article 15 Claims and Disputes

15.1 Claim. A Claim is a demand or assertion by a party seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or

interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of

the Contract. Claim includes other disputes and matters in question between District and Contractor arising out of

or relating to the Contract. Parties will initiate Claims only by written notice. The party making the Claim is

responsible for substantiating the Claim.

15.2 Time to Initiate Claim. The party making a Claim will initiate the Claim within five (5) days after the

occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within five (5) days after the claimant first recognizes the

condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. The party making the Claim will submit written notice to

Architect and the other party that identifies the known bases for each Claim and the nature and amount of relief

sought.

15.3 Written Notice of Claim. If Contractor claims that any instructions issued after the effective date of

this Contract, by Drawings or otherwise, involve extra costs, Contractor will be entitled to reimbursement for such

extra costs only to the extent Contractor so notifies District in writing before proceeding to execute the affected

Work and within five (5) days after receipt of such instructions. Claims and demands for any other cause,

whatsoever, by Contractor against District must be served in writing upon District within five (5) days from the

occurrence of the cause giving rise to the claim. Timely compliance with the written claim requirements of this

Contract is a condition precedent to Contractor's right to payment on account of any claim and failure to provide

such written claim or demand or notice will constitute a waiver of such claim.

15.4 No Work Stoppage. Contractor will proceed diligently with performance of this Contract and District

will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents pending final resolution of a Claim,

except as otherwise agreed in writing or provided for in this Contract.

15.5 Differing Site Conditions. A party will give notice to the other party promptly, and in no event later

than five (5) days after first observation, before conditions encountered at the site are disturbed that are i)

subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated on the Contract

Documents or ii) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily

found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the

Contract Documents. Architect will promptly investigate such conditions, and if they differ materially and cause

an increase or decrease in the cost of or time required for performance of any part of the Work, Architect will

recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum, Contract Time, or both. If the Architect does not find

that the conditions differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or time required for

performance of any part of the Work, Architect will notify District and Contractor in writing. If Contractor


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 18 of 28

disputes Architect’s findings, Contractor will initiate a Claim within 21 days after Architect gives notice of the

decision.

15.6 Claim for Additional Cost. Contractor will file a Claim for additional cost under this section if

Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including i) written interpretation from Architect; ii)

order by District to stop Work where Contractor is not at fault; iii) written order for a minor change in Work

issued by Architect; iv) failure of payment by District; v) termination of Contract by District; vi) District’s

suspension; or vii) other reasonable grounds.

15.7 Claim for Delay. If Contractor wishes to make a Claim for a delay, written notice will be given within

three (3) calendar days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the delay. Contractor’s Claim will include an

estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only

one Claim is necessary. Contractor will not be entitled to additional Contract Time for delays that do not affect

the critical path of the Work.

15.8 Claim for Additional Time (Adverse Weather). If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a

Claim for additional time, such Claim will be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were

abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the

scheduled construction. Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation for delays caused by adverse

weather conditions or any causes beyond District’s control. If the Oregon Office of Emergency Management

orders Contractor to halt the Work for reasons beyond Contractor’s control and that were not reasonably

anticipated, the Contract Time will be equitably extended by Change Order, but only on condition that Contractor

provides Owner with written notice of the delay in accordance with the notice requirements of this Contract.

15.9 Claim for Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If any person suffers physical injury or property

damage arising from the Work, regardless of the cause, the party will immediately give notice of such injury or

damage, whether or not insured, to District and Contractor with sufficient detail to enable District and any other

party affected to investigate the matter.

15.10 Acceptance of Claim. Upon timely receipt of a properly completed Claim and all documentation

and/or evidence necessary to substantiate the Claim, District will evaluate the Claim and provide Contractor with

its written decision either accepting the Claim (in whole or in part) or rejecting the Claim (in whole or in part)

within 20 days. Should District reject the Claim in whole or in part, District will generally explain the reasons for

such rejection.

Article 16 Termination or Suspension by Contractor

16.1 Termination by Contractor for Work Stoppage. Contractor may terminate this Contract if the Work

is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of Contractor or subcontractor, sub-

subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under

direct or indirect contract with Contractor, for any of the following reasons: i) issuance of an order of a court or

other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; ii) an act of government, such as

a declaration of a national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; iii) because the Architect has not

issued a Certificate of Payment and has not notified Contractor of the reason for withholding certification, or

because District has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract

Documents; or iv) District failed to furnish to Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have

been made to fulfill District’s obligations under this Contract.

16.2 Termination by Contractor for Work Interruption. Contractor may terminate this Contract if,

through no act or fault of Contractor or subcontractor, sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other

persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with Contractor, repeated

suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by District constitute in the aggregate more than 100

percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 day period, whichever is

less, or if Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 19 of 28

16.3 Compensation. Contractor may recover from District payment for Work executed and for proven loss

with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery including reasonable profit

and overhead if it provides seven days’ written notice to Architect and District prior to termination for the reasons

set forth above.

Article 17 Termination or Suspension by District.

17.1 Termination by District for Cause. District may terminate Contract and/or terminate Contractor’s

right to perform the Work of this Contract without prejudice to any other rights or remedies by providing seven

days written notice to Contractor and Contractor’s surety if Contractor:

.1 refuses or fails to execute the Work or any separable part with sufficient diligence to ensure its

completion within the time specified or any extension;

.2 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper

materials;

.3 fails to make payment to subcontractors in accordance with respective agreements;

.4 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having

jurisdiction;

.5 files a petition for relief as a debtor, or a petition is filed against Contractor without its consent, and

the petition is not dismissed within 60 days;

.6 makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or a receiver is appointed on account of

its insolvency; or

.7 is otherwise guilty of a substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents or fails to

observe the training, safety, and other precautions including District’s policies and Contractor’s own

safety policies for the Project.

17.2 District’s Right to Take Possession. Upon termination for cause, District may take possession of the

site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery on the site owned by

Contractor, accept assignment of subcontracts, and finish the Work by whatever reasonable method District may

deem expedient. Upon request, District will provide Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred in

finishing the Work.

17.3 Compensation. Contractor will not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. If

the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for District

and Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by the termination, and other damages incurred by District

and not expressly waived, District will pay the excess to Contractor. If costs and damages exceed the unpaid

balance, Contractor will pay the difference to District.

Contractor will not use them in other work and, with the exception of signed sets of Contract Documents,

Contractor will return them to District on request at completion of the Work.

17.4 Suspension for Convenience. District may, without cause, order Contractor in writing to suspend,

delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as District may determine. District will

adjust Contract Sum and Contract Time for increases in the cost (including profit) and time caused by the

suspension, delay, or interruption referenced in Section 16.3.1, so long as the performance would not have been

suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which Contractor is responsible and District has not

already made or denied another equitable adjustment under another provision of this Contract for the suspension,

delay or interruption.

17.5 Termination for Convenience. District may terminate all or part of this Contract for District’s

convenience at any time and without cause. Contractor will, upon written notice of such termination, cease

operations as directed by District; take actions necessary to protect and preserve the Work; and terminate all

existing subcontracts and purchase orders that are not required to perform the Work up to the effective date of


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 20 of 28

termination and the portion of Work not terminated, and enter into no further subcontracts or purchase orders for

the portion of this Contract that was terminated. District will pay Contractor for Work executed and costs

incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work executed. District

will not pay profit if Contractor would have sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed.

Article 18 Payments and Completion.

18.1 Contract Sum. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract, and including authorized adjustments, is the

total amount payable by District to Contractor for performance of Work under the Contract Documents.

18.2 Schedule of Values. Within 10 days following receipt of notice to proceed, but in no case later than

____ days prior to submission of the first Application for Payment (as defined in Section 18.3), Contractor will

submit a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, including quantities and prices of items aggregating

the Contract Sum and subdividing the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for

progress payments during construction. Contractor will include, at a minimum, i) overhead and profit; ii)

supervision; iii) general conditions; iv) layout; v) mobilization; vi) submittals; vii) bonds and insurance; viii)

close-out documentation; ix) demolition; x) installation; xi) rough-in; xii) finishes; xiii) testing; xiv) punch list

and acceptance (“Schedule of Values”).

18.3 Applications for Payment. Between the 1st and the 10th of each month, Contractor will submit an

itemized and notarized application for payment for operations completed within the previous month in accordance

with the Schedule of Values and reflecting applicable retainage (“Application for Payment”) in duplicate to

Architect and Construction Manager, if any. Contractor will submit data substantiating Contractor’s right to

payment where required, such as copies of requisitions from subcontractors and material suppliers, Construction

Change Directives, Change Orders, and/or force account information. Contractor will provide:

.1 The amount paid to the date of the Application for Payment to Contractor, all its subcontractors, and

all others furnishing labor, material or equipment for this Contract;

.2 The amount being requested by Contractor on its own behalf and separately stating the amount

requested on behalf of each of the subcontractors and all others furnishing labor, material or

equipment for this Contract;

.3 The balance that is due to each of such entities after payment is made;

.4 Certification that the Record Documents are current;

.5 Itemized breakdown of Work done for the purpose of requesting partial payment;

.6 Updated construction schedule;

.7 Additions and subtractions from the Contract Sum and Contract Time;

.8 Total of retainage held;

.9 Material invoices, evidence of equipment purchases, rentals, and other support District may request;

.10 Percentage complete of Contractor’s Work by line item.

.11 A Schedule of Values updated from the preceding Application for Payment

18.4 Waivers and Releases. Contractor will submit conditional waivers and releases upon progress payment

from Contractor and each subcontractor of any tier and supplier to be paid from current progress payment along

with an unconditional waiver and release upon progress payment from Contractor and each subcontractor of any

tier that received payment from the previous progress payment. Contractor will certify as follows:

Contractor warrants title to all Work performed as of the date of this payment

application. Contractor further warrants that all Work performed as of the date of

this payment application is free and clear of liens, claims, security interests, or

encumbrances in favor of Contractor, subcontractors, material and equipment


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 21 of 28

suppliers, workers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of

having provided labor, materials, and equipment relating to the Work, except

those of which District has been informed.

18.5 False Claims. Contractor is subject to the False Claims Act set forth under ORS Chapter 180 for

information provided with any Application for Payment.

18.6 Certificates for Payment

18.6.1. District will direct Architect and Construction Manager, if any, to review the Contractor’s Application

for Payment within a reasonable time after receipt not to exceed fifteen days for the purpose of determining that it

is properly submitted. Architect will either return the Application for Payment to Contractor with a document

setting forth the reasons why the Application for Payment is not proper, or Architect will issue a Certificate for

Payment for the amounts properly due.

18.6.2. Architect’s issuance of a Certificate for Payment is a representation by Architect and District, based

on Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that Contractor is

entitled to payment in the amount certified because the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the

quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certification is subject to Architect’s

observation of the Work for general conformance with Contract Documents, results of subsequent tests and

inspections, minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and specific

qualifications expressed by Architect. District’s approval of the certified Application for Payment is based on

Contractor complying with all requirements for a fully complete and valid certified Application for Payment.

18.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification

18.7.1. Architect will notify District and Contractor in writing if any amounts are not due, and the reasons for

withholding certification in whole or in part. If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,

Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which Architect is able to make

representations to District that Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. Architect may withhold

Certificate for Payment or nullify the whole or part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent

as may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect District from loss for which Contractor is responsible,

including loss resulting from acts and omissions because of defective Work not remedied, third party claims filed

or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claim unless security acceptable to District is provided

by Contractor, failure of Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials, or

equipment, reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,

damage to District or another contractor, reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the

Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the

anticipated delay, persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or failure

to maintain Record Documents.

18.7.2. Contractor will not receive any interest on any retainage or amounts withheld due to the failure of

Contractor to perform in accordance with the Contract Documents.

18.7.3. District may apply any withheld amount to pay outstanding claims or obligations on behalf of

Contractor, without prior judicial determination of the claim or obligation. If any payment is made by District,

that amount is deemed a payment made under this Contract by District to Contractor.

18.7.4. Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for amounts previously withheld when the

reasons for withholding certification are removed.

18.8 Progress Payments

18.8.1. District will make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents

after the Architect issues a Certificate for Payment and will notify the Architect that payment was made.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 22 of 28

18.8.2. Contractor will promptly pay each subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from District, out of the

amount District paid to Contractor on account of each subcontractor’s portion of the Work. Contractor will, by

written agreement, require each subcontractor to make payments to sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.

18.8.3. District may issue joint checks made payable to Contractor, subcontractor(s) and material or

equipment suppliers. Joint check payees are responsible for the allocation and disbursement of funds included as

part of any such joint check payment. Joint check payment does not create a contract, rights, or obligations

between District and any subcontractor or material or equipment supplier.

18.8.4. Certificate for Payment, progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project does

not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

18.9 Failure of Payment

18.9.1. Contractor may stop Work until payment of the amount owing has been received if Architect does not

issue a Certificate for Payment through no fault of Contractor, within seven days after receipt of Contractor’s

Application for Payment, or if District does not pay Contractor within seven days after the date established in the

Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration. If Contractor stops Work,

District will grant an extension of Contract Time and an increase in Contract Sum by the amount of Contractor’s

reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.

18.9.2. Failure of payment does not exist where District exercises its authority to withhold payment

notwithstanding issuance of Certificate for Payment by Architect.

18.10 Substantial Completion

18.10.1. Substantial Completion. Substantial completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when

Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and a

Certificate of Occupancy has been issued by the city of Portland so that District can occupy or utilize the Work

for its intended use.

18.10.2. Punch List. Contractor will prepare and submit to District and Architect a comprehensive list of

items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment when Contractor considers the Work, or a portion that

District agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete (“Punch List”). The Punch List does not alter

Contractor’s responsibility to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

18.10.3. Certificate of Substantial Completion. Upon receipt of Contractor’s Punch List, Architect will

make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.

Architect will disclose any items not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Contractor will complete or correct items and notify Architect to request another inspection. This process will

continue until all items are resolved to the satisfaction of Architect. Contractor will not demobilize its forces prior

to completion of the Punch List. Architect will then issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to Contractor

and submit a copy to District.

18.10.4. Commencement of Warranty. Contractor will begin the warranty period required by the Contract

Documents on the date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial

Completion.

18.10.5. Close-Out Documentation. Contractor will assemble for the Architect’s approval within thirty (30)

days of Substantial Completion all close-out documentation as required by the Contract Documents, including the

required number of copies of operating, maintenance, and warranty data from all manufacturers whose equipment

is installed in the Work, and Record Documents of the Work.

18.10.6. Partial Occupancy. District may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the

Work at any stage. Nothing under this paragraph constitutes a waiver of any requirement for Contractor to

provide the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 23 of 28

18.11 Final Completion and Final Payment.

18.11.1. Final Inspection. Upon receipt of Certificate of Substantial Completion, Contractor's completion of

all items on the Punch List and any other uncompleted portions of the Work, the Contractor shall notify District

and Architect, who shall again inspect such Work.

18.11.2. Final Application for Payment. If the Architect finds the Work complete and acceptable under the

Contract Documents, the Architect will notify Contractor, who will then jointly submit to Architect and District

its Final Application for Payment.

18.11.3. Payment of Retainage. District will make payment of retainage applying to such Work or

designated portion thereof after receiving all Close Out Documentation, an affidavit that bills for indebtedness

connected with the Work for which District’s property might be encumbered have been satisfied; a certificate to

indicate that insurance required by the Contract Documents will remain in force after final payment is in effect

and will not be cancelled or expire until 30 days prior written notice is given to District and that Contractor knows

of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract

Documents; the consent of surety to final payment; and valid waivers of all construction lien claims, bond claims,

and other claims by Contractor and each subcontractor in a form acceptable to District.

18.11.4. Payment of Interest. Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents bear interest from

the date payment is due as provided in ORS 279C.570(2).

18.11.5. Bond in Lieu of Waiver. If a subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by

District, Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to District to indemnify District against such lien. If such lien

remains unsatisfied after payments are made, Contractor will refund to District all money that District may be

compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

18.11.6. Delay in Final Completion. District will make payment of the balance due for any portion of the

Work fully completed and accepted if final completion is materially delayed through no fault of Contractor or by

issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion. In the event that final completion is not accomplished

within 30 days after the date of Substantial Completion due to any fault of Contractor, District may withhold from

any subsequent progress payments and from the final payment 150 percent of the reasonable cost of the

unfinished Work necessary to attain final completion. In the event Contractor fails to complete the Work

necessary to attain final completion, District may, without waiving any other remedies it may have, complete the

Work and deduct the actual cost thereof from the funds withheld. District will pay such funds pro rata following

successful completion of the unfinished Work if Work is done by Contractor. District will not withhold any

amount relating to Work arising from Change Orders or Construction Change Directives issued following the date

of Substantial Completion.

18.11.7. District’s Waiver of Claims. District’s issuance of Final Payment constitutes a waiver of Claims

by District except those from liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of this Contract and

unsettled, failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, terms of warranties

required by or included in the Contract Documents, or corrective Work.

18.11.8. Contractor’s Waiver of Claims. Contractor’s acceptance of final payment constitutes a waiver of

claims except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor as unsettled at the time of final

Application for Payment.

Article 19 Indemnity and Liability

19.1 To the furthest extent permitted by Oregon law, Contractor will indemnify, defend with legal counsel

reasonably acceptable to District, and hold harmless District and its consultants, the Architect and its consultants,

the Project Manager and its consultants, separate contractors, and their respective board members, officers,

representatives, contractors, agents, trustees, volunteers, and employees, in both individual and official capacities

(“Indemnitees”), against all suits, claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorney’s

fees, caused by, arising out of, resulting from, or incidental to, the performance of the Work under this Contract


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 24 of 28

by Contractor, its subcontractors, vendors, or suppliers, including, without limitation, any such suit, claim,

damage, loss, or expense attributable to, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness, disease, death, alleged patent

violation or copyright infringement, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (including damage to the

Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, except to the extent caused by the sole negligence,

active negligence, or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, and/or to any extent that would render these

provisions void or unenforceable. This agreement and obligation of Contractor will not be construed to negate,

abridge, or otherwise reduce any right or obligation of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to any party or

person described herein. This indemnification, defense, and hold harmless obligation includes any failure or

alleged failure by Contractor to comply with any provision of law, any failure or alleged failure to timely and

properly fulfill all of its obligations under the Contract Documents in strict accordance with their terms.

19.2 Contractor will fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless District, and each person, entity, firm, or

agency that owns or has any interest in adjacent property in any action arising out of any agreement between

Contractor and adjacent property owners that is made for the purpose of entering upon the adjacent property to

perform the Work. Contractor will obtain District’s approval of the form and content of the agreement prior to the

commencement of any Work on or about the adjacent property.

19.3 Severability of Indemnity Provisions. Contractor will give prompt notice to District in the event of

any injury (including death), loss, or damage included herein. Without limitation of the provisions herein, if

Contractor’s agreement to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Indemnitees as provided herein against

liability for damage arising out of bodily injury to persons or damage to property caused by or resulting from the

negligence of any of the Indemnitees will to any extent be or be determined to be void or unenforceable, it is the

intention of the parties that these circumstances will not otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of

Contractor’s agreement to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the rest of the Indemnitees, as provided herein,

and in the case of any such suits, claims, damages, losses, or expenses caused in part by the default, negligence, or

act or omission of Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or

anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and in part by any of the Indemnitees, Contractor will be and

remain fully liable on its agreements and obligations herein to the full extent permitted by law.

19.4 In any and all claims against any of the Indemnitees by any employee of Contractor, any subcontractor,

anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,

Contractor’s indemnification obligation herein will not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or

type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any subcontractor under workers’

compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts, unless it is limited by ORS 30.140.

19.5 Contractor’s defense and indemnification obligations survive the completion of Work, including any

warranty period and/or termination of this Contract.

Article 20 Special Provisions.

20.1 Contact with Students. “Unsupervised contact” with students means contact that provides the person

opportunity and probability for personal communication or touch with students when not under direct District

supervision. As required by ORS 326.603, Contractor will ensure that Contractor, any subcontractors, and their

officers, employees, and agents will have no direct, unsupervised contact with students while on District property.

Contractor will work with District to ensure compliance with this requirement. If Contractor is unable to ensure

through a security plan that none of its officers, employees, or agents or those of its subconsultants will have

direct, unsupervised contact with students in a particular circumstance or circumstances, Contractor will notify

District before beginning any Work that could result in such contact. Contractor authorizes District to obtain

information about Contractor and its history and to conduct a criminal background check, including

fingerprinting, of any Contractor officers, employees, or agents who may have unsupervised contact with

students. Contractor will cause its employees and/or subcontractors, if any, to authorize District to conduct these

background checks. Contractor will pay all fees assessed by Oregon Department of Education for processing the

background check. District may deduct the cost of such fees from a progress or final payment to Contractor under

this Contract, unless Contractor elects to pay such fees directly.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 25 of 28

20.2 Services Performed on District Property. Contractor performing services on District property or for

District will be in full uniform at all times. Uniforms will include shirt with company identification attached. In

addition, all such persons will carry photo identification and will present such to anyone on request. If such

identification cannot be produced by Contractor, or is not acceptable to District, District may provide at its sole

discretion such identification tags to Contractor. Contractor will bear the entire cost of producing and assigning

such identification. Contractors that do not have specific uniforms for employees will provide identification tags

as described above, and/or any other mechanism District in its sole discretion determines is required to easily

identify Contractors.

20.2.1. Sign-in Required. As required by schools and other District locations, each day of Work Contractor's

employees will sign into the Main Office to receive an in-school identification/visitors tag to be displayed on the

person at all times they are in the school or other location.

20.2.2. No Smoking. Smoking or other use of tobacco is prohibited on District's property.

20.2.3. No Drugs. District's property sites are designated drug-free zones enforced by the Portland Police

Bureau.

20.2.4. No Weapons or Firearms. Except as provided by Oregon statutes and District policy, weapons and

firearms are prohibited on District's property.

20.3 Confidentiality. As required by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 USC 1232(g)

(“FERPA”), and ORS 326.565, Contractor will not disclose any information or records regarding students or their

families that Contractor may learn or obtain in the course and scope of its performance of this Contract. The

parties recognize that FERPA imposes strict penalties for improper disclosure or redisclosure of confidential

student information, including but not limited to denial of access to personally identifiable information from

education records for at least five years (34 CFR 99.33(e)). Therefore, consistent with FERPA’s requirements,

personally identifiable information obtained by Contractor in the performance of this Contract may not be re-

disclosed to third parties without the written consent of the student’s parent/guardian and must be used only for

the purposes identified in this Contract.

20.4 Security. Contractor will not use or disturb District’s property, materials or documents except for the

purpose of responding to District’s request for proposal or invitation to bid or pursuant to completion of the Work

under this Contract. Contractor will treat all documents as confidential and will not disclose such documents

without approval from District. Any unauthorized disclosure of documents or removal of District property will be

deemed a substantial breach of this Contract. Contractor will bear sole responsibility for any liability including,

but not limited to attorneys’ fees, resulting from any action or suit brought against District as a result of

Contractor’s willful or negligent release of information, documents, or property contained in or on District

property. District hereby deems all information, documents, and property contained in or on District property

privileged and confidential.

20.5 Reporting of Child Abuse. Contractor agrees to comply with the Reporting of Child Abuse law (ORS

419B.005 through 419B.050) as if Contractor were a “public or private official” with a duty to report. Having

reasonable cause to believe that any child with whom the official comes in contact has suffered abuse or that any

person with whom Contractor comes in contact has abused a child, Contractor will immediately report or cause a

report to be made in the manner required in ORS 419B.015. Contractor will also report to the school principal or

designated school authority the circumstances supporting Contractor’s reasonable believe that any child has been

abused.

20.6 Employee Removal. At District’s request, Contractor will immediately remove any employee from all

District properties in cases where District determines in its sole discretion that removal of that employee is in

District’s best interests.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 26 of 28

Article 21 Miscellaneous Provisions

21.1 Hours of Labor. As required by ORS 279C.520 and 279C.540, for Contractor’s employees subject to

Oregon employment laws, and except when otherwise provided in a collective bargaining agreement between

Contractor and any labor organization:

.1 Contractor will pay persons employed under this Contract at least time and a half pay for Work

performed on the legal holidays specified in ORS 279C.540(1)(b) and for all overtime worked in

excess of 40 hours in any one week.

.2 Contractor will not employ any person for more than ten hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any

one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency, or where District absolutely requires it, and in

such cases, except in cases of contracts for personal services as defined in ORS 279A.055, Contractor

will pay the laborer at least time and a half:

(a) For all overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week

is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday;

(b) For all overtime in excess of ten hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work weeks

is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday; or

(c) For Work performed on Saturday and on any legal holidays specified in ORS 279C 540(1)(b).

.3 Exemption. These requirements do not apply to individuals who are excluded under ORS 653.010 to

653.261 or under 29 USC 201 to 209 from receiving overtime,

21.2 Notice to Employees. For those employees of Contractor that are covered or subject to Oregon

employment laws, Contractor will, pursuant to ORS 279C.540(2), give notice to employees who perform Work

on this Contract, either at the time of hire or before commencement of Work on this Contract, or by posting a

notice in a location frequented by employees, of the number of hours per day and days per week that the

employees may be required to work.

21.3 Limitation on Claim. As required by ORS 279C.545, to the extent any of Contractor’s employees are

covered by the Oregon employment laws, such covered worker employed by Contractor is foreclosed from the

right to collect for any overtime under this Contract unless a claim for payment is filed with Contractor within 90

days from the completion of the Contract, providing Contractor has: caused a circular clearly printed in blackface

pica type and containing a copy of this section to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the

timekeeper's office or in a similar place which is readily available and freely visible to any or all workers

employed on the Work; and maintained such circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of

this Contract on which workers are or have been employed.

21.4 Payment for Workers Compensation. As required by ORS 279C.530, to the extent any of

Contractor's employees are covered by the Oregon employment laws, Contractor, its subcontractors, if any, and

all other subject employers under the Oregon Workers' Compensation Law working under this Contract, are either

employers that will comply with ORS 656.017, which requires them to provide workers' compensation coverage

for all their subject workers, or are employers that are exempt under ORS 656.126.

21.5 Payment for Medical Care. As required by ORS 279C.530, to the extent any of Contractor's

employees are covered by the Oregon employment laws, Contractor will promptly, as due, make payment to any

person, co-partnership, association, or corporation furnishing medical, surgical, and hospital care or other needed

care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of such Contractor, of all sums which

Contractor will pay for such services and all moneys and sums which Contractor collected or deducted from the

wages of employees pursuant to any law, contract, or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for such

service.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 27 of 28

21.6 Prevailing Rate of Wage. As required by ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870,

21.6.1. Contractor will pay an hourly rate of wage to workers that is not less than the specified minimum rate

of wage in accordance with ORS 279C.838.

21.6.2. The latest prevailing wage rates for public works contracts in Oregon, published on January 1 and

July 1 of each year by the Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI), are contained in the Project Documents and are

hereby incorporated as part of the Contract Documents.

21.6.3. Contractor and all subcontractors will keep the prevailing wage rates for this Project posted in a

conspicuous and accessible place in or about the Project.

21.6.4. Contractor will pay a fee to the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries as

provided in ORS 297C.825(1). Contractor will pay the fee to the commissioner under the administrative rule of

the commissioner.

21.6.5. If Contractor or subcontractor also provides for or contributes to a health and welfare plan or a

pension plan, or both, for its employees on the Project, it will post notice describing such plans in a conspicuous

and accessible place in or about the Project, which includes information on how and where to make claims and

where to obtain future information.

21.6.6. Contractor and every subcontractor will file certified statements with District in writing in the form

prescribed by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries, certifying the hourly rate of wage paid

each worker whom Contractor or subcontractor has employed upon such public work, and further certifying that

no worker employed upon such public work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less than the

minimum hourly rate of wage specified in the Contract. Contractor and every subcontactor will verify the

respective certificates and statements by the oath to confirm he/she has read such statement and certificate and

knows the contents thereof and that the same is true to Contractor’s or subcontractor’s knowledge. Contractor will

set out accurately and completely in each certified statement the payroll records for the prior week including the

name and address of each worker, the worker's correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of

hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid.

21.6.7. Contractor will deliver or mail the certified statement to District. Contractor will submit certified

statements for each week during which Contractor or subcontractor employs a worker upon the public work once

a month, by the fifth business day of the following month. District may use information submitted on certified

statements only to ensure compliance with the provisions of ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870. Notwithstanding any

other provision of this agreement and in addition to any other retainage required under this Contract, District will

retain 25% of any amount earned by Contractor until Contractor has filed the certified statements with District as

required by this Section. District will pay the retainage required under this Section within 14 days after Contractor

files the certified statements required by this Section.

21.6.8. Contractor and each subcontractor will preserve the certified statements for a period of three years

from the date of completion of the Contract.

21.6.9. Contractor will:

.1 File a public works bond as required by ORS 279C.836 with the Oregon Construction Contractors

Board before starting Work on the Project, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(7) or (8).

.2 Include in every subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor to have a public works bond as

required by ORS 279C.836 filed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board before starting

Work on the Project, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(7) or (8).

21.7 Drug Testing Program. As required by ORS 279C.505(2), Contractor will demonstrate that an

employee drug testing program is in place during the term of this Contract.

21.8 Payment, Contributions, Liens, Withholding. As required by ORS 279B.220, Contractor will make

payment promptly, as due, to all persons supplying to such Contractor labor or material for the prosecution of the


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 28 of 28

Work provided for in such Contract; pay all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund from such

Contractor or subcontractor incurred in the performance of this Contract; not permit filing or prosecution of any

lien or claim against the state, county, school district, municipality, municipal corporation or subdivision thereof,

on account of any labor or material furnished; and pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld from

employees pursuant to ORS 316.167.

21.9 Material Salvage. As required by ORS 279C.510, if this Contract includes demolition Work,

Contractor will salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris, if feasible and cost-effective. If this

Contract includes law or landscape maintenance, Contractor will compost or mulch yard waste material at an

approved site, if feasible and cost-effective. Contractor will remove all salvage material from the Project site

unless otherwise called for in the Contract Documents. However, District may designate certain items of value

that Contractor will turned over to District unless otherwise directed by District.

21.10 Contractors License. If Contractor is performing Work as a landscape contractor as defined in ORS

671.520(2), Contractor will have a current, valid landscape contractor's license issued under ORS 671.560. If

Contractor is performing Work as a Contractor as defined in ORS 701.005(2), Contractor will have a current,

valid construction contractor's license issued under ORS 701.701.055. Contractor will maintain in effect all

licenses, permits and certifications required for the performance of the Work. Contractor will notify District

immediately if any license, permit, or certification required for performance of this Contract is not in effect for

any reason.

21.11 Right of Action on Payment Bond. Provisions of ORS 279C.605 regarding notice of claim on Right

of Action on Payment Bond of Contractor or subcontractor are incorporated herein by reference.

21.12 Non-Appropriation; Adequate Funding. District will, at Contractor’s written request, prior to

commencement of Work, provide Contractor with reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been

made to fulfill District’s obligations under the Contract. If payment for Work under this Contract extends into

District’s next fiscal year, District’s obligation to pay for such Work is subject to approval of future School Board

appropriations to fund this Contract. Continuation of this Contract at specified levels is specifically conditioned

on adequate funding under District’s budget adopted in June of each year. District may adjust the Work provided

for in this Contract in accordance with funding levels adopted by the School Board.

21.13 Law and Venue. Any dispute under this Contract or related to this Contract is governed by all

provisions of the Oregon Constitution and laws of Oregon governing, controlling, or affecting District, or the

property, funds, operations, or powers of District, which are incorporated herein by reference. This Contract is

deemed to include any provision that the law requires to be included. Any litigation arising out of this Contract

will be conducted in courts located in Multnomah County, Oregon.

21.14 Mediation. Contractor and District agree that any dispute that may arise under this Contract will be

submitted to a mediator agreed to by both parties as soon as such dispute arises, but in any event prior to

commencement of arbitration or litigation. Such mediation will occur in the City where the Project is located and

the mediation fee and expenses will be shared equally by the parties who agree to exercise their best efforts in

good faith to resolve all disputes in mediation.

21.15 Severability. If any term or provision of this Contract is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction

to be illegal or in conflict with any law, the validity of the remaining terms and provisions are not affected, and

the rights and obligations of the parties are construed and enforced as if this Contract did not contain the particular

term or provision held to be invalid.

21.16 No Waiver. The failure of District in any one or more instances to insist upon strict performance of

any of the terms of this Contract or to exercise any option herein conferred is not a waiver or relinquishment to

any extent of the right to assert or rely upon any such terms or option on any future occasion. No action or failure

to act by District, Architect, or Construction Manager waives any right or duty afforded District under this

Contract, nor does action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach, except as

specifically agreed in writing.


General Conditions

FINAL.doc

Page 29 of 29

21.17 Entire Agreement. The Contract is comprised of all the Contract Documents. The Contract

represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,

representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a

Modification.

21.18 Non-discrimination. Contractor will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules

and regulations regarding nondiscrimination in employment because of race, color, ancestry, national origin,

religion, sex, marital status, age, medical condition, or disability.

21.19 No Third Party Beneficiaries. District and Contractor are the only parties to this Contract and are the

only parties entitled to enforce its terms. Nothing in this Contract provides any benefit or right, directly or

indirectly, to third persons unless they are individually identified by name in this Contract and expressly described

as intended beneficiaries of this Contract. The Contract Documents will not be construed to create a contractual

relationship of any kind (1) between Contractor and Architect or Architect’s consultants, (2) between District and

a subcontractor or a sub-subcontractor, (3) between District and a supplier; (4) between District and Architect or

Architect’s consultants or (5) between any persons or entities other than District and Contractor.

21.20 Media Contacts. Contractor will not issue any news release, press release or other statement to

member of the news media or any other publication regarding this Contract or the Project without District’s prior

written authorization.

21.21 Successors in Interest. This Contract will bind, and inure to the benefit of, the parties, their

successors, and approved assigns, if any.

21.21.1. Contractor will not assign all or any part of this Contract including, without limitation, any services

or money to become due under this Contract without the prior written consent of District. Assignment without

District’s prior written consent is null and void. Any assignment of money due or to become due under this

Contract is subject to a prior lien for services rendered or material supplied for performance of Work called for

under this Contract in favor of all persons, firms, or corporations rendering services or supplying material to the

extent that claims are filed pursuant to Oregon law, and is also subject to deductions for liquidated damages or

withholding of payments as determined by District in accordance with this Contract. Contractor will not assign or

transfer in any manner to a subcontractor or supplier the right to prosecute or maintain an action against District.

21.21.2. Contractor will first notify District prior to any change in the name or legal nature of Contractor’s

entity. District will determine if Contractor’s intended change is permissible while performing this Contract.

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 217289v1

Page 1 of 2

SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS




SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1 MODERNIZATION PROJECTS

1.1 Access. Access to the school buildings and entry to buildings, classrooms, restrooms, mechanical rooms,

electrical rooms, or other rooms, for construction purposes, must be coordinated with District and onsite District

personnel before Work is to start. Unless agreed to otherwise in writing, only a school custodian will be allowed

to unlock and lock doors in existing building(s). The custodian will be available only while school is in session.

If a custodian is required to arrive before 7:00 a.m. or leave after 3:30 p.m. to accommodate Contractor’s Work,

the overtime wages for the custodian will be paid by the Contractor, unless, at the discretion of the District, other

arrangements are made in advance.

1.2 Master Key. Upon request, the District may, at its own discretion, provide a master key to the school

site for the convenience of the Contractor. The Contractor agrees to pay all expenses to re-key the entire school

site and all other affected District buildings if the master key is lost or stolen or if any unauthorized party obtains

a copy of the key or access to the school.

1.3 Maintaining Services. The Contractor is advised that Work is to be performed in spaces regularly

scheduled for instruction. Interruption and/or periods of shutdown of public access, electrical service, water

service, lighting, or other utilities shall be only as arranged in advance with the District. Contractor shall provide

temporary services to all facilities interrupted by Contractor’s Work.

1.4 Maintaining Utilities. The Contractor shall maintain in operation during duration of this Contract,

drainage lines, storm drains, sewers, water, gas, electrical, steam, and other utility service lines within the working

area.

1.5 Confidentiality. Contractor shall maintain the confidentiality of all information, documents, programs,

procedures and all other items that Contractor encounters while performing the Work. This requirement shall be

ongoing and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract and specifically includes, without

limitation, all student, parent, and employee disciplinary information and health information.

1.6 Work During Instructional Time. By submitting its bid, Contractor affirms that Work may be

performed during ongoing instruction in existing facilities. If so, Contractor agrees to cooperate to the best of its

ability to minimize any disruption to the school up to, and including, rescheduling specific work activities, at no

additional cost to District.

1.7 No Work During Student Testing. Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the District and at the

District’s request, coordinate its Work to not disturb District students including, without limitation, not

performing any Work when students at the Project site are taking State-required tests.

ARTICLE 2 BADGE POLICY FOR CONTRACTORS

2.1 All Contractors doing work for the District will provide their workers with identification badges. These

badges will be worn by all members of the Contractor's staff who are working in a District facility.

2.2 Badges must be filled out in full and contain the following information:

.1 Name of Contractor

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 217289v1

Page 2 of 2

.2 Name of Employee

.3 Contractor's address and phone number

2.3 Badges are to be worn when the Contractor or his/her employees are on District property and must be

visible at all times. Contractors must inform their employees that they are required to allow District employees,

and authorized representatives to review the information on the badges upon request.

2.4 Failure to display identification badges as required by District policy may result in the assessment of

fines against the Contractor.

ARTICLE 3 PERMITS, CERTIFICATES, LICENSES, FEES, APPROVAL

3.1 Payment for Permits, Certificates, Licenses, and Fees. As required in the General Conditions, the

Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses and certificates necessary for the prosecution of the Work

with the exception of the following:

.1 [ E.G. (WATER CONNECTION FEES) ]

.2 [ E.G. (SEWER CONNECTION FEES) ]

3.1.2. With respect to the above listed items, Contractor shall be responsible for securing such items;

however, District will be responsible for payment of these charges or fees. Contractor shall notify the District of

the amount due with respect to such items and to whom the amount is payable. Contractor shall provide the

District with an invoice and receipt with respect to such charges or fees.

3.2 [Reserved.]



APPENDIX F – DIVISION 01 TEMPLATE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Summary of Work Section 01 11 00 SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work Covered by Contract Documents

B. Contract Method

C. Work by Owner

1.02 WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Work of this Contract as more completely detailed in the Contract Documents, comprises

Hazardous Materials Abatement throughout the premises, demolition as required to

access hazardous materials to be removed and general demolition as defined within the

contract documents to prepare the site for building renovations to be performed under a

separate contract. All work shall be performed on the (Project Name) located at (Project

Address), Portland, Oregon.

B. The Work shall be providing all supplies, tools, equipment, scaffolding, transportation,

utilities, service, superintendence, labor, and the furnishing of all materials, items, and

accessories needed for the Project.

C. All on-site work, including demolition, installation and final cleaning is required to be

completed during the regularly scheduled hours. Contractor is to coordinate work to

accommodate the continuous operation of the adjacent streets and utilities, without

interruption or hindrance.

D. The Contractor shall provide for all scheduling, coordination, cutting and patching and all

other items required by the contract Documents to complete the Work.

E. Project Phasing for the purpose of obtaining Substantial Completion shall mean that all

selective demolition as described within the Contract Documents for this Scope of Work

shall be completed and remaining structures shall be stabilized. Hazardous materials

shall have been abated and certifications shall be provided to confirm that this Work has

been completed.

1.03 CONTRACT METHOD

A. Construct the work under a single lump sum contract.

1.04 WORK BY OWNER

A. The District shall be engaging under separate contract, removal of one and

decommissioning of a second underground storage tank. These tanks have been

identified on the Contract Documents and work will be conducted in conjunction with the

work of this Contract. Contractor shall provide access to District, its contractors and

agents as needed to allow this work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

***End of Section***

Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Multiple Contract Summary Section 01 12 00

SECTION 01 12 00 – MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Summary of Contracts

B. Work Sequence

C. Contract Interface

1.02 SUMMARY OF CONTRACTS

A. The District shall award four contracts for construction work on the (Project Name):

1. Hazardous Materials Abatement & Selective Demolition (The Project)

2. Underground Tank Removal and Decommissioning

3. Marysville K-8 Renovation Project

4. Fixtures Furnishings and Equipment

1.03 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The Underground Tank Removal and Decommissioning contract is scheduled to

commence in May 2011 and is planned to be substantially complete prior to the

commencement of the work of this Project. As a part of the Preconstruction Conference,

the Contractor shall walk through the Site with the District to identify any conditions that

deviate from the conditions observed at the Pre-bid Walk-through.

B. Marysville K-8 Renovation Project is scheduled to commence in July 2011. Contractor

shall complete the Work of this Contract prior to the commencement of the Renovation

Contract.

1.04 CONTRACT INTERFACE

A. Contractor shall thoroughly inspect the site to ensure knowledge of existing conditions.

Any areas of conflict or concern regarding the field conditions or the work of other

contractors shall be identified and resolved prior to commencement of the Work.

B. Contractor shall conduct a post-completion walk through of the Project with the

contractor for the Renovation Project to provide an overview of work performed,

observed conditions during the course of the work, and to respond to questions from

that contractor about existing conditions onsite.

C. The Contractor shall afford the District and separate contractors reasonable opportunity

for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of

their work, and shall connect and coordinate its Work with theirs as required by the

Contract Documents.

D. If any part of the Work depends for proper execution or results upon work of the District

or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with the Work,

carefully inspect and promptly report to the District any apparent discrepancies or

defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and

results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and promptly report shall constitute an

acceptance of the District’s or separate contractors' work as fit and proper to receive his

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Multiple Contract Summary Section 01 12 00

Work, except as to latent defects which Contractor could not have reasonably discovered

by his inspection.

E. Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible

therefore.

F. Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to work or property of the District, or to

other work on the site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy and be wholly responsible

for such damage.

G. In the event there is more than one contractor engaged on the Project, each such

contractor shall be responsible to the other for damages to work, injury to any person or

persons, or for any loss, cost, claims or damages arising out of or in connection with the

work required by each contract with the District or any loss, cost, expense or damage

caused by separate contractor's neglect or failure to finish or satisfactorily complete his

part of the Work within the time prescribed.

H. Whenever the Contractor receives items from a separate contractor or from the District

for storage, erection or installation, the Contractor receiving such items shall give receipt

for items delivered, and thereafter will be held responsible for care, storage and any

necessary replacing of item or items received.

I. When certain items of equipment and other work are indicated as "NIC" (not in contract),

or to be furnished and installed or performed under other contracts, any requirements for

preparation of openings, provision of backing, etc., for receipt of such "NIC" work will be

furnished upon written request of the Contractor who shall properly form and otherwise

prepare his work in a satisfactory manner to receive such "NIC" work.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Work Restrictions Section 01 14 00

SECTION 01 14 00 – WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Access to Site

B. Coordination with Occupants

C. Use of Site

D. Standard Working Hours/Days

E. Deviation from Standard Hours/Days

1.02 ACCESS TO SITE

A. Contractor shall limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations.

B. Access to and from site shall be from (Description/Location). There shall be no access

through or from the adjacent park or residences.

C. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the District.

1.03 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A. The site is not currently in use and will be fully available to the Contractor.

1. District Staff – Contractor shall ensure that District Staff have access to the premises

at all times.

2. Public Access – Contractor shall limit access to authorized personnel only and shall

not allow public access without prior authorization from the District.

3. Contractor shall prepare and maintain a record of all site visitors and shall provide

copies of this record to the District at Project progress meetings.

1.04 USE OF SITE

A. Contractor shall have full access to the Site, but shall limit access to locations and

schedules in advance with District Representative. Contractor shall direct all construction

vehicle and delivery traffic along an access route as approved by the District

Representative.

B. Define Contractor areas for work, access, staging and storage.

C. Provide staging and logistics plan delineated on Project Site Plan.

D. Contractor shall submit staging and logistics plan to District and governing authorities for

review and approval prior to commencement of Work.

E. Contractor shall limit his use of premise for Work and for storage to allow for:

1. District occupancy and operations.

2. Coordinated use of premises under direction of District Representative.

3. Full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract

stored at Site.

4. Moving stored products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations

of District or separate Contractor.

5. Obtaining and paying for use of additional storage or work areas needed for

operations.

6. Conformance to fire/life/safety requirements and fire equipment access.

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Work Restrictions Section 01 14 00

7. Worker vehicle parking on-site.

8. Storage of all materials required for the project on-site.

9. Construction Operations:

a. Do not unreasonably encumber Site and Structure with materials or equipment.

b. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.

1.05 STANDARD WORKING HOURS/DAYS

A. Exterior work shall be performed Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. through 6:00

p.m. and Saturday from 7:00 a.m. through 12:00 p.m.

B. Interior work that does not generate noise shall be performed Monday through Friday

from 7:00 a.m. through 9:00 p.m. and Saturday from 7:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m.

1.06 DEVIATION FROM STANDARD HOURS/DAYS

A. For any deviation from the above stated working days/times, Contractor shall submit a

request in writing to the District at least 48 hours prior to the date in question. While the

District cannot assure approval in every instance, efforts shall be made to accommodate

such requests.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Project Utility Sources Section 01 18 00

SECTION 01 18 00 – PROJECT UTILITY SOURCES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Related Sections

B. Access and Start Up/Termination

C. Shut Off Procedures

D. Payment Provisions

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 51 00- Temporary Utilities

1.03 ACCESS AND START UP/TERMINATION

A. Contractor shall contact and make arrangements with utility providers to ensure proper

access to temporary power, water and other utilities as needed to conduct the work.

B. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall ensure that all utility services have been

appropriately terminated in accordance with the Contract Documents and utility purveyor

requirements.

1.04 SHUT OFF PROCEDURES

A. Contractor shall be responsible for demolition of utility systems including cutting, capping

and system shut down in accordance with local utility service purveyor requirements.

B. Contractor shall notify District a minimum of three working days prior to any proposed

shut down and shall provide written documentation of shut down procedures as well as

requirements for future system restart.

1.05 PAYMENT PROVISIONS

A. District shall pay for permanent and temporary utility services. Contractor shall use due

diligence to observe sustainable and conservational utility use practices.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Unit Prices Section 01 22 00

SECTION 01 22 00 – UNIT PRICES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Related Sections

B. Unit Price Measurement

C. Unit Price Payment


A. Section 01 26 00 – Contract Modification Procedures.

1.03 UNIT PRICE MEASUREMENT

A. Where unit prices are provided, Contractor shall immediately notify the District or

District’s Representative if previously unforeseen conditions require work that the

Contractor perceives to be in addition to the Scope of Work.

B. Contractor shall comply with Section 01 26 00 – Contract Modification Procedures when

preparing notification for District Review and Approval.

1.04 UNIT PRICE PAYMENT

A. Unit prices shall be provided for the following items:

1. Engineered fill brought to site, and compacted to 95% compaction. Price by Cu.Yd.

10 yd minimum.

2. Excavation and hauling for clean soils. Price by Cu. Yd. 10 yd minimum.

3. Excavation and hauling for contaminated soils. Price by Cu. Yd. 10 yd minimum.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Substitution Procedures Section 01 25 00

SECTION 01 25 00 – SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Substitution Procedures

B. Product Substitution Procedures

C. Execution Substitution Procedures

D. Substitution Request Timing

1.02 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of each substitution request using the District

approved form.

B. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings

or product data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will

require revision to the Contract Documents.

C. In making request for substitution, Contractor represents that:

1. It has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is

equal or superior in all respects to that specified.

2. It will provide the same guarantee for substitution as for product or method

specified.

3. It will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, making such

changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects at no additional

cost to District.

4. It waives all claims for additional costs or time extensions related to substitution

which consequently becomes apparent.

5. It will reimburse District for review or redesign services associated with re-approval

by authorities.

D. Should any proposed product substitution require any redesign work to accommodate

the substitute product, costs for such re-design work shall be included in the proposal

amount and shall be paid to the District consultants for the required re-design work.

E. District shall notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

1.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Include in each request complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed

substitution with Contract Documents to include:

1. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name and address

2. Manufacturer’s literature

3. Product description

4. Performance and test data

5. Reference standards

6. Samples, when appropriate

7. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of

installation.

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Substitution Procedures Section 01 25 00

1.04 EXECUTION SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Include in each request complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed

substitution with Contract Documents to include:

1. Detailed description of proposed method and drawings illustrating methods

2. Itemized comparison of proposed substitutions with products and/or methods

specified

3. Data relating to changes in Project schedule

4. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method

specified.

1.05 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST TIMING

B. Substitution of products shall not normally be approved after Contract is executed,

however, substitutions may be considered for one or more of the following conditions:

1. Product unavailability beyond control of Contractor, such as strikes, lockouts, and

discontinuance by the manufacturer or his authorized supplier.

2. Requirements for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or

insurance regulations.

3. District or consultant requested substitution.

4. If it can be shown that specified product or system is not well suited for proposed

application, or that another is superior and/or less costly. Attach detailed

documentation including cost savings/increase.

5. Subsequent information or data discloses inability of specified product to perform

properly in the application and/or for the purpose for which it was intended.

6. Manufacturer’s or fabricator’s refusal to certify or guarantee performance of specified

product as required.

7. Subsequent information that a long delivery date will not be compatible with the

Contract construction period.

8. Proof for any of the above set forth conditions shall be submitted to the District

representative in writing with all pertinent data in the form of a Change Order

Request.

C. Prior to Contract execution, District will consider requests for substitutions only within 15

days after Notice of Intent to Award. District reserves the right to reject any and all

substitution requests for any reason, without obligation or liability.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00

SECTION 01 26 00 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Related Sections

B. Requests for Interpretation

C. Minor Changes in the Work

D. Construction Change Directives

E. Proposal Requests

F. Proposal Request Log

G. Change Order Requests

H. Change Orders


A. Section 00 63 00 – Clarification and Modification Forms

1.03 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION

A. Where the Contractor requires additional information to assist in interpreting the

documents or understanding how to apply the provisions of the Contract Documents, the

Contractor shall submit a Request for Interpretation to the District Representative to

distribute as appropriate to the Project team.

B. All requests shall include the following:

1. specific reference to the drawings, specifications or field conditions that initiated the

need for interpretation

2. list of subcontractors involved

3. date of request

4. date that response is needed

5. reason for need for interpretation (unanticipated field condition, conflict in

documents, change in requirements of third party such as code entity)

6. suggested options for resolution

7. indication of whether or not the issue appears to have potential impact on the

Contract Sum or Contract Time.

1.04 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. The District, without invalidating the Contract, may issue supplemental instructions

authorizing minor changes in the Work that do not involve adjustment to the Contract

Sum or Contract Time.

B. Where such changes do affect the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, the Contract shall

be modified by Change Order and Work shall be performed under the applicable

conditions of the Contract Documents.

1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

A. Where the District has requested a change to the Work and the District and Contractor

cannot agree to the terms of adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the


District shall issue a Construction Change Directive compelling to the Contractor to

commence with the change, tracking both the time and cost of the work until such time

as the Contractor and District can come to an agreement.

B. Construction Change Directives shall contain a complete description of the changes in the

work and shall designate the method to be followed to determine changes in the

Contract Sum or Contract Time.

C. Contractor shall maintain detailed records on a time and materials basis of the Work

required.

D. Upon completion of the change in the Work, the Contractor shall submit an itemized

account and supporting data necessary to substantiate the cost and time adjustments to

the Contract for preparation of a Change Order by the District’s Representative.

E. Payment to the Contractor shall not be made on basis of a Construction Change Directive

until it is made into a Change Order approved by the District, its Representative, the

Contractor and the Architect/Engineer. Portions of a Construction Change Directive shall

not be eligible to be made into a Change Order for partial payment.

1.06 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. District Initiated

1. District or its consultants may initiate a change in the Work that may require

adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. Requests for Proposal shall

be presented on District approved form.

2. Issued proposal requests are for information only and shall not be considered

instructions to stop work or to execute the proposed change.

3. Within 10 working days after receipt of Proposal Request, Contractor shall submit a

quotation of adjustments to the Contract Sum and Contract Time necessary to

execute the change.

4. Contractor shall include an itemized breakdown of cost including quantities of

materials, labor costs with breakdown by trade, costs of rental equipment,

transportation and storage. Include as separate line items any changes related to

credits to Contract Sum or Contract Time associated with not performing the

originally specified Work.

5. Contractor shall include an updated Construction Schedule that indicate the effect of

the change including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish

dates and activity relationships. Contractor shall utilize available total float prior to

requesting an extension in Contract Time.

B. Contractor Initiated

1. Contract shall submit copies of Change Order Request Form to District

Representative. Contractor shall provide a complete description of the proposed

change, indicting the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and on the

Contract Time.

2. Contractor shall include an itemized breakdown of cost including quantities of

materials, labor costs with breakdown by trade, costs of rental equipment,

transportation, and storage. Include as separate line items, any changes related to


credits to Contract Sum or Contract Time associated with not performing the

originally specified work.

3. Contractor shall include an updated Construction Schedule that indicate the effect of

the change including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish

dates and activity relationships. Contractor shall utilize available total float prior to

requesting an extension in Contract Time.

1.07 PROPOSAL REQUEST LOG

A. Contractor shall maintain a current log of all Proposal Requests and submit same at each

project meeting and with each Application for Payment. Each Proposal Request shall

have a unique number for tracking purposes. The log shall, at a minimum, show the

Proposal Request number, date initiated, brief description, reference (e.g.: RFI or

supplemental instruction), estimated cost, estimated time, status and reason for the

Proposal Request (e.g.: unforeseen condition, regulatory requirement, District request, or

errors and omissions).

1.08 CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS

A. District shall review the Proposal Requests submitted by the Contractor for revisions in

the Contract Sum and the Contract Time, and may request the Contractor modify its

proposal.

B. Upon acceptance of the Proposal Requests by the District, District’s Representative,

Contractor and Architect/Engineer, the District’s Representative shall prepare the Change

Order in triplicate on the District’s form for signatures by all parties.

1.09 CHANGE ORDERS

A. Change Orders shall be recorded as a revision to the Contract for Construction and

Contractor shall immediately upon execution, add their content and value to both the

Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Values.

B. Applications for Payment shall include all executed change orders in order to be

considered complete and acceptable for payment processing.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Payment Procedures Section 01 29 00

SECTION 01 29 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Schedule of Values

B. Progress Payment Procedures

C. Payment for Stored Materials

D. Payment for Deposit on Ordered Materials

E. Payment Procedures for Testing Laboratory Services

1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Within 10 days of the Contract Award, the Contractor shall submit to the District for

review and approval, the Project Schedule of Values. The Schedule of Values shall

allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and shall be

prepared in such form as approved by the District and supported by such data to

substantiate its accuracy.

B. District shall review and approve the Schedule of Values for use in the preparation of

Applications for Payment.

1.03 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values.

1.04 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS

A. Contractor shall be entitled to receive at least partial payment for stored materials

provided the following conditions have been met:

1. Materials are stored in a licensed, bonded warehouse and verification of both

licensure and bond have been provided to the District.

2. Stored materials have been clearly itemized and the District has verification from an

independent third party that all items are present within the warehouse.

3. Contractor has provided proof of payment for stored materials.

4. Verification of stored materials and partial payment for such materials do not

constitute acceptance on the part of the District. In the event that materials stored

are found to be unsuitable for installation or incorporation into the Work for any

reason, Contractor shall bear full responsibility for any and all corrections needed.

5. District shall not be responsible for any additional costs incurred for storage of

materials unless such storage is the result of and a part of an approved Change

Order where the District is found to be responsible for such costs.

1.05 PAYMENT FOR DEPOSIT ON ORDERED MATERIALS

A. Where the Contractor has placed an order for materials or services and an initial deposit

is required, the Contractor shall have the right to submit invoices for deposits as a part of

the Application for Payment with supporting documentation indicating why such deposits

are necessary. District shall review submitted invoices and shall have the right to

approve or reject, however such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Payment Procedures Section 01 29 00

1.06 PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

A. District shall pay for materials testing directly through testing agency.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for understanding the scheduling and coordination

requirements applicable to each testing agencies and for coordinating schedule testing as

appropriate for the Project Schedule.

C. District shall not be responsible for costs incurred due to scheduled testing that is either

cancelled or for retesting of failed components of the Work.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Project Management and Coordination Section 01 31 00

SECTION 01 31 00 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Project Coordination

B. Construction Organization and Start-up

C. Coordinating Subcontractors’ Work

D. Multiple Contract Coordination

E. Project Meetings

1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION

A. Before submitting the Bid to the District, and continuously after the execution of this

Contract, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and

shall at once report to the District, any error, inconsistency or omission it may discover

including any requirement which may be contrary to any law, ordinance, rule, regulation

or order of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work.

B. By submitting bid for this Contract and the Work under it, the Contractor agrees that the

Contract Documents, along with any supplementary written instructions issued that have

become a part of the Contract Documents, appear accurate, consistent, and complete

insofar as can reasonably be determined. If the Contractor has reported in writing an

error, inconsistency or omission and has promptly stopped the affected Work until

instructed, and otherwise followed the instructions of the District, the Contractor shall not

be liable to the District for any damage resulting from any such errors, inconsistencies or

omissions in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall do no Work without Contract

Documents and, when required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or samples for

such portions of the Work.

C. Before starting Work, the Contractor shall locate all general reference points. The

Contractor shall employ a registered surveyor (licensed by the State of Oregon) to

perform such work. The Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to prevent the

dislocation or destruction of the reference points, and shall be responsible for the

accuracy of the site and building layout and elevations for the Work.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION AND START-UP

A. Establish on-site lines of authority and communications including the following:

1. Attend Pre-construction Meeting and Progress Meetings as required by the Architect,

Engineer, District and District’s Representatives.

B. Comply with procedures for intra-project communications including: 1. Submittals

2. Reports and records

3. Recommendations

4. Coordination drawings

5. Schedules

6. Resolution of conflicts


1.04 COORDINATING SUBCONTRACTORS' WORK

A. Coordinate the Work of all Subcontractors and make certain that, where the Work of one trade is dependent upon the Work of another trade, the Work first installed is properly placed, installed, aligned, and finished as specified or required to properly receive subsequent materials applied or attached thereto.

B. Direct Subcontractors to correct defects in their workmanship when subcontractors of

subsequent materials have a reasonable and justifiable objection to conditions of work.

C. Do not force Subcontractors to apply or install products to improperly finished product.

D. Coordinate changes to assure that:

1. Requirements of Contract Documents are fulfilled.

2. Changes in Contract requirements of all affected trades are reflected in executed

Change Orders.

E. Scheduling and Installation Sequence:

1. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of specifications to

assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction

elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

2. Schedule work in accordance with current Project Construction Schedule.

a. Coordinate schedules of all trades.

b. Verify timely deliveries of products for installation by other trades.

c. Verify that labor and equipment are adequate for Work and schedule.

d. Verify that material deliveries are adequate to maintain schedule.

6.05 MULTIPLE CONTRACT COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Work of the Contract Documents to assure efficient and orderly sequence of

work with provisions for accommodating items to be removed for installation under

separate contract.

6.06 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. Preconstruction Meetings

1. District will administer preconstruction meeting for execution of Owner-Contractor

Contract and exchange of preliminary submittals.

B. Site Mobilization Meetings

1. District will administer site mobilization conference at Project site for clarification of

District and Contractor responsibilities in use of site and for review of administrative

procedures.

2. District will administer a pre-grading conference at the site which the Contractor and

grading contractor must attend. Contractor shall present for review and approval,

any cut and fill calculations, haul routes, and fill material sourcing information as

applicable to this work.

C. Progress Meetings

1. Contractor shall conduct weekly project site meetings throughout the course of the

Work. Contractor shall make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda

with copies for participants, preside at meetings and record minutes which shall be


distributed within two days to District, Architect and Engineers, participants and

those affected by decisions made at the meetings.

2. Attendees shall include Project superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers,

District and Architect/Engineer as appropriate to the topics for each meeting.

3. Suggested agenda: Review of Work progress; status of progress schedule and

adjustments thereto, delivery schedules, submittals, maintenance of quality

standards, pending changes and/or substitutions and questions or other items

affecting progress of the work.

D. Pre-activity Conference

1. Prior to commencement of critical new activities on site, Contractor shall conduct a

Pre-activity Conference. Contractor shall ensure that all relevant sub-contractors are

present inclusive of those performing work immediately prior and subsequent to the

subject activity as well as those who are impacted by the Work.

2. The purpose of the conference is to review field conditions to confirm that the site

and all previous work is ready for the commencement of the new activity, confirm

clear understanding of the intention of the plans and specifications and to identify

potential risks and resolutions to those risks related to the proposed work.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00

SECTION 01 32 00 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Scheduling of Work

B. Construction Progress Schedule

C. Recovery Schedule

D. Float Time

E. Submittals Schedule

F. Construction Progress Reporting

G. Periodic Work Observation

H. Photographic Documentation

1.02 SCHEDULING OF WORK

A. The primary objectives of the project scheduling program is to ensure the adequate

planning, scheduling and execution of the construction activities so they may be

prosecuted in an orderly and expeditious manner, within the Contract Time and the

Milestones stipulated by the Contract, to provide optimum coordination between

Contractors, to establish the basis for measuring and monitoring individual Contractor

progress and overall project progress, to detect problems for the purpose of taking

corrective action to maintain the scheduled program and to provide a mechanism, or tool

for determining and monitoring such corrective actions.

B. If the Contractor should desire or intend to complete the Work earlier than any required

Milestone or Completion date, the District, Architect/Engineer or the District’s

Representative shall not be liable to the Contractor for any costs or other damages

should the Contractor be unable to complete the Work before this earlier date. The

duties, obligations and warranties of the District to the Contractor shall be consistent with

and applicable only to the completion of the Work on the Milestone and Completion dates

required in the Contract, unless the District, the District’s Representative and the

Contractor otherwise agree in writing.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE

A. Pursuant to the General Conditions of this Contract, the following additional scheduling

requirements are a part of this Contract.

B. Work under this Section shall consist of furnishing a Construction Schedule showing in

detail how the Contractor plans to execute and coordinate the Work. The Construction

Schedule shall be based on and incorporate the Contract Milestone and Completion

dates specified in the Contract and shall show the order in which Contractor shall perform

the Work, projected dates for the start and completion of separable portions of the Work,

and other information concerning Contractor's Work scheduling as District may request.

C. The Construction Schedule shall be in the form of a bar chart and shall consist of

horizontal lines, or bars, plotted along a daily time scale. The time-scale shall indicate all

required Milestone and Completion dates as set forth in the Contract. The horizontal

bar(s) shall indicate the start and finish dates as well as the total time period of

performance for each activity. The Contractor shall arrange the chart so as to show the


activities which are necessary to fulfill each and every Milestone and Completion date

requirement.

D. Each work item on the Construction Schedule, as well as being correlated to the payment

document, shall be broken into reasonable work segments/activities (where practicable)

with individual starting and stopping dates. Work segments shall not exceed fourteen

(14) calendar days or $20,000 in value unless approved by the District or its

representative. As a minimum, Work shall be segmented to demonstrate its relationship

to the various Milestone Dates, if any. The segmented Work activities shall be cost

loaded to show their dollar value as a part of the entire pay item. Activity titles shall be

self-explanatory; abbreviations shall be shown in the legend.

1.04 RECOVERY SCHEDULE

A. Should any conditions exist, such that certain activities shown on the Contractor's

Detailed Construction Schedule fall behind schedule to the extent that any of the

mandatory specific or Milestones or Completion Dates are in jeopardy, the Contractor

shall be required to, at no cost to the District, prepare and submit a supplementary

Recovery Schedule, in a form and detail appropriate to the need, to explain and display

how he intends to reschedule those activities to regain compliance with the Detailed

Construction Schedule during the immediate subsequent pay period.

B. The Contractor and District’s Representative shall do the following after determination of

the requirement for a Recovery Schedule:

1. Within three (3) calendar days, the Contractor shall present to the District’s

Representative the Recovery Schedule. The Recovery Schedule shall represent the

Contractor's best judgment as to how he shall reorganize his work so that he may

return to the approved Construction Schedule within the immediate subsequent pay

period. The Recovery Schedule shall be prepared to a similar level of detail as the

Detailed Construction Schedule.

C. Five (5) calendar days prior to the expiration of the Recovery Schedule, the District’s

Representative and the Contractor will meet at the job site to determine whether the

Contractor has regained compliance with the Construction Schedule. At the direction of

the District’s Representative, one of the following will happen:

1. If, in the opinion of the District’s Representative, the Contractor is still behind

schedule, the Contractor in conjunction with the District’s Representative will prepare

another Recovery Schedule, at the Contractor's expense to take effect during the

immediate subsequent pay period.

2. If, in the opinion of the District’s Representative, the Contractor has sufficiently

regained compliance with the Construction Schedule, the use of the Construction

Schedule will be resumed.

1.05 FLOAT TIME

A. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the

District. Contractor's work shall proceed according to start dates, and the District’s

Representative shall have the right to reserve and apportion float time according to the

needs of the project. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that actual delays,

effecting paths of activities containing float time, will not have any effect upon Contract

Completion times, providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time

associated with those activities.

B. Extensions of time will be granted only to the extent that the activity or activities affected

exceed the total float or slack along the path of activities affected at the time of Notice to


Proceed or a Change Order or the commencement of any delay or condition for which an

adjustment is warranted under the Contract Documents.

1.06 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. In conjunction with the preparation of the Construction Schedule, the Contractor shall

prepare a Submittals schedule that shall outline all required submittals and when they

are required to be approved based on ordering lead times and the incorporation of

products into the Work in conformance with the Construction Schedule.

B. Contractor shall then reverse schedule to determine when submittals need to be provided

to the District and design team, noting latest approval dates and factoring in time for

resubmittals if necessary.

C. Submittal schedule shall be clearly identified within Construction Schedule and shall be

updated and reviewed at each Project Progress Meeting.

1.07 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS REPORTING

A. The Contractor shall review the progress and quality of the Work on a daily basis and

shall report on that progress weekly.

B. Written progress reports shall include, at a minimum:

1. Project name

2. Date

3. Author of report

4. Weather conditions including wind, precipitation and temperature

5. Trades present through the reporting period

6. Materials and equipment delivered, utilized and/or stored on site

7. Conformance with Contract Documents and/or any observed deviations

8. Conformance with or deviation from Construction Schedule

9. Conformance with or deviation from Contract Sum

10. Outstanding RFIs (RFI log)

11. Outstanding submittals, shop drawings or product data reviews (Submittal Log)

12. Tests and/or inspections performed inclusive of results

13. List of site visitors including regulatory agencies and/or testing and inspection

entities.

1.08 PERIODIC WORK OBSERVATION

A. Preparatory inspections shall be performed prior to the beginning of any work on any

definable feature. This should include a review of Contract requirements, a check to

assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; a

check to assure that provisions have been made to provide required control testing;

examination of the work area to ascertain that all preliminary work has been completed;

and a physical examination of materials and equipment to assure that they conform to

approved shop drawings or submittal data and that all necessary materials and/ or

equipment are on hand.

B. Initial Inspections shall be performed as soon as work begins on a representative portion

of the particular feature of work and should include examination of the quality of


workmanship as well as a review of control testing for compliance with Contract

requirements.

C. Follow up Inspections should be performed daily to assure continuing compliance with

Contract requirements including control testing until completion of the particular feature

of work. The District may require joint inspections at any time and on a periodic basis to

evaluate the effectiveness of the quality control team.

1.09 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A. Contractor shall provide ground-level, color digital progress photos weekly for a

permanent record of the Project. Photos should be dated and include a description of

the picture and the camera location.

B. In addition to the overall progress photographs that should document both the progress

and the types of work being performed on site, the Contractor shall, in consultation with

the District, determine at least six exterior locations for different views of the Project.

Stand in the same chosen location week after week until no further progress can be seen

from that location.

C. Once exterior photos can no longer show progress of the Work, in consultation with the

District Representative, Contractor shall determine at least six interior locations for

different views. Stand in the same chosen locations week after week until no further

progress can be seen from that location.

D. Contractor shall arrange for digital color aerial photographs from at least two (2) angles

of the entire construction site including adjacent streets. Photos shall be taken prior to

the start of construction and at 60-day intervals until no further progress can be seen

and at the conclusion of the Project.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Submittal Procedures Section 01 33 00 SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Certificates

B. Field Test Reporting

C. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples

D. Source Quality Control Reporting

1.02 CERTIFICATES

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to

Architect/Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Indicate how material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit

supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be

acceptable to Architect/Engineer.

1.03 FIELD TEST REPORTING

A. Contractor shall coordinate all field test reporting as required by the Contract Documents

and shall keep records of all tests conducted regardless of their outcome.

B. Testing reports shall be provided to the District and reviewed at each Progress Meeting.

1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

A. Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared by

the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate

some portion of the Work.

B. Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,

brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor which illustrate a

material, product or system for some portion of the Work.

C. Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and

establish standards by which the Work will be judged.

D. The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, with reasonable promptness and in

such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any

separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the

Contract Documents.

E. For standard manufactured items not requiring special Shop Drawings for manufacture,

submit the number the Contractor requires plus four (4) copies of manufacturer's catalog

sheets showing illustrated cuts of item to be furnished, scale details, sizes, dimensions,

performance characteristics, capacities, wiring diagrams and controls, and all other

pertinent information. Four (4) copies of reviewed submissions will be retained by the

District, its Representatives and Architect/Engineer.

F. For all other Shop Drawings, submit three (3) legible, unfolded, reproducible print(s) for

each drawing. Each drawing shall have a clear space for stamps. When phrase "by

others" appears on Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall indicate on the drawing who is

to furnish material or operations so marked before submittal. When Shop Drawings are

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Submittal Procedures Section 01 33 00

checked "revise and resubmit", the Contractor shall correct original tracing and submit a

new transparency and opaque prints for review.

G. For use of all trades, the Contractor shall provide such number of prints as are required

for field distribution.

H. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor

represents that he has determined and verified all materials, field measurements, and

field construction criteria related thereto, and that he has checked and coordinated the

information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of

the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall adhere to any supplementary processing

and scheduling instruction, pertaining to Shop Drawings, as may be issued by the

District’s Representative.

I. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the

requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect or Engineer's review of Shop

Drawings, Product Data or Samples unless the Contractor has received a Change Order

for same. Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in

the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect or Engineer's review

thereof.

J. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit

the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples. Resubmittal

of Shop Drawings necessitated by required corrections shall not be a cause for extension

of time. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop

Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions other than the corrections requested on

previous submittals.

K. No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample

shall be commenced until the submittal has been reviewed by the Architect or Engineer.

All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.

L. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be dated and bear: Name of project; description or

names of equipment, materials and items; and complete identification of locations at

which materials or equipment are to be installed.

M. Submission of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples shall be accompanied by

transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing Project name, Contractor's name, number of

drawings and samples, titles and other pertinent data.

N. Each Shop Drawing, Product Data, and Samples submittal shall bear the Contractor's

stamp or seal stating that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor and that it

conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL REPORTING

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective quality control program or

Contractor inspection system which will assure that all supplies and services required

under the Contract conform to Contract requirements whether constructed or processed

by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. The Contractor shall

perform or have performed the inspections and tests required to substantiate that all

supplies and services conform to Contract Documents. The Contractor’s inspection

system shall be documented and shall be available for review by the District prior to the

start of construction and throughout the life of the Contract. The Contractor shall notify

the District in writing of any proposed changes to the inspection system.

Portland Public Schools Page 3 (PROJECT NAME) Submittal Procedures Section 01 33 00

B. Program shall include information such as:

1. Haul routes and disposal sites for hazardous materials, recyclable materials and

waste materials;

2. Contractor sources for engineered fill materials and specifications/certifications of

fill;

3. Provisions for selective demolition, protection and storage of materials to be

salvaged and retained onsite.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Construction Facilities Section 01 52 00 SECTION 01 52 00 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Related Sections

B. Temporary Utilities C. Temporary Controls D. Construction Facilities E. Removal of Utilities, Facilities and Controls


A. SECTION 01 71 00 – FINAL CLEANING

1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES

A. Temporary Electricity: 1. Contractor shall use existing District provided power until such time as it becomes

impractical to retain existing service feed due to progress of the Work. 2. Contractor shall secure temporary power service required from Utility source in District’s

name. B. Temporary Lighting:

1. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations to achieve minimum

lighting level of 2 watts/sq ft.

2. Provide additional lighting for finish work where and when needed, or as required by

the Contract Documents.

3. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting

conductors, pigtails and lamps as required.

4. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.

C. Temporary Heat:

1. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified

conditions for construction operations. Comply with codes, agencies, and regulations

regarding usage of temporary space heaters.

D. Temporary Ventilation:

1. Ventilate enclosed areas to:

a. Assist cure of materials.

b. Dissipate humidity.

c. Prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

d. Provide local exhaust ventilation to prevent harmful dispersal of hazardous

substances into atmosphere at all times.

E. Temporary Telephone and Internet Service:

1. Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service and internet service on either

dedicated line or wireless service, to field office at time of project mobilization.

2. Toll calls paid by party making call.

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Construction Facilities Section 01 52 00

3. Equip phone with answering machine.

4. Maintain services from start of Work through building occupancy.

F. Temporary Water Service:

1. Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction

operations.

G. Temporary Sanitary Facilities:

1. Provide and maintain adequate number of required facilities and enclosures for use

of all persons and trades employed on Work during construction period.

a. Toilet facilities.

b. Washing facilities.

H. Temporary First Aid Facilities: Provide adequate first aid facilities for construction

personnel.

I. Temporary Fire Protection:

1. Take all precautions to prevent possibility of fire resulting from construction

operations. Particularly avoid hazardous accumulations of rubbish and unsecured

flammable materials.

2. Provide emergency fire extinguishing equipment of adequate type and quantity,

readily available and properly maintained.

3. Keep local Fire Department's telephone number prominently displayed near

telephone.

1.04 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

A. Barriers and Fencing

1. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect

existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations.

2. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public

rights-of-way.

3. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from

damage.

4. Provide temporary commercial grade chain link fencing at the limits of construction

for the duration of construction, until Work has been accepted or occupied by Owner.

Maintain site fencing as needed and equip with vehicular gates with locks.

B. Water Control:

1. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and

maintain pumping equipment.

2. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to

protect site from soil erosion.

3. Exercise care in cleaning out equipment, etc., so as to prevent materials from

clogging catch basins and yard drains.

4. Leave all drainage items clean and in proper working condition.


C. Dust Control:

1. Utilize water application or other methods approved by the Oregon Department of

Environmental Quality to control dust on access roads and the project site to the

satisfaction of the District and District Representative.

2. Contractor shall provide air barriers as required within the Contract Documents to

address the airborne spread of hazardous materials during the course of the Work.

Air barriers shall remain effective during construction and during non-working hours

to prevent adverse distribution of materials due to wind or other non-construction

related impacts to the site.

3. Maintain dust control operation to prevent flying dust from leaving the project site.

Use power sweepers for street cleaning as necessary.

4. Continue vacuum cleaning on as-needed basis until building is ready for Substantial

Completion or Occupancy.

D. Pollution Control:

1. Burning or burying of rubbish and waste materials on Site is prohibited. Provide

dump box for collection of waste materials.

2. Disposal of volatile fluid wastes (such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner) in storm

or sanitary sewer systems is prohibited.

3. Keep Site and surrounding areas clear of accumulations of waste material and

rubbish resulting from operations under this Contract. Remove waste from Site

immediately upon completion of Work.

E. Protection of Installed Work:

1. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual

specification Sections.

2. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in

immediate work area to minimize damage.

3. Provide and maintain temporary shoring and lateral bracing of structure during

erection to resist all loads including:

a. Wind

b. Seismic

c. Construction

d. Materials

e. Moving equipment

4. Do not remove temporary bracing and shoring until adequate permanent connections

or structural elements are in final position and positively anchored.

5. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills and soffits of openings.

6. Protect finished floors, stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage or

movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials such as

Tyvek.

7. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity

is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing

material manufacturer.


8. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.

F. Vegetation Damage Control:

5. Protect all existing trees to remain on site from foliage, trunk, and root damage.

6. Provide barricades and maintain same around all trees, shrubs or other landscaped

areas adjacent to work of this Contract to protect such areas from damage of any

nature caused by construction operations.

7. Replace any plantings damaged or destroyed with plants of equivalent size, type and

nature as approved by Architect.

G. Exterior Enclosures:

1. Provide temporary weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate

acceptable working conditions and protection of Products, to allow for temporary

heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual

specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.

2. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks.

3. Provide temporary roofing as required.

H. Interior Enclosures:

1. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from

owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner

occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment.

2. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints

and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces in accordance with ASTM

E90 (maximum Flame Spread Rating of 75) and in accordance with ASTM E84.

I. Security:

1. Provide security and facilities to protect Work from unauthorized entry, vandalism or

theft.

2. Provide temporary locks at all exterior doors after building is enclosed.

3. Coordinate with Owner’s Security program.

1.05 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

A. Access Roads

1. Construct and maintain temporary access to public thoroughfares to serve

construction area.

2. Relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic

flow.

3. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.

4. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. Any

dirt, mud or other debris tracked onto streets must be removed immediately.

5. Provide barricades, warning signs, flagmen or other traffic regulators which may

become necessary for protection of public, construction personnel and property.

6. Parking:


a. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel,

project visitors and District’s Employees.

7. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking as allowed by

the City.

8. Do not allow construction personnel vehicle or equipment parking on existing

pavement.

9. Designate one parking space each for District, the District’s Representative and

Architect/Engineer.

C. Progress Cleaning:

1. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean

and orderly condition.

2. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces and

other closed or remote spaces prior to enclosing the space.

3. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to the start of surface finishing and

continue cleaning to maintain a dust-free space during the finishing operations.

4. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose

off-site.

D. Project Identification:

1. Provide one 4 x 8 foot project sign of MDO exterior grade plywood and wood frame

construction, painted with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter to Architect's

design and colors. Design supports, framing and surfaces to resist a minimum of 50

mph wind velocity.

2. List title of project and logo, names of District, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor as

defined by the Architect's design.

3. Erect on the site at location established by the District’s Representative.

4. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

5. Obtain and pay for any required permits.

6. No other signs will be allowed without the District’s permission except those signs

required by law.

E. Field Offices and Sheds:

1. General: Furnish and install field office building(s) adequate in size and

accommodation for all Contractor's offices, job site meetings, superintendent's office,

supply room and tool room.

2. The Contractor will provide an office space (120 square feet minimum) and a

conference room (200 square feet minimum) in Contractor’s trailer or in a separate

job site trailer for use by the District Representative, Architect, and District.

3. For the duration of the project construction (Substantial Completion), provide this

office and conference space with:

a. Adequate light, heating, air conditioning, ventilation and 110V electrical service.

b. A conference room with a conference room table with 12 chairs, a plan rack (wall

mounted) and one 4' x 8' white marker board. Provide a desk, chair, private

telephone line and two-drawer file cabinet for use by the District’s


Representative and the Architect. The Contractor shall pay for the telephone

service, except for long distance calls made by the District, the District’s

Representative and/or the Architect.

c. Weekly janitorial services.

d. Use of Contractor's copy machine.

e. Copy machine supplies (including but not limited to paper, toner, etc.) and

necessary regular or special maintenance and repair.

4. The Contractor is solely responsible for the copy machine, including but not limited to

theft, damage, vandalism, etc.

5. The above referenced facilities shall be completed in total and fully operational for

use not later than ten (10) days after mobilization by the Contractor.

6. Sheds: Provide the following facilities in temporary buildings used for material and

equipment storage:

a. Ventilation: Where required for materials being stored.

b. Fire Extinguisher: One ABC type portable fire extinguisher.

c. Temperatures: As required for materials being stored.

1.05 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS

A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior

to Substantial Completion inspection.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

C. Restore District property, and adjacent private and public property damaged or used

during construction, to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during

construction to specified condition.




Portland Public Schools Page 1 (PROJECT NAME) Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00

SECTION 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 – GENERAL


A. Preliminary Closeout Reviews

B. Substantial Completion Documentation

C. Closeout Requirements

1.02 PRELIMINARY CLOSEOUT REVIEWS

A. When Contractor considers Work Substantially Complete, submit written certification

that:

1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

2. Contractor has inspected Work for compliance with Contract Documents.

3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.

4. The Project, properties, and streets are finally cleaned of debris and dirt caused by

Contractor operations.

5. Work is substantially complete and ready for final inspection.

6. Provide preliminary punch list identifying any known corrective items

B. District Representative will coordinate inspection of the Work to verify completion status

as soon as possible after receipt of Contractor's certification

C. Should District Representative consider Work incomplete or defective:

1. Representative will promptly notify Contractor in writing, through Construction

Program Manager, listing incomplete or defective work.

2. Contractor shall immediately remedy deficiencies, and send second written

certification that Work is complete.

3. Representative will coordinate re-inspection of the Work.

D. When District, District Representative and Architect/Engineer find Work acceptable under

Contract Documents, they will jointly request Contractor to make closeout submittals.

E. Re-inspection Fees: Should more than two Substantial inspections or one Final

inspection be required due to Contractor's failure to correct specified deficiencies, the

Contractor shall bear all costs (including compensation for the Architect's and Engineer’s

additional services) made necessary thereby.

1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DOCUMENTATION

A. General: Contractor shall submit documentation for Substantial Completion when it is

evident that the Project can be occupied for its intended use and Final Completion can be

achieved within forty-five (45) days.

B. Complete the following before requesting review for certification of Substantial

Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work. List known exceptions in

request.

1. In progress payment request that coincides with, or is first request following date

Substantial Completion is claimed, show either 100% completion for portion of Work

claimed as "substantially complete", or list incomplete items, value of incomplete

Work, and reason for Work being incomplete.

Portland Public Schools Page 2 (PROJECT NAME) Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00

2. Include supporting documentation for completing as indicated in these Contract

Documents.

3. Submit statement showing accounting of changes to Contract Sum.

4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance

agreements, final certifications and similar documents.

5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock of material and similar physical items to

Owner.

6. Complete final cleanup requirements.

7. Obtain Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) approvals as required and submit signed

final permit in Closeout Documents.

8. Complete major punchlist items.

9. Provide all certifications, reports and inspection records confirming that all work has

been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

C. In the event that the Contractor is not able to achieve Final Completion within 45 days,

the District shall notify the contractor in writing that it has 30 days to complete the

balance of the Work. The Contractor shall respond within 7 days stating its intention to

complete the work or reasons why the work cannot be completed within the allocated

time frame. In the event that the Work is not completed within the stipulated 30 day

time frame, the District reserves the right, without limitation to allocate values to the

remaining punch list items and withhold up to 150% of the value of that work from the

Contractor’s final Application for Payment.

1.04 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

A. Subsequent to final punch list sign-off and prior to Application for Final Payment, submit

all record documents to District that are required by governing or other authorities.

B. Record of final punchlist work completed and accepted by Architect & Owner.

C. Turn-over of all stock and maintenance supplies to PPS.

D. Record or O&M training.

E. Coordinate necessary service contracts.

F. Removal of all temporary services and contractor property from premises and affected

areas restored.

G. Record Documents (3 hard copies + 1 electronic copy):

1. Project Manuals containing all project records shall be submitted to the District’s

Representative. Manuals will generally include:

a. Table of Contents for each volume

b. A list of subcontractors with contact information, including emergency phone

number at beginning of each volume

c. A list of manufacturers with phone numbers and addresses of local distributers,

service representatives and parts dealers. Include 24-hour service

representatives when available.

d. Summary of warranty coverage, and contact information for each warranty.

e. Equipment manufacturer, make, model number size, and nameplate data where

applicable